Third density energy playing out; Earth's ascension progress; simpler lifestyle
compatible with advanced technology; evolving human nature; "time" in the
continuum; life in the Golden Age; multiple lifetimes for balanced experiencing;
psychics' information sources; recap of messages' content

1. This is Matthew, bringing you loving greetings from all souls at this
station.  We see your consternation about events and decisions that seemingly
are irreconcilable with the continuously intensifying light on and surrounding
your planet. There is growing evidence of reformation in various countries
around the world, but also it is business-as-usual or the same hard line in some
governments; and brutality, killings and legal injustices still abound. Our
beloved Earth family, it can be no other way at this juncture, as third density
energy streamers are lashing out with their last gasp of forcefulness as the
energy plays itself out.

2. On the world stage and in personal lives, you are seeing and experiencing the
effects of everything in acceleration plus the magnification of human
characteristics and behavior in action. The combination of these universal
forces is bringing into public view the hold that the darkness has on some
individuals at the same time increasing numbers are opening hearts and minds to
the light. The ultimate outcome will be lighted souls living peacefully and
sharing Nature's bounty in a wondrous world. This is what you have been
promised—what already IS in the continuum is coming to pass in your linear time.

3. Even as we rejoice with all who see the light of the Golden Age "at the end
of the tunnel," we see that others feel discouraged because reforms are not
coming more swiftly. A process the magnitude of transforming a low third density
world into a full fourth density world does not happen rapidly. Progress doesn't
follow a direct line from the starting point to the destination—it is a very
long zigzagging process as the advocates of change become more powerful and the
opponents of change step up their efforts to keep the status quo. In the case of
Earth, some in the latter camp have recognized the influence of the darkness in
themselves and shaken loose from it while others have not yet accepted that
their resistance to global reform will be futile, thus the zigzagging progress
will continue until the last tattered remnants of darkness are gone and light
beings are victorious.

4. Let us put this into a linear timeframe.  Many civilizations' evolutionary
journey from third to fourth density spans thousands, sometimes hundreds of
thousands of your calendar years. Earth's starting point was only 70 years ago,
and the myriad changes since then that are propelling her into fourth density
will be completed by the end of your year 2012. With everything in acceleration,
which includes your sense of "time" passing faster and faster, you are almost
there!  Earth's ascension has been at a uniquely phenomenal speed, without
precedence in this universe!

5. And fourth density is not her stopping point—her destination is fifth
density, and life along the continuing journey will become more and more
glorious. With this perspective in mind, patience can come much more easily as
events steadily unfold in these last transitional stages of vanquishing the
lingering darkness. And, just has been the case all along, the most far-reaching
objectives and achievements are happening out of the public eye. Recognizing and
feeling grateful for all signs of progress, from grassroots movements on up to
the international scene, is to your great benefit—the light in gratitude has an
amazing ability to uplift the spirit.

6. And now replies to several specific questions that we are happy to answer.

7. Since people are planting gardens, forming small cooperative farms and
strengthening community ties, how will this simpler lifestyle fit in with what
you have said about long-suppressed technology coming out and more will be
brought here by space beings?  A simpler lifestyle is a choice some are making
as they follow their inner voice, and others are discovering that it is an
excellent way to deal with the economic situation. But embarking upon a simpler,
cooperative lifestyle is much more than either a choice or dealing with the
economy in satisfying ways—it is evidence that the light is evoking fundamental
changes in human nature.

8. The most basic qualities inherent in the soul are surmounting half a century
of relentless advertising that led many to acquire, acquire, acquire, while
mainstream media was suppressing the plight of billions living at bare
subsistence level or as slaves. Now there is fast-growing emphasis on
humanitarian assistance to impoverished peoples and stopping the slave trade as
"keeping up with the Joneses" is losing its momentum. Mainstream media and many
entertainment forms have been strategically designed to promote violence and at
the same time create numbness to it, and to glorify war and instill fear of
"aliens." That multi-thrust aim is missing its mark now: More and more people
are calling for an end to war and other killings, distrusting media reporting,
and beginning to believe that benevolent civilizations are nearby. Religious
dogmas are giving way to the emergence of true spirituality—the conscious
knowing that all peoples at soul level are inseparable from God and each other.
All of these changes are evidence of the spiritual renewal that includes the
desire for a simpler life, and absolutely there is a place for this alongside
technology! As linear time marches on—and it is doing so at an incredibly swift
pace as your collective consciousness approaches the universal continuum—you
will see that the choices dearest to your heart will be perfectly aligned with
technology so far advanced that you can hardly even imagine its speed and
effectiveness.

9. I have combined and summarized readers' comments and questions that relate to
temporal situations. We are told to live "in the now," but to learn from
experience, don't we need to keep the past in our "present" thoughts, and isn't
it practical to plan for the future so we can be proactive rather than let the
chips fall where they may? If we are supposed to visualize a better world so we
can manifest it, but the "Golden Age" already has been created, how can what we
do now affect it?

10. Because the cellular memory embedded in your DNA is constructed with the
concept of linear time, that is your only frame of reference for what your
history has recorded and what you have experienced to date, what is going on in
your life and your world in this moment, and looking ahead to the outcome of
plans.  In a recent message, we spoke about the altering of DNA to "dumb down"
Earth humankind, and programming the cells with aging, death and linear time was
part of that. Until your cellular memory is restored to its original state,
which is being accomplished via light absorption, it has no capacity to
comprehend the universal continuum, where everything that ever was, IS.

11. The best explanation we can offer is this: In the continuum, what you think
of as past, this moment and the future actually is a series of events that you
are creating with your every thought, feeling and action; and what is termed
"reincarnation" is a soul's multiple lifetimes that are occurring
simultaneously. That is why some people can "remember" another lifetime, why
experiences in other lifetimes can affect this one, and why your present choices
can and do influence other lifetimes.

12. You did understand this when you chose in your most recent pre-birth
agreement to participate in Earth's transition into the Golden Age. It was
exactly this understanding that motivated many billions of souls to ask to
reincarnate so they could contribute the strengths of their composite
experiencing. Those who were chosen to become part of the master plan were
certain that in this Earth lifetime, their thoughts and feelings would lead to
actions that would help wind up third density on the planet and usher in the
Golden Age.

13. Nevertheless, in their great wisdom, the master planners anticipated that
once confronted by the difficulties of actual physical experiencing, some people
would courageously adhere to their soul contracts by following their intuition,
instincts and inspirations; and others would falter due to closing their minds,
which would prevent the consciousness-raising they had felt in spirit they would
achieve when embodied. That is why the master plan includes other civilizations'
help in many different ways to assist Earth humankind who instinctively are
following their soul contracts to create the better world of their visions.

14. At this stage of your consciousness-raising, linear time still is firmly in
place, but how you use it can change. For instance, learning from past
experiences need not be a matter of keeping them in the forefront of your
thoughts so you can avoid foolhardy decisions; this can be an automatic reaction
that is wiser than the previous reaction to a similar situation. Always,
following your intuition—the immediate reaction to any situation that is
presented—is far more to your advantage than analyzing which of your previous
experiences is most applicable to the new situation.

15. Since we are the ones creating the "Golden Age" by our thoughts, etc., and
there are so many different cultures, ideas and beliefs, how can you be so sure
that everyone will be satisfied?

16. We are sure not only because we see that world from our vantage point, but
we visit there! For further assurance, we also say that only those who absorb
the light can physically survive in the high vibrations of the Golden Age, and
those vibrations are of love, peace, harmony and respect for all of Nature.
Although we cannot imagine that anyone could be dissatisfied in that idyllic
environment, we suggest that this writer and any who share his interests read
about life in that world. ["Essay on 2012," December 31, 2007, in Matthew's
Messages on www.matthewbooks.com]

17. Please explain how both of your statements can be correct: "In balance there
is only light" and "Balance is the reconciliation of light and dark." Also,
please explain what is meant by "The goal of every lifetime of a soul is to
achieve balance and reintegrate with God."

18. God—by whatever name one calls the Supreme Being of this universe—is a part
of Creator's balanced pure light-love energy essence, and every incarnate soul
in this universe is a "personal" part of God in an experiencing form. Thus each
soul comes into a physical lifetime with balanced energy, which contains full
awareness of its Beginnings, and the goal of each is to retain that balance as
its "self" follows its soul level guidance. However, a "veil" of forgetfulness
falls between the soul's awareness and the self's conscious knowledge as the
infant adapts to expectations of parents and later, other authority figures,
peers and society.

19. The veil is by divine design, so that each physical lifetime can offer the
advancement in spiritual and intellectual growth that comes with greatly
diversified experiencing throughout the universe. With Creator's cosmic law of
free will and the immense spectrum of conscious choices, each time a soul
incarnates, it has unlimited opportunities to attain the balance needed to
evolve into the next higher state of being. This evolutionary pathway is
available to every incarnate soul in every station throughout the universe. 
Because the collective consciousness of Earth's residents had spiraled downward
for millennia, as generation after generation succumbed to the influence of the
darkness, her peoples who are embracing the light are on their way back to
fourth, then fifth density.

20. Now then, all participants in pre-birth agreements choose their respective
roles, which are based in unconditional love for all others in the shared
lifetime. Agreements are designed to benefit all the participating souls through
their filling gaps in a third density physical lifetime or completing unfinished
karmic lessons, which leads to balanced experiencing. By necessity, the role of
some souls is within what is most commonly called "darkness" because it appears
to be the opposite of light; but darkness is the absence of light, and since
light and love are the same energy, simply expressed differently, darkness is
the absence of love. The only way to heal individuals who have been captivated
by dark persuasions is by filling their "absence" with love, the original
ingredient of all souls. I know I digressed, but that is an important point.

21. Now back to the souls who agree to play "dark," or heavy, roles so other
souls in the agreement have the opportunity to achieve balance.  As an example,
when in one lifetime a person is a warrior who tortures and kills an enemy
warrior, in another lifetime the two switch places to allow both an opportunity
to achieve balance in that respect. And since at soul level, each willingly
chooses to play both roles in different lifetimes in order to assist the other,
there is reconciliation of the light and the dark. This not only pertains to
every one of the billions of souls embodied on the planet, but the countless
souls living throughout our universe. When you consider that every celestial
body also is a soul, you can understand why the universe is in a constant
balancing motion.

22. Reintegration with God is simply a return in full consciousness to our
inseparable Beginnings in the Oneness of All. Although civilizations in higher
densities know this, third density consciousness precludes that knowledge and
instead, there is widespread belief that every person is separate from every
other and everyone is far removed from God. Or there is no belief in God.

23. A few of a psychic's predictions about what would happen in my life were
accurate, but more were not. Where does a psychic's information come from and
why is some right and some wrong?

24. Highly spiritually evolved souls with psychic clarity do not make
"predictions," and what I shall explain pertains only to persons of that
caliber, because many who offer this service are not that highly qualified. Some
individuals may think they are clearly "reading" for the client, but their
ability is not well developed or they may give a reading under stressful
circumstances that preclude clarity. Other individuals, who know they are
frauds, give a reading based on information they cleverly elicit from the client
and then embellish.

25. Now then, your request for information is the "key" that lets the psychic
reader, or psychic intermediary or medium, enter your Akashic record—information
about all your lifetimes—which otherwise is securely "locked" against entry even
by your soul. This is a safeguard so that never can a record be altered in any
way by any self-serving soul. Because of the energy in love bonds as well as
some souls' mission to help wherever needed, many others may come into a
reading: family or friends in spirit, your guardian angel, spirit guides, or
souls in physical civilizations with whom you shared other lifetimes. Also, the
psychic may receive information about you from her or his special sources, and
in extraordinary cases, may go directly to the universal mind. All of that input
is in addition to what the psychic sees in your personal field of potential—the
energy of all thoughts, feelings and actions of your life to that point. The
energy momentum in the various areas of your life at the time of the reading
indicates possibilities, probabilities and certainties; and a clear psychic can
distinguish which is which. Now then, your free will choices and energy focus
subsequent to the reading keep on affecting your field of potential. Therefore,
what appeared to be a certainty at the time of the reading may have become only
a possibility or vice versa, which you think of as "inaccurate predictions."

26. Personal information imparted by the kind of psychic I just described indeed
can be very helpful to individuals. If this were not so, there would be none of
these specially gifted persons on Earth, as everything there is for a purpose,
and what I am about to say does not pertain to that source of information. 
Readers have been requesting more frequent messages during these times when so
much is transpiring in your world, and some have suggested weekly updates. It is
important that you understand why this cannot be.

27. Always the purpose of these messages has been to explain in a universal
context what is happening on Earth and the reason for multiple lifetimes, to
offer spiritual guidance, and to give glimpses of the world you came to Earth to
help create. We have told you why you are magnificent, powerful souls, about the
opposing energy forces of the light and the dark and the crucial importance of
light absorption, and the essential ways members of our universal family have
been assisting you.  We have described life in spirit worlds and physical
civilizations in densities other than third, why religious dogmas were
developed, and the power of thought and the power of fear.

28. Some messages have included parts of the "Matthew books" for wider
availability of vital information, such as God's explanation of "who I am" and
the full story of NESARA.  Although the messages are not forums for nations'
politics or economies, those topics have been covered to the extent necessary to
show their prominence in the Golden Age master plan. In offering hope, optimism
and encouragement, we have assured you that there will be no nuclear war or
drastic changes in Earth's land and sea masses; and during the transitional
period leading to 2012, there will be an end worldwide to all that is harmful,
from environmental destruction to vaccines, low frequency wavelengths, unjust
laws and all other kinds of pernicious controls.

29. This comprehensive information and much more that is provided in almost 90
messages is timeless in its enlightenment value, and much already has been
repeated because everything is interrelated.  So in that respect, you could say
that "our job is done." But in this way it is not: One of our primary objectives
has been to wean your dependence on external sources for information and
motivate you to go within—the answers for you lie within your soul. You receive
those answers by developing your innate ability of discernment and trusting your
intuition, and we have given guidelines to attain this essential stage of soul
evolvement.

30. In short, giving frequent updates is the job of current events reporters,
which never has been our intention—it would belie our spiritual information
mission objectives.  At soul level, and hopefully now at conscious level too,
you know we are here for you in the ways that all of us agreed: Our loving,
healing energy is with you in every moment of your lifetime journey of
self-discovery.

                              ____________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

[If you are reading this message on www.matthewbooks.com or received it as a
forward and would like future messages sent directly to your inbox, please join
the free Yahoo group. At www.Yahoo.com, click on Groups; using the search
feature, locate and click on MessagesfromMatthew; then click on Join this Group.
This is not an interactive group—it is set up only for receipt of the messages.

My book, Amusing to Profound—My Conversation with Animals, will be available
soon. If you are interested in reading a bit about the book or ordering it,
please go to Visit the Book Shop on www.matthewbooks.com in about a month.

And Then God Said…Then I Said…Then He Said… is an extraordinary collection of
illuminating messages that Celestial Bluestar, David of Arcturus and I received
from God and many other sources.  You can order this book at
www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm.]

1. This is Matthew, with a short message to greet you with love and assurance
that the latest Illuminati plan—biowarfare—not only will fail, but will be a
huge breach in their remaining toehold in your world. Jean Hudon asked for my
comments on the swine flu outbreak that was being touted as a global pandemic. I
have asked my mother to send my reply to Jean to her distribution list for still
wider dissemination of the truth about this virus as well as my additional note
about our observations of public reaction.

"Once again the dark streamers that are heavily influencing individuals in
powerful positions have lashed out in what can be well-termed this energy's
'death rattle.' The newest strategy—the ordering of laboratory-designed, created
and released swine flu virus—is, as before, abetted by the controlled media's
part of the plan, to declare PANDEMIC! It is puzzling to us that these dark ones
did not learn from their abject failures with SARS and then the avian flu, both
of which were widely publicized with the same global pandemic prognosis;
eventually the publicity was forced to cease because those diseases caused a few
deaths, then totally fizzled out. This swine flu situation will have the same
result. The technology of our family in other star nations has neutralized the
vaccine that is intended to spread this disease, just as they did to prevent the
spreading of SARS and avian flu.

"This new diabolical plan has been done without the US government leader's
knowledge, unlike the previous two pandemic attempts, which were fabricated with
the approval of the highest members in that administration. Think about the
timing of this latest disease publicity. In addition to authorizing the creation
of a virus and its intended worldwide fear, the darkly-inclined individuals' aim
is to distract the attention of the populace from their growing demands for
peaceful negotiations; indicting responsible ones in the US government who
authorized torture; the truth about the perpetrators of `9/11'; what caused the
collapse of the global economy; the decades of government cover-up about the
presence of extraterrestrials; who operates the illegal drug industry; the real
purpose of chemtrails and weather control; the aims of the worldwide Zionist
movement; and the `black ops' behind terrorism around your world.

"It is not enough to create a distraction for only the people of the United
States simply because this is the country where much of the corruption and
deception originated and where now investigations are running deep. No, it must
be a global effort because individuals with dark intentions, who live around the
world, are panicking as they see other governments' citizens joining the clamor
for truth, for peace, for renewable energy sources, for improved health care and
education, for just laws and rightful recognition of women's equality. All of
those are anathema to dark individuals as those conditions are the opposite of
all dark goals. But just as the collapse of the global economy is exposing the
truth about who has been manipulating it, so will this swine flu plan expose
other evils perpetrated by the same dark ones within the Illuminati or under
their control. Welcome this evidence of progress in `bringing to light' the
truth and the fast-withering tendrils of dark energy around your planet!"

2. Since I transmitted that message to comply with Jean's request, there are
firm indications that the public-at-large is increasingly skeptical about the
motives of individuals at highest levels of medicine and pharmaceutical
corporations: There is this sudden outbreak of yet another kind of flu and
"accidentally" there is live virus in the vaccines? Yes, there is some fear as
well, but not nearly in the proportion the Illuminati intended and expected.
Quite the opposite—this is a setback of major proportion for them! Peoples'
reactions show their expanding consciousness, and this is likely to cause
widespread outrage that will not be confined to the deliberate attempt to infect
millions and cause global panic. Light efforts are underway in numerous other
areas too that will remove the long-time heavy hand of dark control in your
world. Holding steady your light and being patient a bit longer for dynamic
developments will be abundantly rewarded!

1. On behalf of all souls at this station, this is Matthew with loving
greetings. It was with mixed emotions that we watched the United States'
Memorial Day observances. We know these forces of darkness that influence
self-serving individuals to start wars and keep them going for more land, more
money, more power. More deaths is meaningless to these lords of war, who have
lost their conscience and see the death toll as the means to an end. These
individuals don't recognize the hypocrisy in annually commemorating the millions
whose deaths they caused or the grief their families and friends endure. All of
this is sadness for us, including those warmongers who are foundering in
darkness. By universal law, they will experience the same suffering they caused,
and by divine grace, they will be given opportunities to rise into the light,
and that is reason to feel joyous—as an inseparable part of God and all other
souls, their acceptance of light elevates the Oneness of All. Another reason for
joyousness is, the darkness that captured those souls is but a wisp of its
former force on Earth and cannot linger much longer.

2. We also see the survivors of wars, some with bodies so damaged that their
lives and their families' lives are radically changed. We see the veterans whose
psyches are shattered, many of them lost among the homeless, and the anguish of
those who love them. Yet, along with our sadness for all of these souls is also
the joy of knowing that they have surged in spiritual growth. Those whose bodies
die will know in Nirvana of their leap in soul evolvement, and those who survive
with light will be healed when Earth reaches the higher vibrations of her
ascension pathway. Yes, either way, these men and women will learn the truth
about the wars they fought "for freedom," but in their higher understanding,
they will feel forgiveness and compassion for the souls who became enthralled
with their power to make killing "patriotic" and those who killed and were
killed "heroes"; and all these enlightened souls will become warriors for peace.

3. Many of you have been waiting for decades for the promised era of love and
peace on Earth, others have become aware only recently about the spiritual and
physical journey into that era, and most want to know WHEN: When will wars and
violence end? When will we meet our space family? When will the truth about 9/11
come out? When will planetary cleansing be completed? When will cruelty to
animals and destruction of the environment stop? When will polluting our world
cease?

4. Beloved souls, if we had answers to those and your other "when" questions, we
would joyfully share them with you. But until there is no more tumultuousness in
Earth's energy field of potential, exact timing of specific milestones cannot be
precisely ascertained. If you will put this into the context of approximately
six billion souls sending forth energy with their every thought, action and
reaction, you can see that countless variables constantly are affecting what
happens when. Yes, absolutely all darkness on Earth will have been transmuted
into light or vanquished by the end of your year 2012—there is no question
whatsoever about that, only about the timing of individual advances as Earth
moves into fourth density. Thus we say, patience and steadfastness in the light
will give peace of mind and strength of spirit during these transitional stages
to the ultimate reward, life in the Golden Age, where the vibrations of love and
harmony with all of Nature exceed your grandest expectations.

5. Because the higher frequencies of the ascension pathway are having a variety
of effects, I shall mention those that are of concern to readers: fatigue;
weakness; unexplained restlessness; short attention span; forgetfulness;
fluctuating emotions of intense sadness or intense joy; uncustomary impatience
or angry outbursts; blurred vision; digestive upsets; and the sensation that
"insects are on the head." If these, and no doubt many more types of physical,
emotional and mental reactions, are of temporary duration or recur in fleeting
moments, they may indeed be natural adjustments to the prevailing energies and
not cause for seeking therapy. As how to best deal with those symptoms—and to
maintain a sound immune system, the best defense against any malady—simply live
a healthy lifestyle: get plenty of sleep, drink lots of pure water, eat
nutritious food, exercise daily, avoid stressful situations wherever possible,
and spend restorative time in silence. However, if any condition becomes more
severe or is prolonged, do not assume that it is attributable to changing
frequencies but rather, consult a trusted health care specialist. If nothing is
organically abnormal, your mind is relieved; and if some condition does need
medical attention, you can receive proper treatment.

6. Moving on to another topic in many minds, that US President Obama's recent
decisions are discouraging, just "more of the same." Please remember how often
my messages have stated that we are apolitical, impartial and nonjudgmental,
that we only report what we observe from our vantage point and information from
our many light sources.  It is on that basis that I say, the person who wrote
that Obama is being "micro-criticized" termed it appropriately.

7. While some steps in the direction he intends to lead are receiving the
congressional support he requires, opposition to major changes still is fervent
because Illuminati pressure upon members of Congress still is fierce. It is the
same with that country's military forces and the international industrial,
banking and commerce complexes. Obama cannot be, nor does he wish to be a
dictator, and he inherited a global bag of worms, so to say. What has been
called his "flip-flopping" actually is careful and wise maneuvering as he
becomes aware of more elements in the insidious web the Illuminati has tightly
woven around the globe. Efforts underway—some are "transparent," but of
necessity, many more are progressing behind closed doors—will lead to exposure
and riddance of the dark influence that has set the direction of many previous
administrations and is trying to do the same in the current administration.

8. In this sense, the government of the United States is not unique—the
Illuminati have controlled most governments, institutions, organizations,
corporations and business conduct throughout your world. As evidence of this
truth emerges into public knowledge, you will see decisive action on numerous
fronts to impart integrity and honor to governments and all other bodies that
impact life everywhere on Earth. In this moment a number of hot spots of
belligerence are considered major threats to world safety.  Saber rattling will
continue in some areas, but those situations will not blossom into the full
scale wars, much less an all-out nuclear war, that some see as inevitable.
Progress toward peaceful resolutions in active or imminent war zones will come
in stages as Earth continues to move into higher frequencies. In the ever
intensifying light, leaders who follow Illuminati orders will be toppled and
replaced by wise leaders with integrity and honor. The "black ops" behind
terrorist activities will be revealed, the origins of "pandemics" uncovered,
chemtrails stopped, mind control measures ended. Incrementally, like a row of
dominoes slowing falling, all sources of corruption, deception and vile intent
will be unmasked.

9. We welcome the questions about former US Vice President Cheney's motives in
defending the Bush administration's use of torture because there is considerably
more significance to his speaking out than may be apparent.  As a top Illuminati
operator, Cheney wants to reignite the fear of global terrorism—remember, the
magnified energy of fear is both the most effective tool of the darkness and the
fuel that keeps it going strong. By instilling in the minds of the citizenry
that any lesser policy than torture to gather information would imperil the
United States and the world, he is attempting to abort Obama's negotiating
resolutions to conflicts—that policy would doom Illuminati aims to keep old
conflicts brewing and initiate new ones. Cheney is publicly reminding Congress
of the leverage held over them, whether in the form of bribes they have
accepted, acute embarrassment leading to personal and professional ruin via
other kinds of blackmail, or death threats to members or their families—a strong
warning that they must continue to toe the Illuminati line. This accounts for
congressional furor over the proposed release of the terrorist suspects
imprisoned at Guantanamo and lets Cheney prove to his Illuminati colleagues that
even outside of the government, he still wields powerful influence within it.
And, however unwittingly, he is clearly showing his intense desire for no more
discussion about torture. We know his fear that any thorough investigation could
lead to his involvement in "9/11," and we can tell you, it already has.

10. Has the economy stabilized as some statistics indicate? No, and there is far
more to this than statistics about banking and stock market activity,
unemployment, real estate sales, bankruptcy, lost pension funds and the like.
The most honest and astute of your economists are saying what we often have
stated: The foundation of the global economy is broken and returning it to
former operations is not the solution. Although those economists are not saying
what we have told you—the Federal Reserve is an Illuminati-owned banking system
and will be dismantled along with other means they have devised to control
global finance and commerce—some are speaking out against usurious interest
rates on mortgage loans and credit cards as well as decrying the greed and
unethical policies that led to the current economic crisis. You may know of
their strong statements, but are you seeing them as the evidence they are of
increased consciousness-raising facilitated by the higher vibrations prevailing
on the planet?

11. Let us speak about vibrations for a moment. Everything in all of Creation is
energy vibrating at one frequency or another, and the vibratory rate determines
its consciousness level. Bringing this vibration-consciousness scale down to
Earth, it includes inanimate things such as boulders, sand and all manufactured
items. Considerably higher on the scale are plants—it is the vibrations of
vegetables, fruits and grains that give them their nutritional value and it is
the same with medicinal plants—and at the top are trees, whose intelligence and
vibrations send forth healing energy in great abundance. The Devic kingdom is
aglow with high vibrations that enhance all other life on the planet. It is the
cetaceans, not humans, whose vibrations are the highest in the animal kingdom—as
a species, the whales and dolphins are the most spiritually and intellectually
evolved souls in your world, and they anchor light beamed to Earth from far
distant sources.

12. When a celestial body travels into higher planes of energy, its vibratory
levels increase and so do those levels and thus the consciousness of everything
that exists on that body. This is what is transpiring on Earth—communication is
flowing clearly between Earth and all her life forms and those lives with each
other, including energy-sensitive and clairaudient humans. Even though some
people may choose to believe this is not even a possibility, the capacity for
telepathic communion is an ingredient of every soul, therefore a totally natural
occurrence. Regardless of beliefs, everyone on the planet is affected by the
higher vibrations because they are magnifying all characteristics and
intensifying patterns of behavior. The differences between those who have
embraced the light and those who have not are becoming glaringly obvious.

13. Other sources of high vibrations abound. The forcefulness of wind, fire and
water at times "goes off the chart," so to say, and the vibrations of earth
continuously sustain and enrich life on the planet. The expression "Take time to
smell the roses" has much more wisdom than you may realize—the vibratory levels
of floral essences are therapeutic and the fragrance of roses has the highest.
Spices and herbs also have therapeutic value and so does the purity of white,
the synthesis of all natural colors. But it is symphonies and concertos composed
in the eras that you lump under classical that have the most power to stir the
strings of the soul because their vibrations are attuned to the tones of the
universe. Not surprisingly, at the other end of the vibratory level are odors
that cause gasping; muddy colors, like the khaki of many military uniforms; and
cacophonous music along with other harsh sounds that shatter balance.

14.  is with joy that we watch the world's interest in Susan Boyle, and to the
readers who requested our thoughts about her sudden popularity, we see this as
consciousness-raising on two fronts. First, energy streamers with dark
attachments long, long ago patterned third density minds to see beauty as
perfect physical form and features and to have diminished interest in
individuals whose appearance did not meet those criteria. Aided in much more
recent years by relentless advertising and its intended influence on society,
that patterning has maintained the standard for who is or is not beautiful, who
is or is not worthy of significant notice. Second, melodious tones and lyrics of
music with high vibrations lost favor with the masses and raucous noise and
vileness in expression gained favor. This is not being critical of the
composers, instrumentalists and vocalists—all were responding to the low
vibrations when Earth was in travail and more recently, the flailing about of
dark energy streamer remnants.  Now, suddenly there is Susan! The outpouring of
genuine caring and interest in her reflects the world's growing recognition and
appreciation of true beauty—her singing that showers the world with high
vibrations and, of greater importance, the beauty that radiates from her soul.

15. I digressed, I know, to take advantage of the opportunity to explain the
vital nature of vibrations, and now I return to your questions about the
economy. As for my opinion about whether investing in real estate now is wise,
please understand that I cannot knowledgeably make recommendations of this sort,
but if I could, it is not within my province to do so. Our purpose at this
station is to enlighten you about universal laws and put into that context
everything that is happening on Earth, and to offer advice for growing
spiritually. We understand that the economic turmoil has bred great confusion
about investment safety, and in this perplexing situation, we can only advise
what applies to every area of uncertainty in these times: Ask within and pay
attention to the answers that come as intuition. Heeding these messages from
your soul always is the best course.

16. Most questions about money pertain to NESARA, an acronym for National
Economic Security and Reformation Act, and here I have a great deal to say.
There are serious misperceptions about this cooperative venture between on- and
off-planet souls, and clarification is called for. Succinctly stated, NESARA is
the very foundation of Earth's Golden Age. Believing that prior to birth you
chose to help create something as wondrous as a world of love, peace and harmony
requires an enormous leap in consciousness and spiritual clarity. Enlightenment
in such huge measure cannot be imagined in third density, and by universal law,
it cannot be imposed; so the thought of specific reforms had to be "seeded" in
your consciousness in a way that could be comprehended, and it was introduced in
the form of US legislation at the appropriate time in this evolutionary process
of unprecedented magnitude and speed.

17. Although the participation of every person on Earth and countless off-planet
souls in spirit worlds and physical civilizations is known by all at soul level,
it is conscious thoughts about a desired result that produce it. Because Earth
is your current homeland, the energy of your thoughts about the legislation's
stated reforms was necessary to initiate action on the planet that would
manifest the worldwide reformation and spiritual renewal that is the purpose of
NESARA.

18. Now then, back to the legislation itself. When it was written, the US
president and his closest advisers were Illuminati members or under that
"umbrella" group's control. One provision of the Act calls for their immediate
resignations upon the televised announcement of the legislation's enactment, and
a related provision provides for that announcement. Neither of those provisions
is applicable now. The incumbent president is one of the principals in the
Golden Age master plan that has its basis in NESARA; and Illuminati interference
prevented the requisite legal compliance within the timeframe covering those
resignations. When that window of opportunity expired, another route leading to
the same ultimate goal in the same timeframe was undertaken, and developments
along this route have been steadily proceeding ever since.

19. Other misperceptions about NESARA pertain to its economic provisions. Some
believe that shortly after the announcement, a huge sum will be distributed to
every person in your world. Others believe that individuals who paid small
amounts into private investment programs will receive handsome returns when that
Act is formally announced. And there are those who believe that with NESARA's
announcement, all mortgage and credit card balances will be wiped clean. That
there will be no such announcement is not the reason that those beliefs will be
realized as understood. Always the intention of NESARA has been to end the
unconscionable disparity between the world's wealthiest and the impoverished
masses, and to abolish the unfair taxation and usurious interest rates that have
kept many millions with "nose to the grindstone" just to eke out a living. The
vast fortunes immorally and illegally amassed by various Illuminati members and
institutions they control will be recovered and distributed on a global basis to
the neediest among you, the billions who have been the most exploited and
ignored by the greediest; and fair taxation and lending rates will replace the
current ones until you reach the consciousness level where money no longer is an
issue at all.



20. We honor the good intent of individuals who share what they believe to be
true so as to enlighten and give hope, and without judging them when they err in
evaluating information or may not receive it clearly, we say that at times they
pass on incorrect information along with the accurate. This is one reason we
repeatedly have urged you to develop discernment and heed intuition—quiet the
mind and listen with the heart, the seat of the soul wherein all truth is known.



21. Now then, let us relieve your concerns about mandatory swine flu
vaccinations. If this mandate does come to pass, the effects will be harmless
because the live virus in the vaccines has been neutralized by space family
members' technology.

22. There were more deaths attributed to swine flu in parts of Mexico than
elsewhere because due to substandard living conditions, those people's immune
systems were seriously compromised; the outbreak was purposefully initiated in
those areas.

23. We could not help smiling at this question: Why is our government so
interested in everyone in the country having digital TV? Well, the interest does
not stem from the desire that everyone in the United States have the clearest TV
reception available. This plan that was devised under the previous
administration would enable surveillance of every viewer as well as emit harmful
rays. It is unlikely that the former purpose will be used very long, if at all,
and the emissions are rendered harmless, also via the technology of your
brothers and sisters from other civilizations.

24. Persons with multiple personalities, or any other mental disorder, have the
same opportunity as all other people insofar as the ability to absorb light and
undergo the cellular restructuring necessary for physical survival all along
Earth's ascension pathway. With rare exception at this time in your history,
these individuals chose to experience afflictions of the mind to complete third
density karma; by doing so, and if their lifetime longevity choice permits, they
will go along with the planet into the higher frequencies where only soundness
of health in mind, body and spirit exists, and dis-ease of any kind is healed
along the way. Because pre-birth agreements are designed to benefit all persons
sharing the lifetime, those who are especially close to an individual with
mental, emotional or physical hardships also have great opportunities to grow
spiritually. And spiritual growth is the aim of every soul in every lifetime!

25. Yes, often souls return to the same homeland and religion of previous
lifetimes. Usually they choose the same circumstances such as family
composition, riches or poverty, health or sickness, high or low intelligence and
educational opportunities to once again try to accomplish what they have chosen
many times but failed to do so. Other reasons for returning may be as volunteers
to assist other principals in the pre-birth agreement complete their contracts
or to provide conditions or situations designed for many souls to work on their
karmic lessons. Perhaps during life in the spirit world, where deceit in
government and the church is known, a soul may return with the chosen mission of
trying to right the wrongs. Or, a soul may return to a beloved country or
familiar religion to enjoy a tranquil lifetime that balances one with many
hardships.

26. Not only the Council on Foreign Relations and the Bilderbergers, but all
darkly clandestine associations and organizations will be literally dis-membered
in the higher frequencies, where bodies without light cannot survive.

27. No, Earth is not ascending as two worlds, one that will reach a higher
density than the other. Earth is a soul with one planetary body, and it is
rapidly and steadily moving out of third density toward her destination in
fifth. The physical bodies of her residents who refuse the light that would
enable them to accompany her will die, and the souls automatically will go to
any one of a number of different worlds, whichever has the same energy make-up
as each soul's lifetime energy registration.

28. I have chosen to end this message with an endearing and illuminating little
story.  About two years ago my mother adopted a 13-year old dog who is nearly
blind and deaf. On warm, sunny days she takes the dear little fellow out into
the yard, where he enjoys roaming and lying on the grass. A few days ago when
she went out to ask if he was ready to come in, he said, "No. I'm still with
Nature."  When she asked him what Nature is, he said, "Nature is God outside."

29. And now, in farewell I say, all beings of light throughout this universe are
beaming their love to assist you every step of your spiritual journey.

                                        _____________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

www.matthewbooks.com

1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew to
speak about happenings in your world from our vantage point. Whenever anything
of significance occurs in any nation, all eyes turn to the United States to see
the reaction of that country's government.  There is similar interest
internationally in the US administration's domestic initiatives that will have
far-reaching effects, and   let us start with the common interest in those
activities.



2. Now then, while Illuminati control of mainstream media has cracked, it has
not disintegrated sufficiently so that information they do not want you to know
is reported; nor is the full truth given of situations they would like to keep
completely quiet but cannot. And you can be certain that nothing is reported
that reflects the concerns of lightworkers who are distressed because President
Obama has entrusted vital responsibilities to persons known to be affiliated
with Illuminati power bases and some of his decisions appear to be strengthening
rather than weakening those bases. Certainly the highly evolved soul that Obama
is does not need our defense, and that is not what we are doing by explaining
what he is dealing with. Our purpose in speaking of this is to state that not
only is an individual's balance disturbed by the energy of distress—or
discontentment, disappointment, disillusionment, anger—but also that energy goes
forth and adds to the negativity Earth has to transmute into light. Thus, far
better than feeling negative emotions about what Obama appears to be doing is
staying positively focused on the world as you want it to be.



3. So then, what is he dealing with?  In short, the incremental dismantling of
the Illuminati worldwide network. As background on this pernicious "umbrella
group," only the topmost members know the full extent of its infiltration into
governments, banking, commerce, religions, education, media, science,
entertainment—all bodies that most impact life in your world. Below those few
peak individuals are the ones who control the many aspects of the global
network. Each has general knowledge about the others but no detailed information
about any operations except what he or she is in charge of. The farther down the
hierarchy a member is, the more secrecy enshrouds the reasons for the
Illuminati's very existence; and at the bottom are the many thousands who simply
follow instructions without a glimmer of understanding what real purpose they
are serving, somewhat like a 1000-piece jigsaw puzzle dumped out of the box—no
piece is aware of the interconnectedness of all the pieces, much less suspect
that altogether they form a whole picture.  In the case of the Illuminati, that
picture is sinister indeed.



4. After assuming office, President Obama was briefed on information he had no
way of knowing prior to that time, and to continue our analogy, each of the
briefers had only a few puzzle pieces. Furthermore, Obama was faced with a dire
global economic situation that purportedly started with "toxic" mortgages in the
United States, and he needed a knowledgeable, experienced team who could take
immediate steps to prevent worldwide collapse. The enormity of the Illuminati's
economic network is known in fullness only by the peak of that group, but by
connecting puzzle pieces, Obama has become aware of that entanglement and the
fortunes hidden in off-shore banks, but the total picture puzzle that will show
how that money has been used to manipulate and dominate the world's peoples has
yet to be put together.



5. As difficult as it is to imagine the extent of organizational complexity that
is the Illuminati's base of power and influence, it is even more difficult to
totally eliminate it. Discovery and legal means to rid the world of that
insidious control are underway, and until all is in readiness, it would be
foolhardy to make public those efforts. Thus neither the Illuminati nor the
Obama camp want their respective activities to become public knowledge, and the
"transparency" he promised in good faith must for a while longer be
"behind-closed-doors" instead.  As the light continues steadily intensifying and
truths no longer can be hidden or denied, you will see the results of his wise
course that in this moment seems to belie many of his campaign promises.



6. Now then, to address some specific questions. When will we see the change he
promised? It is in process beneath the temporary appearance of "business as
usual" as he takes cautious steps to untangle the strands of the Illuminati's
global web so major changes can be instituted.



7. Is Obama leading the nation into socialism, and if so, was this always his
intention? Attaching "socialism" to his leadership is a strategy to create
anxiety, distress and dissension among the citizens. When labels are applied to
any government, movement, group, or philosophy, the labelers' intent is to
undermine its genuine value because that conflicts with their ideas or motives.
Witness the effectiveness of "conspiracy theorist" applied to anyone who
questioned the official reports about the assassination of US President Kennedy
or who was responsible for "9/11."



8. Why is the US president expanding the power of the Illuminati-owned Federal
Reserve banking system?  In time you shall see "all that glitters is not
gold"—that is, it will indeed be gold, but no longer will it be their gold! 
Some may be under the impression that the Fed is being strengthened by direction
of the topmost Illuminati, but they are panicking because they know their
financial systems and vast fortunes are flowing out of their control. As we
stated in previous messages, the Federal Reserve will be eliminated along with
all the other devious and deceptive measures that have enabled the Illuminati to
manipulate economies and commerce worldwide for centuries.



9. What will the US do about the threat North Korea poses?  You also ask about
Iran, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Iraq, the Middle East. Situations are not identical
in those regions, but the outcome will be the same. For a while longer, saber
rattling will continue and so will oppression, suffering, deaths and black-ops
activities; however, you shall see Obama pursuing the path of negotiation, and
in conjunction with the increasingly high vibrations of Earth's pathway,
peaceful resolution eventually will emerge out of current animosity, defiance
and bellicose mentality.



10. About the little known "migration assistance" to Palestinians, a
humanitarian effort to relocate some of them to the United States. Obama is
making a strong statement to the Zionists that no longer can they via their
lobbyists persuade Congress to consistently vote to give Israel billions of
dollars annually to continue its 60-year oppression of Palestinians under the
guise of Israel's "right to exist." The Zionists, who are among the most
powerful and vicious of the Illuminati, care nothing at all about the Israeli
people or Jews living anywhere, but they scream "anti-Semitism" whenever anyone
tries to disclose their history, which includes involvement in the Holocaust.
Eventually that and other facts about the Zionist movement's ruthlessness will
come forth.



11. With sightings of spacecraft increasing, it is natural that prominent in
many minds are questions about the civilizations surrounding your planet. The
reply to When will they land? is the same as we have given before: When safety
is assured for them and for all of you. How can we be certain all of the aliens
who come are friendly? The light grid around Earth permits entry by light beings
only; even if dark entities wanted to enter, they cannot approach the brilliance
of that grid. Will the human-looking ETs already on Earth keep that appearance
after they identify themselves or will they shift into their original bodies? If
there was no change at all in their appearance, it is not very likely that you
would believe they are from a different civilization simply on the basis of that
claim; therefore we think they will choose to introduce themselves as they are
in their homelands. Part of soul growth is accepting differences in peoples'
physical appearances as naturally as you do the differences in flowers and
animals. And you may be quite surprised to learn that in other lifetimes, you
looked just like some of the helpful visitors because they are your ancestors.



12. There is the misconception that all Illuminati are reptilians, and that is
not so. Just as humans can be "good" or "bad," most simply speaking, so can
reptilians, and within the Illuminati are "bad" of both species. Also, just as
there are many different  human civilizations in the universe, there are many
different reptilian civilizations, and those in one world don't necessarily know
about by their counterparts in other worlds. The primary difference between the
human and reptilian species is DNA-related—speaking only generally, reptilians'
intelligence and physical strength are superior to most humans and their
emotional spectrum and spiritual clarity are less developed.



13. Mother, please copy Horiss' conversation with you that is in one of the
books. I believe readers will enjoy learning about one of the civilizations that
has been assisting Earth directly from one of its representatives.

                 __________________________________



  14. ("A Reptilian Commander Speaks: Horiss" in Voices of the Universe)



October 19, 2003

S: Matthew, hello dear!  Am I right or am I imagining that a reptilian commander
(in the light!) will be giving a message for the book?  That was my waking
thought.



MATTHEW: You are right, Mother, and I am pleased to introduce Horiss, one of the
commanders I met several years ago at a conference in Nirvana.  He has been
given permission by the Council to give a message for the book.  That double "s"
in his name indicates the best English sound, which does have a long soft "s"
sound at the end, but please don't associate this with the hiss of a snake! In
the language of his people, the various sounds of the names have a quality that
is pleasing to hear. Now, please welcome Horiss.

S:  Greetings, Horiss.



HORISS:  My very warm greetings to you, Madam. I have been told that I may
address you informally, but if you will, please grant me the favor to address
you more formally as I will be more comfortable speaking that way.

S:  I want you to be completely comfortable, and Madam is fine.

HORISS:  Thank you. It is known by some of your people that certain of my
civilization are fearsome creatures that have been causing all manner of evil
upon your world for endless time. We are not proud of that truth, and I have
been requested to speak on behalf of our greater numbers who equally oppose the
influence of those dark members. We, too, think of them as dark because of their
actions, and we are in combat with them to rid their influence on your planet
and all the rest of this part of the universe.

It is possible that of all who oppose their darkness, we are the most vehement
because their actions reflect upon us as a total civilization. Those members are
not in the majority and are not representative of the rest of us and it is not
how we wish to be portrayed. Please let me advertise to your world the nature of
the rest of us. Thank you.

Without intending to sound vane, I tell you that our intelligence level exceeds
that of many other civilizations that also are advanced intellectually and
technologically beyond you. We are less advanced spiritually than many
civilizations that have not progressed to our stage of mental development.  We
are endeavoring to bring more enlightenment throughout our civilization and one
pursuit of attainment in this respect is joining with others in light forces to
subdue and then eliminate the dark reptilian influence.

All souls in this universe derive from the same One Source, Creator, which makes
all of us inseparable aspects of Creator and each other. God has told you that
He is the amalgamation of all souls in this universe and loves all in equal
amount. I say God to you, Madam, because that is your name for the ruler of this
universe. That equality of love is true from our experience, as we first
petitioned to God to eliminate these most foul of our brothers from this
universe. He has no authority to do this and likewise, no desire, because all
subsequent soul aspects of those original ones are indeed elements of God.

The darkest souls of my civilization entered this universe from another in an
energy blending of the two universes that was meant to be mutually advantageous
by a sharing of light to advance spiritual clarity. Some souls resisted this
opportunity and now in this universe, they have become God's responsibility to
bring light into them. That makes it our responsibility to fight against their
continuance in darkness.

Madam, am I going too quickly for you?

S:  No, Horiss. All that red is typing mistakes and I'll correct them later. But
I'd like to ask a question. Were the dark souls that entered this universe the
original reptilians or did your civilization exist here and they chose to enter
it?

HORISS:  I like your question, Madam! What entered was the soul energy with dark
thought forms attached. It is not only the reptilian civilization in this
universe that this kind of soul energy entered, but it is primarily this one.
They were attracted to it through the universal law of like attracts like, and
the attraction on this end was our civilization's inclination to see strength in
maintaining powerful defense forces of great military might. The souls with
darkness that are influencing Earth humans are the reptilians that have made
clear to other belligerent souls that Earth is solely their territory in this
conquest.

I see that your mind is satisfied and ready for me to continue.

The most effective way of eliminating the dark reptilians is by creating more
light in this universe to the extent that their souls either will be infiltrated
with it or they will leave here to flee from that possibility. No, I do not know
where they would go as I do not know about conditions in other universes or if
they can enter any without permission. That is why we are endeavoring to bring
light to them here and now. Light is missing from those souls and they believe
it will destroy them if they are in contact with it. It is their fear of that
which motivates them to fight the light everywhere they see it. The light would
fill them with the en-LIGHT-enment they lack, not destroy them, but they do not
believe this and so they continue their battle against it.

I would like to describe to you the light ones of the reptilians. Because you
associate that name with your animal reptiles and have little affection for
those, it is easy for you to picture us in those forms. We are not in those
forms unless we desire to make them, which we don't, because those forms would
be too confining for the movement and functioning we desire. We are at a level
of intelligence where we can make any forms we design.

You have been told that the dark reptilians on your planet look just like any
other human, so you know that all of us have that capability. It may be either
pleasant or unpleasant for you to know that some of us with lighted souls also
are there, and quite a number of you are genetically crossbred human and
reptilian. This is neither to your advantage nor disadvantage, as this is DNA
inheritance only and has no effects whatsoever upon your soul evolution.

Madam, your jolting energy leads me to ask if you would like to comment.

S:  No, thank you, Horiss.  Well—yes. Obviously you saw my monitor with all the
red lines. Are you here in spirit or maybe even etheric body?



HORISS:  Neither, Madam.  I am able to see you distinctly from my homeland. At
this moment I am in my "office," as a comparative term for your business
management place.  However, I do like your asking as it gives me this
opportunity to mention that this ability to see at a vast distance is enabled by
the likeness of energy bonding, which also facilitates your clearly hearing my
words. I shall add that if I wished to be present in your office, I could be
there in a twinkling either in spirit only or in a body that I would
materialize. I would not choose to do this as I believe that a solid form
abruptly appearing in any style configuration, even one familiar to you, would
not be a comfortable experience for you.



S:  I think you are right, Horiss—I wouldn't be prepared for that. Please
continue.



HORISS:  Very well. Matthew has told you that we respect military power and do
not hold much respect for a civilization that differs with that. He told you
that some years back in linear time. In the universal "time," some of us are in
higher stages of spiritual alignment and that higher evolved contingency of the
"future" is helping us "in the present" to abandon that outlook. What our
"present" members have believed is that the power of large forces is necessary
to prevent invasions of dark-minded souls whose method of conquest is with
military force. My people in majority nature are not invaders, but defenders.
Now we are seeing that the greater light being generated throughout the universe
is diminishing the areas under dark control, and this enables us to reduce our
defense outlook accordingly.

You ask other civilizations' representatives about their people and I am eager
to have you know more about my people. When I say "my people," I do not mean
that we are representative of all reptilian populations any more than Earth
humans are representative of all human populations in the universe. I am
speaking now only of the people residing in my world.

We reside on a planet in this galaxy that is as near my solar system's sun as
Earth is near Sol. We use the energy of our sun much more efficiently than you
use the energy of Sol. Instead of your various forms of power generation, all of
ours derive from our sun. Yours also can, and as you progress in awareness of
this, that will come about. Also, there is no pollution from any source anywhere
on the planet, not on the landmasses nor in the seas, due to our technology that
prevents such contamination rather than makes an effort to clean it up.

Our home planet is called Lacone [lah-cone', with the accent on the second
syllable and a soft "nnn" sound]. It is as large as Uranus, to make a comparison
that still is beyond your perception, but that tells you it is much larger than
Earth, and it is about the same density of Earth in form and substance. We do
not have the variety of natural beauty as does Earth, and which Earth itself no
longer has as formerly due to destruction in many areas. Our cities are larger
than your largest. That is the temperament and choice of most of us, and the
union of ideas and desires focused upon the same goal manifested large, then
larger population centers. Our cities are immaculate, as are outlying inhabited
areas throughout the planet. We can travel to any point on the planet almost
instantaneously by thought or leisurely in vehicles.

The appearance my people has chosen when we are at home or visiting other
advanced civilizations is as I appeared in Nirvana, when I met Matthew. Male and
female forms and features are much alike and with little variation in any. We do
not have a mixture of races as you do and which creates the great variety in
your appearances, but that is not the reason we are so similar in ours. Our
collective choice is to look alike. Long ago we learned that differences in
appearances can lead to prejudices and discriminations, and with our inclination
to be a defensive people, we chose to eliminate elements over which we had
control so that civil conflicts would not arise to weaken us.

To describe us, we are of a height not dissimilar to your average height, but we
are uniformly slender except our females who are bearing children.  The skin
tone is pale blue-gray, which is pleasing to us although it is unlikely that you
would find it so. Our most distinctive features are our eyes, which are large
and dark. I know Matthew told you that they are so dark that you cannot see into
our souls, but now he knows that is not so as he has evolved greatly since our
first meeting several years back. To be more accurate, he is a highly evolved
soul and through self-discovery has eliminated the layers of non-understanding
that come with indoctrination of erroneous information and subsequent opinions
or beliefs.

Our education is in line with our advanced intelligence and every soul is in the
learning system from birth until the move onward, what you call death, or
transition. It is our intense desire for learning that has allowed us to give a
back seat to spiritual development, and that is changing. Emphasis upon learning
is as great, but now the mental is more balanced with the increased desire for
spiritual, which is another kind of learning. It is the self-discovery I
mentioned that removes layers of indoctrination and allows the opening of the
truth of this universe and of Creator's laws that govern here along with God's
laws about the order of celestial bodies and other such activity that is unique
to this universe.

Our children are conceived and born in the same manner as yours, but their
intelligence at birth permits speaking soon afterwards and fine motor skills to
develop immediately. So at a very young age, about five years in your time
calculation but with maturity commensurate with your adults, they no longer are
dependent upon parents for protective attention and guidance. It is the love of
family that bonds us and results in our children staying close to home long
after they are self-sufficient.

Madam, what else may I tell you?

S: Anything else that describes your life and your world!

HORISS:  My! I welcome this! Very well, to describe the planet further, there
are many similarities to Earth, such as great differences in elevation, large
seas, many forests and plants, barren areas of rocks and sand. Earth is more
vibrant in its unspoiled places than our planet and has a greater variety of
colors. Nevertheless, this is completely satisfying or we would make changes to
more greatly please us.

You have in your mind structures, so I will tell you that our buildings could be
considered sterile in comparison with the many styles and shapes you have built.
Our preference is what you would call ultramodern, I believe, with little
variation in style overall but of course, considerable variation in sizes in
accordance with usage. Homes are decorated simply in keeping with the austerity
of surroundings, and our choice of attire also is plain.

Perhaps from my skeleton outline, I am giving the impression that we are an
austere, harsh people in feelings. This is the sensation I am picking up from
you, Madam. While it is true that we are serious-minded and are not given to
"frills," we are not without warm feelings. Our children are as precious to us
as yours are to you, and our mates are the same. We are a monogamous people.
Mates are judiciously selected and know each other very well before aligning as
partners, thus separations rarely happen except by the death of one. We enjoy
levity and many forms of entertainment in which a whole family is participating,
so you know that the sources of amusement are suitable for even the youngest
minds. Music is important to my people, and none of it is blaring and discordant
noise.

We are well informed on events in many civilizations besides our own. Earth is
of special interest to us, just as it is to many other civilizations of
individuals and of collective souls, but it is by no means a self-serving
interest. My people want the banishment of the dark influence on Earth to be
replaced by peaceful means of living among all of Earth's inhabitants, and not
to bring to you another source of troublemaking. Our military might in numbers
and technology could subdue yours in a day, as a description of our capability.
However, ours is solely a defense force, and its purpose to defend rather than
invade is the vital element of difference between our two worlds. This is
further proof of our warm feelings, which extend to civilizations beyond our
own.

I see "government" in your thought. Our planetary form of government could be
compared with Greek city states of your history. Not the warring with each
other, but the equitable and benevolent rule within each state is the basis of
our planetary ruling body. We have the advantage of one language and telepathy,
which provides clarity of expression and promotes honest communication among all
the population. Smaller bodies govern large districts as this is more orderly
and efficient in a world this size with a population of more than 20 billion.

Madam, do you have a question?

S:  Would you like to mention the kinds of industries and other employment?

HORISS: Yes, thank you. For our strong defense force, we need industries to
provide weaponry and space vehicles and all supporting services, so we have what
I will call factories even though you would not recognize them as such because
of the technology of their production equipment. As my people ease from the
stance of maintaining military might, there will be a transition from this type
of production to others. This is in the planning stages.

Our emphasis upon education makes that one of the largest fields of employment.
We have computerized education along with tutorial forms to present
opportunities for our children to specialize in areas of their greatest interest
and aptitude. This is equally available to our adults who wish to change from
one specialty field to another. Studies are of our homeland history as well as
the history of many other civilizations, and of course, all branches of science
as it is in its authentic universal form. What you call "the arts" are of great
importance to us, and I feel your surprise, Madam, although already I have
mentioned fine music. Painting, sculpture, dance and poetry have significant
meaning to us as an entire civilization. Parts of your own are threadbare in
these necessities of soul expression.

Construction of buildings is by solid materials rather than manifestation by
focusing on images. Although we could do that, and sometimes for expediency do
so, my people find greater satisfaction in using their hands to form materials
into desired structures and objects. This kind of productivity is a good balance
to the concentration upon academic learning that everyone pursues. We respect
the need for balance in our lives.

We have many employed in making and maintaining computer systems. I could boast
of our advanced systems but boastfulness is not in our nature.  It need not be
as the condition of our world speaks for itself. However, I can tell you that
our systems are at a development level that a word, even a thought, starts and
stops operations and desired input or outflow are accurate and complete.

S:  That is an advanced system! Horiss, you mentioned "death," so I would like
to ask about the ordinary longevity of your people, and do you have a sanctuary
realm that would be similar to our Nirvana?

HORISS: I did say "death" and only as a term of ease. The physical shell of us
gets used up by deterioration of cells or by combat wounds, but we know there is
no death—the soul has lived from the Beginning. But longevity in the physical
shell when not cut short by combat is about 200 years. That is our "present" DNA
programming, and it will change as we reach higher spirituality levels where
physical shells can live much longer with full functioning abilities.

I do not intend debasement of our bodies by the reference to "physical shell."
It is important that we have robust health to maintain combat fitness, and we do
that, but I meant to make a clear delineation between the far lesser importance
of our bodies as compared to our respect for our souls.

In keeping with that respect, we do have a sanctuary realm that is commensurate
with our planetary population's advancement intellectually.  That realm also is
rising in emphasis upon spiritual understanding and attunement. I discussed this
with Matthew at the time we met in Nirvana, and his sound suggestions for
treating our most psychically damaged souls have been implemented with great
success.

Madam, may I answer anything else?

S: Horris, is there anything else you would like to say to the people of Earth?

HORISS:  Yes, thank you. As a summary of the intentions of my people, it is
this: We do not often speak of our convictions and our nature, we live by them.
At heart we are warm, peaceful, respectful and helpful, and that is what we look
forward to showing you one of these days, when you are ready to welcome
"strangers."

S:  I think that is a perfect way to end your message.  Thank you for coming
today and giving such interesting information about your people.  I look forward
to welcoming you, Horiss!



HORISS:  And I you, Madam. I believe I will comfortably call you Suzy then.  And
for this time, I bid you good-day.

                 ____________________________

15. Thank you, Mother. That makes this message unusually long and precludes
addressing more issues, but being enlightened about some of your brothers and
sisters who have been helping you create Earth's Golden Age is very important,
especially as the day of meeting is not all that far away, and so is clearing
away the perception that all reptilians are fearsome folks.

16. In closing this message, we reply to What can we as individuals do at this
time to make the greatest difference?  Remain steadfast in your light; focus on
what you want, not what you don't want; forgive self and others; be kind; keep
your mind and heart open; heed messages from your soul; do not judge or wish
punishment on those who harm others. We could enumerate the many other ways of
godliness, but simply living the Golden Rule with unconditional love is BEing
the greatest difference in your world!

                         ______________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

www.matthewbooks.com

1.With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. For one
fleeting moment in the universal tapestry of eternity, hearts around the world
unite in sympathy and compassion for the family of Michael Jackson in mourning
the passing of that beautiful soul whose lifetime exemplified unconditional
love. That moment is much more than unified sorrow and remembrance of Michael's
internationally acclaimed talents and thrilling performances—his death inspired
love to blaze in the peoples of Earth, and in that, his primary life mission was
supremely successful. The love energy still being generated is raising the
vibrations throughout the planet.

2. For some individuals, it was a moment of getting past, even forgiving acts
they believed he committed some years ago. At the time he was acquitted of those
charges, I responded to readers' doubts about the trial's outcome: It was a fair
and just verdict because Michael was innocent, the accusations against him were
false. I also said that all parties involved agreed prior to birth to play their
respective roles, but the intensity of stress Michael endured greatly exceeded
what he had agreed to experience for the benefit of his accusers' soul growth.
It was sad for us to witness how severely his heartbreaking ordeal affected his
well being and ultimately caused him to transition into spirit life earlier than
his contract called for. To all who feel a loss, please be heartened by knowing
that Michael was greeted in Nirvana by a throng of well-wishers and given
personalized intensive care to quickly strengthen his etheric body—as an aspect
of his physical body, it also suffered the ravages of debilitation. (The
referenced message is June 21, 2005.)

3. Michael is one of the most prominent souls who recently chose to make
transition, but millions who are known only to families and friends also have
been choosing to leave Earth lifetimes, and many millions more will do so before
the Golden Age is fully established. While some will have completed their soul
contracts, others will amend their contracts so they can move out of the heavy
negativity in their surroundings and, from the spirit world, help to reduce its
effects on the planet by adding their light from above. So please do not feel
these "lives are cut short," but rather, know that they joyfully returned to
spirit life and feel gratitude for their love-filled service to Earth and all
her life forms.

4. At the other end of the spectrum from the outpouring of love for Michael
Jackson is what the makers of swine flu virus are up to. Once again these dark
ones are crying "Pandemic!" They failed to create that situation with SARS,
avian flu and the first go-round of swine flu, and even their secondary purpose,
to cause worldwide panic, did not materialize. That utter futility along with
their growing desperation motivated them to put swine flu back on center stage
with the addition of mandatory inoculations, a factor not present in their
doubly-failed previous attempts.

5. It is heartening to see widespread rebellion against inoculating the populace
for a mild form of flu, but at this point we cannot determine if that will
derail the vaccination program because the energy of resistance is about equal
to the energy of greed and diabolical intentions of pharmaceutical companies'
top management. Yes, indeed they are Illuminati, and they still wield strong
influence in clinical medicine, medical research and drug approval bodies—in
short, they have been creating diseases by one means or another and manipulating
health care systems and medications around your world. But, just as in the
previous flu situations, the technology of our universal family has neutralized
the swine flu virus-laden vaccines and will continue to do so as long as the
makers persist in their scheme. And please have no worries about programmed
microchips being implanted via inoculations—if that is attempted, the
programming will be erased by that same technology.

6. Evidence of this new flu effort and other Illuminati activities to
drastically reduce the population is being amassed and eventually will
completely eliminate that dark group's long control through fear, ignorance and
economic slavery. When the monumental level of corruption and deception in your
world is exposed, even mainstream media will not be able to silence the
revelations. National and international icons will be "dethroned"; dishonest and
tyrannical government leaders will be replaced by ones who are benevolent and
wise; where war mentality exists, it will give way to peaceful negotiation and
poverty will give way to fair allocation of the world's resources.

7. But please be patient! What is happening is not a revolution, it is spiritual
evolution—that is the way of the light! It is the way of lightworkers and light
warriors, whose armor and weapon against the darkness is the power of love. Love
is the same energy as light, simply expressed differently, and it is the most
powerful energy in the cosmos. This is why so often messengers of the light have
urged you to send light-love to the dark ones. As parts of the Oneness of All,
they are your soul-level brothers and sisters who are experiencing the painful
absence of love essence in their lives. That absence underlies their negative
motives and actions that have provided conditions necessary for the multitudes
to complete third density's karmic lessons. Knowing this universal truth
engenders feelings of compassion and gratitude and the beaming of love to those
who lack it.

8. Now then, there is the appearance that the global economic upheaval will be
resolved within the very same system that caused it. This is an Illuminati
contrivance to prevent your knowing that their system, which has been rotten to
the core from its inception, has crumbled and only the façade remains.
Conversion to a new economic foundation and operation is an enormous
undertaking, and it cannot be publicly heralded that this is occurring as that
would cause panic throughout the business world. The lighted souls who are
leading the way know that panic would fuel the dark ones, who are clinging on
for dear life; it is essential that these new leaders take judicious steps
quietly to avoid creating a fear-filled populace.

9. Fear is at the root of the "dire predictions" once again circulating and of
concern to many, and we can only repeat what we have said in previous messages.
Some channeled messages purportedly from light sources actually are from dark
entities that have beguiled their receivers into sending out false information
that will cause fear as well as confusion because it conflicts with other
channeled messages. Since numerous specific timeframes for earthquakes and
tsunamis with the force to kill billions have come and gone and those predicted
events did not occur, you can see why it is not logical or sensible to feel
fearful about something you may never experience.

10. It is true that Earth must release more negativity and her natural means is
geophysical events, so those will continue until the need no longer exists;
however, the advanced technology of our universal family nearby the planet will
continue to reduce the destructive power of manmade or naturally-occurring
quakes, storms and volcanic eruptions. While we cannot tell you that no lives
will be lost and no damage will result, with absolute certainty we say that
reports about spacecraft carrying out mass evacuation of the peoples are
false—it will not be necessary! Another example of false information is that
survivors of massive planetary destruction will have to live underground because
the surface will be uninhabitable for a very long time. How totally contrary to
the reality: Earth's health is being restored and her once pristine beauty will
be as well, and far more rapidly than you can imagine!

11. Once again we urge you to be discerning about all information and trust your
intuition, the messages from your soul wherein all universal knowledge and truth
abide!

12. My message today is unusually brief with respect to my mother's need to tend
other responsibilities as my Earth family deals with Bob's health challenges.

13. All lighted souls in spirit and physical worlds are assisting you in myriad
ways during these last stages of Earth's steady ascension into her Golden Age.
We embrace you lovingly as we accompany you along your journey.

			 _________________________

LOVE and PEACE
Suzanne Ward
www.matthewbooks.com

(Sorry this comes out three days later.  Indexangel4suzy was on vacation.)
August 21, 2009

1.A very good day to all! This is Matthew, greeting you with love from all souls
at this station. Many of you are welcoming these days at hand for what they are:
undeniable evidence that Earth has reached energy planes where all actions and
reactions are "revving up" as the duality in humankind leaps and bounces to play
itself out. But larger numbers of the populace regard the happenings with
confusion, discouragement or outright fear. I have referred before to the
"bumps" in the road as Earth's journey progresses, but bumps and potholes is
more descriptive of the ups and downs affecting all souls at this time of
Earth's accelerated pace into fourth density, where only the finest in human
nature thrives.
2. The higher vibrations surrounding and within you are producing physical and
emotional anomalies, and in previous messages we have offered suggestions to
deal with those. It is what fear produces that merits greater attention. People
who are fearful about what they think is occurring and what may be ahead will
experience severe jolting in numerous aspects of their lives during this final
phase of third density on the planet. If they knew that the ages-old dark
control of life on Earth is ending, they would rejoice with lightworkers and
lightwarriors throughout the universe, but they aren't remembering their elation
at being chosen to embody and participate in this transformation into the
glorious Golden Age.
3. However, the tumult within individuals caused by this mass forgetfulness
during the changeover from "old" to "new," most simply speaking, was anticipated
by the highest universal council members who long ago conceived and crafted the
Golden Age's master plan. The plan included millions and millions of souls from
advanced civilizations whose essential assistance on, within and above Earth
assured that she not only would survive death throes, but would be restored to
her original paradise self, where all her people live in harmony with each other
and all of Nature.
4. Members of your universal family also are helping awakened souls to more
easily travel the rutted roadway during these late stages of the transition. 
You who have opened yourselves to the illumination and upliftment offered by the
in-pouring of light need not experience the turmoil that the fearful ones are
manifesting for themselves. As a reminder, the law of attraction is in
continuous motion, bringing circumstances in accordance with the energy you are
projecting in your thoughts and feelings. When those are aligned with BEing your
powerful god-and goddess-selves, you have NOTHING to fear!
5. For individuals who are preoccupied with anxiety about physical and financial
safety, the universe—which is impersonal, or neutral, because it is energy—will
oblige them by providing formidable circumstances that match the energy
streamers they are sending forth. This will include persons who are very dear to
you—family, friends, neighbors, colleagues. Feel compassion, assist wherever you
can, love them and surround them with light, but do not get pulled into their
dramas and traumas.  That will not help them one bit and it will dim your light
and weaken your spiritual strength.
6. We are not suggesting that you bury your heads in the sand to avoid observing
what is occurring nearby or learning about events in distant places. We are
suggesting—recommending!—that you observe patiently and without judgment, all
the while knowing that the light is victorious.  By so doing, the peacefulness
within will radiate as grand light to all around you, and that is by far the
most powerful benefit you can give to souls you care about.  And it is so
easy—simply, you are BEing the light!
7. What you see developing in linear time has been completed in the timeless
continuum, where life in the Golden Age already is a reality. We understand that
it is not possible for you to imagine the continuum or the scope of the world
transformation underway, and we know that some persons view as worrisome the
actions that actually are intricate "dance steps" to permanently eliminate dark
influences in everything that affects life on the planet. The music and the
dancers differ from nation to nation, but the triumphant bow at the end will be
the same for all.
8. You are witness to the unfolding of a process whose unprecedented extent,
speed and impact is shaking your world to reshape it into a placement where
love, peace, fairness, abundance for all and respectful cooperation reign. The
ones responsible for leading the way are up against stubborn foes that are using
all their power to resist reform efforts. The enlightened leaders may stumble,
but they will rapidly rise and regain momentum because never will their vision
fade nor their determination falter.  And those who oppose them will fail.
9. Now then, to address an issue of global interest. At this moment in Earth's
field of potential, the energy of the outcry about mandatory inoculations
against swine flu, or H1N1 as it has been renamed, is pulling ahead of the
energy of those who are behind this plan. It was fear in the mass consciousness
that fueled the dark ones' intention to put this back on center stage, and
because that fear has been slightly reduced—despite the resurgence of scary
media hoopla—it correspondingly reduced the likelihood that anyone will be
subjected to vaccinations. However, this positive course can be reversed if fear
increases, and that possibility is keeping alive the hopes of the Illuminati
that they can pull this off.
10. NOT succumbing to fear about this situation—or any other that is by dark
intent!—is part of your personal protection. The other part that is pertinent to
mandatory inoculations is what we have mentioned before—the technology of our
universal family is used to neutralize all harmful ingredients in the vaccines. 
But by no means is their help limited to this!  Instead of my mentioning other
ways your space brotherhood is aiding Earth and you, I have asked my mother to
copy excerpts from formal presentations given by their representatives so that
in this way, you will know of their assistance in their own words.
				 ____________________

11. ICARUS:  Icarus, like many other names in your mythology, descended from
fact.  The mythological Icarus is so named because of his golden wings of wax, a
symbolic inspiration that came from our space fleet.  We are in possession of a
fine fleet due to far-advanced intelligence and superior technology that derive
from our fuller brain usage than your current civilization.  This is not spoken
egotistically, Mistress Suzy, only factually. Our power for fuel, heat,
lighting—all needs—comes directly from sources provided by God.
        			 **************
We are sending you our image.  As you see, we are not humanoid in appearance,
but only in our natural habitat do we appear tall, rangy, silver and very, very
thin, with large eyes and long nimble fingers. We do not much care for the
"spider" of your thought, but it is your comparison and so we accept it.
We can embody to look exactly like any form we imagine or wish to imitate,
including just like you. That is how many of us are among you already and you
are not the least bit aware of it!  We are assisting in the cleansing by being
in influential positions so we can make a difference in decisions that affect
the environment, the pollution and industries, and in other ways that can reduce
the negativity on Earth and therefore reduce the destruction of terra firma and
seas.
We are part of a force in Earth human disguise that cannot openly declare its
presence or purpose, which is the very salvation of your planet!  We would like
to be known as who we are naturally and no longer hide among you.  However, it
is not yet time according to our messages directly from God, who rules all major
decisions in this universe and has His own timetable for optimum benefits to all
concerned.
We are eager in all respects to assist and not take over any aspect of your
self-governing that is according to the laws of God and the universe.  We will
honor all self-rule and decisions unless these are aimed—as so many are—at
self-destruction and planetary destruction.  Then we are empowered to
technologically oppose those forces, to prevent what would be so traumatically
destructive to the planet and lives.
				 ____________________

12. LAZARUS: Because of our capability and willingness to assist Earth in
relieving the negativity, the Council asked us to give you information about
that for the book. We are in spirit brothers, we and you, and therefore natural
collaborators in God's service.  We are among the millions of your universal
family whose crafts have been surrounding your planet on "active duty" for fifty
years or more, relieving Earth of the negativity that nearly killed her
planetary body.
S:  How do you relieve negativity?
LAZARUS: We combine our energy with other entities who also want to preserve
Earth's life.  We came en masse to breathe our energy into her lungs, which are
the air, the atmosphere, to withdraw many of the pollutants that were killing
her.
We are not warriors, we are more engineering minds. Our energy has been helping
to stabilize the planet and hold steady its orbit through areas where other
heavenly bodies could seriously affect orbiting stability. We harness, or level
out, the effects of what you call "natural disasters" to prevent the widespread
destruction that otherwise would occur. We withdraw force from the energy
fomenting beneath the surface that would produce volcanic eruptions of such
magnitude they would blow up entire mountains and destroy surrounding towns.  We
stabilize fault lines so earthquakes are less severe—they still release energy,
but do not destroy the vast areas they could without our softening interference.
We quiet the seas and temper the wind forces so you don't have the extent of
hurricanes, cyclones and tornadoes and flooded coastal areas that you would if
we did not do this.  We alter the course of celestial fragments within impact
distance of Earth.  We keep a rhythm going that is required of all your life
forces.  Are these examples clear as to our cleansing participation?
				 ************
I want to give assurance that with all the in-beamed light, beloved Terra has
regained a great deal of her former strength. But we still are showering her
with our energy along with our technology to maintain her stability because not
all the upheaval in ridding her of negativity is over, and we're not about to
diminish our diligence in this respect until she is fully within fourth density
vibrations and continuing her voyage to fifth.  Then we'll all shout
Hallelujah!—our work on Earth will be done and we shall return to our homeland
and families.
			 _________________________________

13. PROMETHEUS: We are among these lighted beings and are the forefathers of
some of your own human selves. We are from a planetary system in a constellation
named Orion.  There is no individual aspect of our civilization, but there is
perfect harmony in the rhythmic motion of our searching ever toward the light. 
We have evolved into the needlessness of physical bodies, and our advancements
in intelligence and spiritual truth-knowing has enabled us to materialize in
thin strata formations that represent the cumulative soul essence and minds of
billions of souls.
We understand that it is difficult for you to think of intelligent beings as odd
cloud formations, yet we are in this appearance of proximity to Earth to exert
the force required for maximum assistance. We are one of the civilizations
working on behalf of your physical survival, which is one of the most important
aspects of what you call "the cleansing."
				 ***********
Please remember that only a few such as yourself, who are anticipating
otherworld helpers, will see anything other than frequent cloud formations in
unusual configurations.  The clouds will be your stratus-cirrus variety with
"puffs" where an energy vortex is required to lessen the intensity of pollution
from the chemicals and other toxins in your soil, water and atmosphere.
			 __________________________________

14. AGNES: We will assist in ways individual rather than collective.  That is,
our focus is on souls as individuals, not on the population of Earth in
entirety.  Other entities already present will assist in such ways as stability
of orbit and extra energy beaming into the atmosphere for leveling upwards the
cellular memories.  We are not needed in this respect.  Although, if so needed,
we stand at the forefront of those lines of assistance with our love beaming as
a deterrent to massive Earth shifts in the nature of destruction of our
brothers.
Our purpose is to reunite with those souls who came from our own beginnings. 
All souls here are precious in God's regard, so we do not denigrate one soul and
uplift another arbitrarily.  It is as if a family on Earth called in the cousins
and aunts and uncles so all are under the grandparents' roof for reunion.  It is
a natural selection, is it not, and you do not feel it is necessary to invite
all who may pass by the roadway beyond?  So it is with our mission and purpose. 
Yes, of God, in all ways and always.
We will approach not in our form, as the welcoming parties are rarely happy to
see a stranger in the kitchen.  First, we are already with you.  Second, some of
you have seen us in radiance, recognized in an energy that is warm and
embracing.  The recognition is not as a brother to a brother, but as a sense of
wonderment and smoothness of the experience.  Deeply, yes, this is indeed
brother to brother, but at the surface level where you are thinking most of the
time there is only wonderment at the sensations that are coming with greater
recognition and frequency.
And what do we accomplish by this means?  Reunion pathway.  Hand in hand on a
deep level we are walking with you toward the light.  This is toward junctions
you will recognize at soul level, a sense of familiarity without explanation,
and later with conscious memory that will be welcomed, however startling.  It
will be the "Aha!" from your soul.
			 _____________________________

15. MENTA: We are more powerful than many others who also are helping to their
full intensity, but their wavelength is less than ours, so we volunteered for a
twofold mission. We are beaming in our own energy and also sustaining the light
from those other sources once it is within Earth's atmosphere. This is essential
so that your bodies can absorb the rays at cellular level and adjust to the
higher frequencies Earth will be entering. This gives you the opportunity to
physically survive during her ascension process that some call "the shift" and
others call "the cleansing."
			 _______________________________

16. Thank you, Mother.  Many other highly evolved presenters spoke about their
civilizations' involvement all along Earth's ascension journey and gave wise
guidance for successfully navigating through perilous times—our information in
numerous messages has offered the same.  [The full presentations from which the
excerpts were selected are in the revised edition of Revelations for a New Era;
other equally fascinating presentations are in Illuminations for a New Era and
Voices of the Universe.]
17. Until my mother's family responsibilities lessen and she has time to read
emails and prepare question lists, my messages will be sporadic and brief.  But
as we so often have urged: Please do not rely on external sources for
answers—always your most trustworthy source is the messages from your soul!
18. With the infinite and eternal power of unconditional love and the Christed
light, we are with you, each and every one, all along your spiritual pathway.
			 ___________________________

LOVE and PEACE
Suzanne Ward


[NOTE from Suzy:  Bob and I are so very grateful for your prayers for his
recovery—thank you!  After a month in the hospital, he was transferred to a
rehabilitation center and soon will be home to continue recuperating.

I've had very little computer time since he became sick in May and the backlog
in my inbox was huge then.  I wish I had time to catch up, but the reality is
that I won't be able to read and answer many of the emails I've received during
the past year.

Publication of Amusing to Profound—My Conversations with Animals was delayed
several months due to family circumstances, but at last it is here. You can read
about this book and order it on http://www.matthewbooks.com/books.html

September 21, 2009



1. This is Matthew, with loving greetings from all souls at this station. You
are nearing the one-year mark since peoples of all nations jubilantly heralded
the outcome of the US presidential election and the high energy of Change!
radiated throughout your world. Now there is pervasive resistance to change,
with hardliners seemingly as firmly entrenched as ever. Please do not feel
discouraged! Opposition to reforms is a natural and inevitable reaction during
this late phase of Earth's ascension out of third density.

2. Let us put this into the context of an evening at the theater. The audience
is absorbed in the play, a very long story that has dragged on and on with
repetitive acts, when suddenly strangers start coming on stage. The cast loudly
objects to these newcomers, whose conversations don't fit at all into the
storyline, and the audience is confused by the commotion. While some shout for
the familiar story to continue, others say they are tired of that play and want
to hear what these new folks on stage have to say.

3. Now, putting that same scenario onto your world's stage, the Illuminati have
long profited from that play, which was written ages ago by their preceding
generations, and they are resisting all attempts to bring down the curtain on
their production. The strangers, some already on stage and others waiting in the
wings, are the new and the upcoming leaders who have an entirely different
script, one that includes the voice of all who never have been granted a public
hearing.

4. That is a microcosmic view of what is being played out in your world, where
the "audience" sees widespread confusion but doesn't know what is underlying the
turmoil. While many are optimistically welcoming change, others don't want
anything to upset what they are accustomed to, and only a comparative handful of
individuals understands that the force that is driving both "casts" to dominate
the stage also is evoking the differing reactions of observers—that force is the
vibratory level Earth has reached, and it is accelerating life itself.

5. The vibrations are the cause of "good" and "bad"—the duality in human
nature—becoming more obvious. In communities around the world there are
ever-increasing exposures of dishonest civil servants, child molesters, cheaters
in businesses, cruelty to humankind and animals, and other formerly unknown or
unpublicized acts of brutality and immorality. This is happening at one end of
the emotional spectrum, and at the other is unprecedented compassion for and
caring assistance to peoples locally and in far distant countries. You are
witnessing the duality in third density life making a strong statement before
its last gasp, and despite frantic attempts by dark minds to keep duality going
strong, it has served its purpose on your "schoolhouse planet" and soon will
disappear from Earth.

6. Desperate to hold onto their fast-eroding power, the Illuminati are trying to
keep the masses confused, angry and divided because their Plans A and B have
failed. Plan A was to prevent the light from entering souls by keeping the
peoples in fear, because the energy of fear blocks the incoming light, and that
plan worked successfully for centuries. Fear is such a powerful energy that the
psyche cannot long sustain that emotion, so the Illuminati kept jolting the
collective consciousness with a series of circumstances and events such as wars,
famines, oppressive regimes, heavy taxation, diseases, assassinations—anything
that would keep the populace living in fearful times. Plan A went awry after
"9/11," which the Illuminati considered their great triumph. The truth is, all
souls who perished had agreed to their roles in this pivotal event, and it also
was ordained that lightworkers on and off-planet would prevent all subsequent
major terror attempts, and they have done so on numerous occasions.

7. Those failures to keep "the war on global terrorism" in the forefront of all
minds are what doomed Plan A and led to Plan B—putting the global economy in
chaos. Briefly that appeared to be working well for the Illuminati, but now they
are seeing that plan backfiring. Instead of their gaining even greater control
of international monies and the world's natural resources, they are precariously
close to losing it all, so they are implementing Plan C: Create confusion, anger
and divisiveness by arousing opposition to all reform efforts.

8. That is why you are seeing vehement pro and con arguments as the extremes of
duality are being expressed in various ways throughout your world. Consider the
swine flu "pandemic," with the pharmaceutical/medical establishment, abetted by
the media, urging everyone to get flu shots while others are doing their best to
warn about the dangers of vaccines. At the same time individuals and groups are
doubling efforts to preserve the environment, others are bent upon destroying
more lands and seas and wildlife. Aid to relieve the suffering of starving and
displaced peoples is being blocked by obstinate rulers. Political in-fighting at
all levels of government is taking precedence over the needs of the citizenry,
who themselves are divided as to what will best serve their communities and
countries.

9. When Earth reaches still higher vibrations, the dissention will be reconciled
into harmonious cooperation for the good of all. But in this moment, the energy
produced by opposing sides of issues that profoundly affect life in your world
is the only development on the planet wherein the Illuminati can see any hope of
success.

By no means are we saying that anyone who wants to maintain the status quo is
aligned with the Illuminati's adamant resistance to change!  However, many are
beguiled by that dark group's strategy of blatantly lying and whatever else it
takes to make change seem scary. Of course the Illuminati are interested only in
blocking change that further will erode their power—that kind of change
absolutely IS scary to them. It portends the end of their long reign, and indeed
that end is fast approaching as everything with dark intent is being uprooted so
it can be done away with. The unstoppable intensity of the light is propelling
Earth ever closer to the Golden Age, where no darkness of any kind can exist.

10. Let us speak for a moment about the year 2012, which is commonly associated
with the dawn of the Golden Age. Your calendars cannot correctly indicate the
duration of Earth's journey into that era because the increasingly higher
density energies of her course are accelerating time as you perceive it. Change
will come faster and more emphatically as the days pass, and the days will be
passing with increasing speed.

11. During this transition leading to 2012, synchronous events are bounding into
each life, offering experiences in accordance with soul contract choices. The
appropriate meetings and circumstances that are presented to everyone are
conveyed via intuition—instantaneous reactions to new possibilities—but many do
not recognize these as growth opportunities or they choose not to take action
because that would entail change. We do not fault these souls and we love them
no less, but it is sad to see the ones who chose to complete third density
karmic lessons now choosing to be stuck in that density instead of joyously
accompanying Earth on her journey.

12. Just as everything else is being accelerated, so are the results of the
universal law of attraction coming more rapidly and forcefully. We cannot stress
too strongly how crucial it is to focus on what you want, NOT what you don't
want!

13. And last, the arrival of the popularized date of December 21, 2012, does not
mean that Earth humankind will have entered an era of complacent stability. The
only constant in the universe is change! Not only will marvelous developments
continue in all areas of your world, but spiritually and intellectually, you
will continue to grow through innumerable physical lifetimes, some in worlds
where life will exceed even the glories of Earth's Golden Age.

14. Now let us return to this day at hand, when national and global economies
are predominant in the collective thoughts. The continuing lies and manipulation
of all facets of money-changing are keeping afloat the illusion that what was
broken is being fixed. No, what is broken is irremediable. To the Illuminati,
this spells The End, and to all who are enlightened, it spells The Beginning.
However, a stormy period must be weathered before a new economic system can be
firmly established. It is necessary to sweep away the crumbled corrupt
foundation before a new basis for banking, commerce and fair allocation of the
world's natural wealth can be solidly built. Some of your most astute and
courageous economists are saying the same, as well as what we mentioned some
years ago—the United States is bankrupt, and when its economic collapse comes,
and it soon shall, the fallout will be felt around the world.

15. Your spiritual strength and innate resourcefulness can carry you through
this tumultuous period with a positive outlook—you know that the short bumpy
ride is leading to the grand highway that is paved with abundance for all. Let
your certainty about this shine forth like a beacon to guide others out of
anxiety and confusion.

16. In a message some months ago, I answered the question: Why are there
differences in channeled information? [February 2, 2009] You are inundated with
conflicting information and we know of your confusion about what is true and
what is not. Because it is vital that you use discernment and heed your
intuition—it is part of soul evolvement—I think it may be helpful to expound on
my answer by summarizing and adding to my reply to a recent request for my
comments on material forwarded to my mother. In keeping with a "policy," if you
will, of souls in high stations, I will correct information I know to be false,
but I will omit all names.

                                 __________________

17. There are countless galactic and intergalactic federations, councils,
unified forces, experiencing clusters, collective-soul energy fields,
free-spirit civilizations and other organized souls in this universe, so I
believe it is necessary to delve into this issue more deeply than the name of
this group and the information purportedly from its spokesperson.



         18. A great deal of untrue or misleading information, often fear-filled,
is falsely attributed to light sources. Entities claiming to represent a group
or civilization widely known to be of the light transmit untrue information to
receivers who cannot discern that these sources are dark. Untrue information
also is given to unsuspecting receivers by spokespersons for darkly-intentioned
groups that present themselves as beings of light; and still other dark entities
claim to be one or another well known, spiritually evolved soul, and they also
pass on self-serving falsehoods. Some individuals on the planet disseminate
their own writings or publicly "channel" their own ideas, and they attribute
this information to respected light beings.



19. There are still other considerations. Telepathic communication has a filter
inherent in the system itself. The energetic pulsing that is the source's
"voice" connects with the most appropriate words in the receiver's vocabulary,
and there can be enough of a gap so that the words "nudged out" may garble names
and not fully accurately express the source's meanings. Another filter is in the
receiver, whose knowledge, beliefs or preconceived ideas can bleed into the
transmission and distort the source's information.



         20. Because of all those variables, and no doubt others I have not
remembered to mention, I cannot comment knowledgeably on this group, but I can
refute the information attributed to it and mention other common misconceptions
that have their roots in channeled messages.



         21. Groups or individual souls immersed in darkness cannot approach the
protective grid of Christed light energy that surrounds the planet—light is
anathema to their dark essence.



         22. The dark forces, a vast and powerful energy field that can roam the
heavens and cause chaos, even the death of entire civilizations and their planet
homelands, no longer is near your solar system. When distant civilizations
started beaming intense light to Earth, that force field left because it cannot
tolerate light.



         23. The spiritually and technologically evolved civilizations that God
authorized to start helping Earth about 70 years ago are unquestionably of the
light. It was light from some of those powerful civilizations that drove away
the dark forces. When it is safe to do so, some of the millions of light beings
surrounding the planet in spacecraft will land to share their technology and
otherwise assist Earth and her life forms, then return to their homelands.



24. Souls of both the light and the dark have lived on the planet from the
beginning. As Earth rises into higher densities where the light is more intense,
the dark ones—puppets of the dark forces—will embrace the light or their
physical bodies will die and the souls automatically will be drawn to worlds
where the energy density matches the energy of the physical lifetime.



25. Some messages claim that spacecraft will evacuate Earth's residents before
the cleansing destroys much of the planet, and when the people are returned,
they will have to live underground because the surface will be uninhabitable for
many years. Evacuation will not be necessary for any reason, and far from
Earth's surface becoming uninhabitable, it will be restored to its original
paradise with amazing speed.



26. It is essential to be discerning about information from every external
source. Your soul knows the truth, and your intuition—messages from your soul to
your consciousness—always is your best source of information.

                         _________________



27. I thought of something else that is pertinent here. Because so many people
rely on the Internet for information, it has become a prime misinformation
outlet, including postings by individuals employed by dark minds to compose
"channeled" messages and ascribe false and frightening information to sources
well known as highly evolved souls. So much for doubting the existence of
intelligent life anywhere except on Earth!

Now then, to briefly address other issues of interest:

28. Absorbing light, which is as simple as living in godly ways, is the body's
best defense against the toxic elements in chemtrails and all other forms of
pollution. Light strengthens the immune system and helps to achieve and maintain
the balance that promotes healthy bodies, minds and spirits.

29. "Bombing the moon" is a ploy to engender fear, but if such foolhardiness
were ever tried, it would not be successful. In honoring Earth's free will
choice that no careless or deliberately malevolent act can devastate her body or
her life forms, God has authorized civilizations with the technology to prevent
all such efforts to do so.

30. Other information in circulation also is designed specifically to create
fear. For example, grains, fruits and vegetables produced by grafting have been
consumed for decades with no adverse health effects, so from whence came the
idea that "genetically modified foods" are harmful? The more recent production
of seeds that cannot produce future crops is another matter—like other
developments devised with dark intent, it also will be short-lived. Time is fast
running out for anything and everything born of darkness!

31. When prayers for a beloved person to recover from a serious illness are not
answered, it is not because the pray-er encroached upon that person's free will,
but because the person's soul contract choice to exit physical life at that time
takes precedence. The energy sent forth by your thoughts and feelings is a "love
boomerang" that blesses the soul for whom you are praying and gently returns to
strengthen your spirit.

32. Sending light to those who are living in darkness has the same effect at
their soul level, even if not at conscious level, and the benevolence of that
act brings light to the sender.

33. A petition to amend one's soul contract is done at soul level, because only
at that level can it be known if the person's life circumstances are harsher
than the experiencing chosen prior to birth. It is on the basis of excessive
suffering that the petitions are granted.

34. Concerns about a possible drastic shift in Earth's axis are due to lack of
universal knowledge, namely that about seventy years ago in your linear time,
the planet was so out of balance that it was dangerously close to being pulled
out of orbit; and ever since that time a powerful infusion of light from distant
sources has been stabilizing Earth's orbit along her ascension pathway.

35. In addition to the symbolism that some are interpreting in the increasingly
complex crop circles, the formations show that whoever is executing these
intricate designs has the technological expertise to apply it to many other
fields—no pun is intended there. With the rapid acceleration of what you call
time, it can said that "in no time" the creators of these astounding formations
and their colleagues will be assisting you in many, more practical, ways.

36. One more very important note about the effects of acceleration. Disclosure
of ages old deception is on your very near horizon, and once there is the first
hole in the dike that has been holding back long hidden truths, the outpouring
will create shock waves around your world. The enormity of lies, greed,
collusion, corruption and heinous acts committed by groups under the Illuminati
umbrella will be staggering as they are disclosed, but more so will be the
emergence of truth about religions and their dogmas. Everything that the
darkness has contrived to enslave Earth's peoples for millennia literally will
"come to light" after a period of great upheaval.

37. You have been assured repeatedly by numerous messengers of the light that
you are powerful souls, superbly prepared to deal with these unique times at
hand. If only you could know yourselves as we do! One day you shall, but in this
moment, please hold in your hearts these truths: As experiencing aspects of
God's and Creator's infinite and eternal love, you are god-and goddess-selves
with unlimited potential. Light beings are traveling unseen alongside you and
countless others throughout the universe are cheering you ever onward.

                         ____________________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Note from Suzy: If this message was forwarded and you would like to receive
future messages directly, please follow the directions posted at the top of
Matthew's Messages on www.matthewbooks.com.



Amusing to Profound—My Conversations with Animals and the Matthew books can be
ordered in the Book Shop on that same site. And Then God Said…Then I Said…Then
He said…can be ordered on www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm.]

October 19, 2009

With loving greetings, this is Matthew speaking on behalf of all souls at this
station. You have been waiting a very, very long time—far longer than you are
consciously aware—for the momentous occasion on your near horizon. For several
years various messengers of the light have been telling you about the
spiritually, intellectually and technologically advanced civilizations
surrounding you—soon you will hear this truth from persons in your world whom
you trust and respect.

Members of the highest council that designed the master plan of Earth's Golden
Age have been observing the pace of flux in the collective consciousness, and
they have agreed that the day is nearing when the presence of your celestial
brotherhood must become widely known. There are "open windows," universally
speaking, that offer the leaps in consciousness and spiritual clarity that
enable a civilization to ascend into a higher density. These windows have opened
for Earth's peoples before, but they closed because the darkness that permeated
the planet prevented the peoples from looking up at the stars instead of down at
"feet of clay." This is the time of another open window, and as ordained by the
Supreme Being of this universe, Earth will fly through on her way into the
higher densities where love, peace and harmony is the basis of life. In her love
for all her resident souls, she wants them to go with her.

Measured progress is necessary to meet the energetic timeline of any open
window, and much must be accomplished before this one closes around the end of
your year 2012. Again, Earth's soaring through and onward to her destination in
fifth density is assured—it is up to individual souls to chart their own
journey. The tenacious resistance of the dark minds among you has managed to
keep a lid on the massive deception that has kept the peoples in bondage for
millennia. The dark forces knows it has lost the war for global domination, but
its battle continues for individuals who have not heeded their souls' intuitive
messages to "see the light." The current strategy of the puppets of darkness is
to stir up anger, confusion and divisiveness—the antithesis of the spirit that
can see and seize opportunities for benevolent change—and even as tiny bits of
pervasive corruption and depravity seep into headlines, a great deal still is
operating to keep the masses deceived, suppressed and consciously asleep.

Because that is not in keeping with Earth's desire for her beloved souls, the
master planning council in conjunction with spiritually evolved beings among you
decided to reverse the order of two major parts of the plan. Originally it was
thought that exposure of the dark ones' controlling hand in myriad worldly
matters would arouse the sleepers and then there would be the revelation that
newcomers from distant lands have come to help you clean up the mess your world
is in. But awakening of the masses isn't happening as quickly as need be and
time is of the essence, so it has been agreed to jolt the many sound sleepers
with something that cannot miss getting everyone's attention—your governments
acknowledging that other intelligent beings are in the universe.

According to information reaching us about the "unveiling," it will be
understated rather than dramatic, such as a simultaneous fleet of spacecraft
decloaking or a host of visitors landing. And there will not be an immediate
outpouring of interaction with your brothers and sisters from faraway
homelands—their introduction will be unfolded, not suddenly thrust upon a world
where skeptics and nonbelievers will not greet this news with the same
enthusiasm as you. Wisdom dictates caution so that suspense and doubt will not
turn into chaos and fear.

The dark ones know that once this long-denied truth no longer is deniable, it
opens a virtual Pandora's box of their heinous activities throughout the ages.
Thus, even as lightworkers are rejoicing that at long last the presence of other
civilizations is publicly confirmed, the dark minds will be furiously churning
out fear. As puppets of the off-planet dark forces, they know that the energy of
fear puts a barrier between light and consciousness, and always the goal of that
powerful force field of negativity has been to conquer souls by capturing their
light. Their puppets will make every effort to convince the populace that the
ETs are to be feared, they have come to conquer and enslave.

Your interconnectedness with all souls in this universe will help dispel the
fear that non-illumined individuals succumb to. The light in your elation not
only will touch all around you, but will radiate out into the universe and
through the law of attraction, bring back "like" energy that can reach those who
bought into the fear-filled falsehoods. The light can open their hearts and let
them also welcome the visitors who have come to assist you rise out of third
density, where darkness thrives. It is true that God told these others of His
children to help you, but they are doing this eagerly and lovingly so all of you
can awaken to your rightful place in our universal family.

Because we honor every one of the many courageous souls throughout your world
who are aiding the light forces, rarely do we single out an individual for such
recognition. Speaking on behalf of all souls at this station, I do so in this
instance because David Wilcox so clearly explains the interconnectedness of all
in existence, how science and spirit are one and the same, and all incarnate
experiencing is within the universal consciousness.

Now I shall move on to addressing other issues requested by "seasoned"
lightworkers and new soul searchers.  How quickly will improvements in life on
Earth come after the presence of other civilizations is widely known?  Behind
closed doors, groundwork for many improvements is being birthed, so to say, but
the most noticeable changes in Earth's environment and lives of the
long-exploited masses will come when your brothers and sisters from afar are
working alongside you and introducing technologies whose speed and effectiveness
will astound you.

To what extent will we recognize coming changes if we don't have advanced
spiritual understanding like remembering other lifetimes or knowing our main
mission in this one? You will recognize many changes! Prominent figures in
governments and other "authorities" suddenly will be out of the picture and
others will be replaced as reformation progresses. Negotiations will replace
combat between nations and civil wars will wind down to resolution. Criticism of
US president Obama will cease. Putting bandages on a dead economic system will
end and be replaced by a new system. Technologies that have been suppressed by
one malicious means or another will become available for implementation.

Pollution in all its insidious forms will be eradicated, some quickly and others
more gradually. The befouled condition of air, water and soil will be cleansed
and purity returned. Other kinds of pollutants that have made life "hell on
Earth" and will be phased out include weapons systems, weather control,
radioactive materials, laboratory-designed diseases, deceptive media reporting,
poverty, violent "entertainment," mind controlled assassins, subjugation of
women, "hate" crimes, Satanism, unfair laws and unjust justice systems,
"illegal" and prescription drugs, cruelty to animals—EVERYTHING that has been
devised by dark intent will be done away with!

Although most of the populace will witness the incremental changes and not
think, "These are occurring because of advanced spiritual understanding in the
collective consciousness," it is precisely the raised consciousness and
spiritual clarity of Earth humankind that is the foundation of ALL the changes!
None of them could come about without YOUR desire to live in peace with each
other and in harmony with Nature on a planet that is restored to its original
health and beauty! As many messengers of light have told you, helping to create
this kind of world is why you chose to be there.

What penalties will people have to pay when they cross over to Nirvana because
they chose to do that instead of accepting the truths that will be revealed? 
Never is a penalty levied by any source! Individuals whose conscious lifetime
choices were not aligned with their soul contracts get as many other
opportunities as they need to "get it right," and "getting it right" always is
every soul's choice. Scientifically speaking, multiple lifetimes is the reality
of universal physics in action. In the sense of an all-knowing, all-loving,
ever-present God—a more personal and equally accurate accounting— it is a form
of divine grace that is offered to every soul in this universe.

And many people will choose to exit this lifetime rather than believe that what
they have been taught is wrong. In previous messages we have stated that the
emergence of the truth about the origin of religions will present the greatest
challenge to the devoutly religious and to lightworkers alike. We also have said
that when you encounter that bumpiest part of the pathway into fourth density,
you will rise to it well prepared to avoid the potholes yourselves as well as
help others tread more securely.

How many people will ascend with Earth, and will the deaths of so many
individuals who don't go cause turmoil and be a destabilizing influence on the
planet? The numbers of souls who will physically ascend with Earth cannot be
finitely forecast, but we can state with certainty that those who choose not to
go along will lessen turmoil, and that will help to stabilize the planet. All
who accompany Earth into the higher densities have absorbed the light—that is
what enabled them to make the trip—and because they know that love bonds are as
eternal as the soul itself, no longer will they grieve for their "loss" of
beloved people who enter the spirit world. Furthermore, in the higher vibrations
along the ascension pathway, telepathic connections will open and once again
visits between souls on Earth and those in Nirvana will become commonplace.

Let me mention this, too: In addition to the indispensable infusion of light
from other civilizations, geophysical events are helping to stabilize the
planet. When all pockets of negativity have been released and the energy
transmuted into light, there will be no more need for those kinds of events. And
please have NO concerns about Planet X, Niburu, a "brown star" or a celestial
body by any other name being on a collision course with Earth.

When Earth reaches a specific frequency, will all the dark ones and any others
who don't accept the light die at the same time? There is a frequency, or
vibratory level, wherein carbon-based bodies cannot survive, and the bodies of
the puppets of darkness will die within a very short period. In some cases, this
simply means that no new clones will replace the ones that degenerated. But the
majority of people who will leave are the devoutly religious whose very lives
would be meaningless without their beliefs; their bodies will die at various
times, depending on each one's ability to deal with formidable mental and
emotional stress after the truths about religions emerge. Once in Nirvana, all
those dear souls will be aware of the truths, and will choose to consciously
remember them in their next incarnation.



Will there be any need in the Golden Age for a government as we now know it? A
governing system at levels from community to multidimensional will serve for
communication, coordination and cooperation. Among the welcome changes from
current governments will be the moral and spiritual character, wisdom and vision
of the leaders; extent of jurisdictions; use of authority; election procedures;
legal and justice systems—and the satisfaction of the governed peoples!

If there's a globally moderate temperature in higher densities, does this mean
no more snowcapped mountains or winter sports?  Goodness no!  That would also
mean little variance in topography, and most assuredly your Himalayas, Alps,
Andes and Rocky Mountains will not be leveled! The current extremes of burning
deserts and sub-zero climes gradually will moderate within a comfortable
temperature range, but snowcapped mountains and winter sports will not disappear
because that awe-inspiring scenery and those pleasurable pastimes are desirable
aspects of life on Earth. Remember, in terms of your illusionary linear time,
you are helping to create the world YOU want, and in the reality of the
continuum, that world already IS!  And what a grand and glorious world you have
made!

What reincarnates and/or survives the death of the material form?  The eternal
soul. The origin of everything in natural existence throughout the cosmos is
Creator's pure love-light energy. What differs from soul to soul is
intelligence, or reasoning capability, and spiritual evolvement, but the
creational "ingredients" of all are from the same source. From archangels to
stars, oceans to insects, flowers to mountains, everything is a soul—not has a
soul, IS a soul. Never can the energy of any soul be destroyed, only directed
into a different form. Just as water can change to vapor or ice, and boulders
can become sand pebbles; just as plants grow, die and fertilize the earth where
more seeds will grow, so can all souls at any evolutionary stage change form or
exist as free energy. The more evolved a civilization is, the higher the
evolutionary status of every other life form in that world, and every form knows
its place in the symbiotic Oneness wherein all life flourishes.



Let us digress for a moment and speak about animals, who do know their place in
the family of souls. Perhaps in these tumultuous days at hand, change is more
evident in animal nature than in humankind. Photographs and movies circulating
on your Internet show that some in the "predator" species are exhibiting
friendliness toward those who could be their "prey"– even occasional examples of
cross-species protection and nurturing between these two groups—as well as
instances of "fierce" animals behaving kindly around humans. These animals are
responding to the higher vibrations prevailing on Earth and their instincts are
becoming more peaceable.



To return to readers' questions, How do emotions in fourth and fifth densities
differ from third density?  Earth is one of the primary schoolhouses in this
galaxy for experiencing duality, the spectrum of emotions that evoke behavior
ranging from godly to evil—not to judge the person, but to describe the act—and
souls evolve into higher densities through overcoming the evil and embracing the
godly. Emotions are more intense and purer in higher densities, and only those
that can be called positive exist, like love, joy, respect, admiration,
compassion—emotions that provoke generosity, honesty, helpfulness, forgiveness,
loyalty, cooperation. At this station we also feel sadness when we see beloved
souls in prolonged grieving or grievously harming others or refusing the light,
but those sad feelings do not linger in higher stations because the energy of
love and joy is more intense.



Also, emotions in higher densities are selfless, you could say, whereas in third
density the perception of someone else's circumstances often is in tandem with
how that affects self. As an example, your best friend whose long-time
joblessness has created a desperate situation for his family has just been hired
for the position that you thought you would be promoted into. You may indeed
feel happiness for your friend, but also jealousy, disappointment,
discouragement, resentment, anger, self-doubt—any one or more of those emotions
related to self may be as strong or stronger than happiness for your friend.



How does incarnation fit in with the biological processes of our world, e.g.,
how is the incarnating entity linked up to the human fetus or other biological
hosting form?  Although soul applies to every life form throughout the cosmos,
let us speak only of a human soul on Earth. The soul, which is created of God's
essence and design, can tap into the universal mind and can live anywhere the
energy is compatible with its spiritual evolutionary status. The embryo is a
biological form aware only of primitive physical sensations; it grows into the
fetus physically and intellectually in accordance with the genetic influence of
its parents and emotionally in accordance with their emotional environment.



Between incarnations, souls decide what they need to balance other physical
lifetimes and they choose parents whose genes will produce the kind of body
needed for their selected experiencing and whose circumstances will provide
other chosen conditions. A soul may hover around the "parents" prior to
conception and may enter the embryo or fetus at any time during the gestational
period. Souls may agree to "time-share," with one residing in the developing
fetus to absorb the emotional vibrations of the mother and her surroundings,
which can serve that soul's needs to the extent of an entire physical lifetime;
at the moment agreed upon—any time prior to, during or right after the birth
process—that soul exits and the other enters as the soul's personage. When you
consider that all principals agreeing to share a lifetime do so out of
unconditional love, that kind of very temporary arrangement doesn't seem as
strange as it may upon first hearing of it.



Will there be a definite shift where everything changes in an instant and those
"graduating" find themselves in a new kind of reality with new bodies? Are 4D
bodies developing inside of gradually ascending 3D bodies that suddenly will
shift into 4D bodies? Bodies' cellular restructuring from carbon-based to
crystalline-based, or a "shift" from a 3D to a 4D body, happens gradually
because third density brain capacity doesn't encompass the belief that this
could happen in the twinkling of an eye. During the shifting process there may
be physical anomalies, which differ in individuals and may be from any one or
more of numerous causes; therefore, they cannot be attributed solely to the
cellular changes that occur with light absorption. What you can attribute to
that process is desire for clearer spiritual understanding; an open, searching
mind; keener discernment; greater awareness of intuitive knowledge; less
interest in trivial matters and increased interest in issues of world
significance.



What do bodies look like in fourth and fifth densities?  Since bodies can be
manifested in the higher densities in whatever design souls imagine, we shall
confine this reply to your bodies. As you progress into higher vibrations,
gradually your bodies will become free of all dis-ease; lost limbs and organs
will be restored; the illness and aging patterning and limited brain usage will
be removed from your DNA; and the ultimate appearance of your adults who so
choose will approximate a 30-35-year old with a healthy, vibrant, youthful body.
You didn't ask, but we shall tell you anyway—all personalities will be pleasing!



Hold close in your heart these visions of life in Earth's Golden Age, knowing
that throughout your ascension journey you have the love, protection and
guidance of lighted souls throughout this universe.



                 ______________________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Note from Suzy: Heartfelt thanks for all your thoughtful emails with well
wishes for Bob, appreciation for Matthew's messages, and your understanding
about my limited time to reply.



If you received this message as a forward and you would like to receive future
messages directly, please follow the directions posted at the top of Matthew's
Messages page on www.matthewbooks.com.



Amusing to Profound—My Conversations with Animals and the Matthew books series
can be ordered in the Book Shop on that same site. And Then God Said…Then I
Said…Then He said…can be ordered at www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm.]

Suzy wanted to issue a small correction regarding paragraph 8 in her most recent
message.  David Wilcock is the correct spelling of the courageous soul mentioned
and his website is http://divinecosmos.com/

November 19, 2009

This is Matthew to extend loving greetings from all souls at this station and to
share with you our observations. In this moment "anticipatory" may be the best
word to describe the collective feelings of enlightened souls—not exclusively
pertaining to an announcement of our universal family's presence, but that is
where a great deal of anticipation energy is being directed. Some of you are
waiting calmly, yet with excited certainty; others who feel excitement also have
a large measure of "get this show on the road" impatience; and in some of you
the energy of eagerness is overshadowed by "show me" doubtfulness. Then there
are the majority of peoples, those who have no idea whatsoever that official
recognition of other civilizations is imminent.

Hatonn has agreed to speak about what is happening behind the scenes pertaining
to the public announcement, and we turn over this forum to him.

HATONN:  Thank you, Matthew, my friend.  As an intergalactic fleet commander and
director of multidimensional communication, I am knowledgeable about
preparations for a globally televised program that will present evidence of
extraterrestrial civilizations.

Official recognition can't be further delayed because much has to be
accomplished during this phase of universal activity. It's essential to repair
the severe damage that has been done to Earth so she can regain her health and
restore well being to her inhabitants, and there's no time to waste.  We're here
by Earth's request and God's authorization because we have the capacity and
desire to help you, but your representatives are responsible for making
decisions because this is your world.

The program announcing our presence is a complex undertaking. The numbers of
folks who are expecting us and will greet us wholeheartedly are very few, and
the program is being designed for the multitudes. It has to be presented without
creating fear or undue backlash. There's formidable opposition to any
recognition of our very existence, and the security of all persons involved in
the program is a foremost consideration. When I say "security," I also mean the
emotional security of all witnesses and other participants and their families,
not only their physical safety—we have that well in hand.

The program can't be just film clips of spacecraft sightings. In some areas
these are so numerous that it's ho-hum, they're back. There has to be solid
evidence about our presence and that's where personal accounts come in.
Testifying before a panel that pledges witnesses to secrecy is quite different
from letting the world know their identities, and the same goes for the people
who have been working with us or at least know why we are here. Some have been
blackballed in their professions or declared delusional or crazy. In some cases
families have been threatened and individuals killed by factions that don't want
you to know we exist, especially not right here with you. Those in charge of the
program want everyone who's willing to speak about personal experiences to feel
emotionally secure doing it.

This is an international action and it's important that there is agreement among
the governments involved. Major decisions have been made, but some details are
still being discussed. Some of your representatives favor keeping the initial
program brief and releasing information in increments so people won't feel
overwhelmed. They propose a brief statement that many spacecraft seen during the
past several years are from other civilizations, there's no reason to think any
harm is intended, and more information will follow as it's compiled. Others want
the program to answer all logical questions and some of our representatives tell
how they've been to helping the planet through what you call the shift or
cleansing. Some think it would be frightening to see us as we appear in our
native lands—not all of us look like you. Others say it's necessary to show
ourselves as we are to prove that we aren't from your civilization. Some think
including live coverage of a mother ship decloaking is a good idea, others think
it could be more threatening than reassuring.

What kinds of information to present on the program and how much can be covered
without overload is being debated.  Would it be helpful or overkill to explain
that Earth is moving out of her regular orbit by intention and needs our help
off and on the planet? Would that involve explaining that Earth is a soul?  How
much can be said about our technologies without alarming folks about how we
might use it? Would it be foolish or comforting to say that our presence has
prevented other civilizations from trying to invade Earth? To what extent should
the cover-up be disclosed? What about admitting that your governments refused
our offers of technology in exchange for ending weaponry development and wars
that could annihilate you all? How would it affect your population to know that
both dark and light beings from other civilizations have been living among you
and influencing your way of life? Should the program include personal accounts
of both positive and negative abduction experiences?  What to say about the
"little grays" that have been living for many years in underground cities? What
mixture of scientific, political and religious spokespersons should be in the
program?

There are differing opinions about when to air it. The United States government,
once the most vocal in denying our existence, now favors the most extensive
disclosure with maximum speed. A few of your representatives want more polls and
strategic interviews to determine how much information your world is ready for.
Some in both camps want every national leader to be personally told what will be
in the program prior to show time and others think sending each one the program
outline is enough diplomatic courtesy.

This vital decision-making process that started off slowly a year ago has
reached the point that within a couple of months at the outside, this
"Earth-awakening" program will be on the air. The movers and shakers with
integrity, wisdom and spiritual conviction will not be swayed by threats,
bribes, even assassination attempts by the ones who oppose them. You can call
them Illuminati or the Elite, the cabal, New World Government or Secret
Government, New World Order or the darkness, it's all the same. It's the
disparate groups that are operating under the heavy influence of the dark
forces, that vast force field of negative thought forms. That is too esoteric to
give out on the program, but the full truth about this vast populated universe
will be revealed as Earth progresses into higher energy planes.

I think that covers everything. Thank you, Matthew.

MATTHEW:  Thank you, Hatonn. This is a good place for timely questions that are
combined as, Will proof of extraterrestrial life make it easier for all of
humanity to awaken spiritually to the Oneness of All with God? As greatly as we
wish this for all Earth's peoples, we have to say that it is not likely. Proof
of intelligent life beyond Earth does not automatically impart spiritual clarity
to a third density civilization, and the majority of your world's population
still is at that level. Of the many other long-hidden truths that will be
revealed, the most difficult for many to accept is the origin and purpose of
religions, and there will be strong resistance to accepting that truth
regardless of how solid the evidence is. Without understanding that greedy,
power-hungry individuals devised religious dogmas to control and divide the
masses, to make God a fearful supreme being whose rules must be obeyed and that
those self-serving individuals themselves made those rules, and that much of the
information given by God's true messengers was distorted or omitted in religious
books, there can be no spiritual clarity or growth of the soul.

Hatonn spoke of the formidable opposition to acknowledging the existence of
extraterrestrial life. This includes creating fear about the motives of other
civilizations, and the dark ones have been doing that through entertainment
venues. While it may appear that the television show "V" was strategically
planned after initial discussions a year or so back about officially recognizing
other civilizations, producing that kind of viewing is just another means
whereby seeds of fear have been planted throughout the ages. The same is true of
the movie "2012," designed to evoke fearful thoughts that the world really may
come to the kind of end that some fundamentalist religions are expecting. With
"entertainment" catering to that belief and refreshing the fear about aliens,
not to mention the many other popular entertainment forms based in violence, you
can see why all aspects of the announcement program must be so carefully
considered.

Fear is the dark ones' most powerful weapon against the light because the energy
of fear not only forms a barrier between the consciousness and the soul, it
refuels the darkness to keep it thriving. Another means of achieving that
two-way objective as well as reducing the world's population was developing
various strains of "flu" viruses. An important part of this diabolical scheme to
create plagues, which during your history have caused massive fear and death
tolls, was the conditioning of Earth's peoples to regard death as the ultimate
in fear.

The mysterious illness striking in the Ukraine and spreading beyond its borders
is a continuation of the dark ones' biowarfare. After failure to produce the
intended global fear and death toll with the SARS, avian flu, and swine flu/N1H1
viruses, which were neutralized by our space family's technology, the
darkly-inclined ones developed a combination of strains whose virulence cannot
be destroyed with the same high degree of success as with those three lesser
toxic laboratory-designed viruses.

The intended pandemic and death toll will not happen, but not all who become
sick will recover. While some souls are dying in accordance with the longevity
part of pre-birth agreements, others are leaving prior to contract fulfillment.
In Nirvana those souls will find that completing their chosen third density
karmic lessons is easier than in a physical lifetime because all learning—it is
not learning new information, it is remembering what you know at soul level—is
facilitated by the powerful love energy in Earth's spirit world. This is true of
all souls who left or will leave prior to contract completion or whose petition
to amend the original terms was or will be honored.

Another widespread fear is lack of the essentials that sustain life—clean air,
food, and water—and the dark ones have been relentless in their efforts to
befoul Earth's natural elements as well as deny billions of her residents even
subsistence living conditions. Through long ages of instilling fear through
mental conditioning and devising circumstances that engender fright, illness,
suffering and death, the darkness has controlled Earth's peoples.

I want to address my statement in a previous message that several readers
interpreted as my saying that genetically modified foods are not harmful. No, I
was not saying that. I was giving those foods and one-season seeds as examples
of the many ways the darkness conceives to adversely impact your lives and keep
fear flourishing. Mother, please copy the part I am referring to.

"Other information in circulation also is designed specifically to create fear.
For example, grains, fruits and vegetables produced by grafting have been
consumed for decades with no adverse health effects, so from whence came the
idea that "genetically modified foods" are harmful? The more recent production
of seeds that cannot produce future crops is another matter—like other
developments devised with dark intent, it also will be short-lived. Time is fast
running out for anything and everything born of darkness!"

Thank you. In retrospect I see that my words did not clearly convey that
genetically modified foods and non-reproductive seeds come from dark intent to
create fear, but since my mother understood my meaning, neither of us realized
that it should have been stated more clearly. I shall repeat that excerpt's last
sentence, which has no ambiguity whatsoever: Time is fast running out for
anything and everything born of darkness!

What the darkness had not reckoned with was your reawakening and reclaiming your
god and goddess powers that let you shake loose from its control. This triumph
for you is doom for the darkness, but even with all the evidence that their end
is inevitable, the puppets of the dark forces will not accept defeat as long as
they can arouse fear and panic. We know that many enlightened souls often ponder
how best to serve the light. We say, hold your light steady and send forth beams
of unconditional love to Earth—the energy of love, which is the same energy as
light expressed differently, is far more powerful than the energy of fear!

We understand that when you see your world in turmoil with so many enduring
sorrow, hunger, disease and poverty—and those are the focus of news reports—it
is difficult to always see the love, beauty and goodness that is even more
prevalent in your world. It always is surrounding you in abundance, much of it
unseen with your eyes, but so close to you in spirit. When headlines "are too
much with you," visualize the world of peace and love that you know awaits in
your timing and already is manifested in universal timing. Allow feelings of joy
and love to flow into and from your heart—love is inestimable in its capacity to
uplift you and all who are around you, and this energy is so powerful that it
radiates into distant lands.

Yet not everyone will choose to embrace this energy because it entails opening
minds to many truths, and paramount among them is the Oneness of All, the
inseparability of all souls with God and Creator. Please do not be saddened if
persons very dear to you cannot "see the light," and please do not feel it is
your responsibility to urge them. Everyone will awaken in his or her own
timing—if not in this lifetime, then in another with the same opportunities to
grow spiritually. At whatever station you and souls you love may be, eternal
love bonds forever unite you—life is eternal, the soul is immortal!

If I'm having trouble seeing myself or anyone else as a god or goddess, will
this reduce my chances of ascending with Earth?  Anyone whose self-identity is
based on a perception of a "godly" appearance is looking outside instead of
knowing inside. According to the gender each of you chose for this lifetime, you
are designated as either a god or a goddess, but that differentiation is not
important—knowing that every one of you is a part of God IS! God is androgynous,
the balance of feminine and masculine energies, and those have nothing at all to
do with gender, but rather soul essence.

It could be helpful and equally accurate to think of humanity as that essence
instead of individual gods or goddesses, which only signifies the gender choice
of each soul for this lifetime. Because this could give rise to questions about
transsexual persons, I repeat that it is essence—not form and features or
sexuality or gender—that constitutes a soul. It is the choices each of you makes
in using that essence that constitutes living in "godly" ways or not. Everything
in our universe is eternally interconnected with and inseparable from God, by
whatever name, and every soul is a part of that Oneness. Knowing this, feeling
this, is part of the spiritual growth that enables ascending into higher
densities.

Will babies and children make the ascension journey with Earth?  Unless these
souls chose very short incarnations to benefit themselves and all others in the
pre-birth agreement, yes, indeed they will go along with Earth.

What physical changes will children undergo as they shift into 4D bodies? Some
souls who recently came in have bodies with crystalline cellular structure, and
those who don't will experience less upsetting physical and emotional symptoms
than adults whose bodies also are changing from carbon-based to crystalline.
Part of adults' adjustment is the uprooting and discarding of thought patterns
that form belief systems and behavior patterns burdened by cellular memory.
Children simply have not lived long enough to be as heavily indoctrinated and
they respond more quickly and positively to the higher vibrations than most
adults. Many souls who embodied during the past few years consciously know their
God connection and are aware of their rightful place in our universal
family—that innate knowledge did not get "lost" in their third density bodies.
It is devoutly hoped that the parents chosen by these infants and youngsters
will preserve rather than thwart their children's unusual degree of curiosity
that is born of ancient wisdom.

How can we know what is intuition and what is our own thoughts? Intuition is an
instantaneous reaction to a new situation or new information and is a sensation
more than a "full blown" thought. What you call a "fleeting thought" may be
intuition, but if your impression of the situation or information comes after a
pause and has clear mental focus, then it is a thought. Pondering or analyzing
any issue is your own thoughts about it. You could think of intuition as the
signal that motivates you to take instant action in accordance with your
spontaneous reaction or to seriously think about why you had that
reaction—perhaps a lifesaving measure or a job change, respectively.

"We seem to be confronted more than ever with our `dark' issues. Is there a
'deadline' on dealing with those feelings, attitudes, emotions, addictions, etc.
or should we just acknowledge them and we will simply outgrow them as we evolve
into 4D existence?"  This contemplation goes directly to the core of third
density's duality—the spectrum of human emotions, characteristics and
behavior—and souls' multiple lifetimes to experience and overcome duality's
pitfalls.

Although you could say there is the deadline of mortality for completion of
chosen experiencing in each incarnation, there is no such deadline within the
timeless continuum where multiple lifetimes—the soul's experiencing personages,
each its own independent and inviolate self—are happening simultaneously. It is
difficult to comprehend something that cannot be remembered as personally
experienced and for which there is no conscious frame of reference, like life
without linear time and a soul comprising many independent soul-personages, but
we shall do our best to explain what you do know at soul level.

In your galaxy, Earth is one of the best schoolhouses for learning to deal with
duality—that's why you are there. Graduation, so to speak, is mastering
duality's many challenges and evolving into fourth density, where duality
doesn't exist. It may require only a few lifetimes or many hundreds for a soul's
personages to have thoughts, emotions, motives and activities with positive, or
light, vibrations rather than those with negative, or dark, vibrations.

Each lifetime in Earth's spirit world is in preparation for the next
incarnation, the soul's next personage. The soul reviews its most recent
physical life and in the process, not only sees every moment throughout the
lifetime, but feels all of its own emotions and the emotions of everyone with
whom it interacted. Depending on how closely the soul adhered to its pre-birth
agreement with the other souls who participated in the lifetime, you could say
that this review process is the "heaven" and "hell" of religions.

However, the review, like karma, is neither reward nor punishment. It is
evaluating the immediate past lifetime in the context of all personage lifetimes
and determining what is needed to fill gaps or strengthen weaknesses in the
collective experiencing. Because the goal of every soul is spiritual evolvement,
one who is lagging may request advice from an "old soul" with advanced
awareness, and a soul whose life review was lax will be guided by more
experienced souls in selecting what it needs in its next personage life.

In spirit worlds the Oneness of All is known, and advice and guidance are given
with unconditional love. That also is the basis on which souls agree to share a
lifetime, including those who accept the "heavy" roles that give others the
chance to experience what they need for spiritual growth. Because souls are
inseparable yet function independently as personages, the evolution of one
contributes to all. The reverse, devolvement, is just as true, so it is in all
souls' best interests to assist each other. That "motivation" explanation is
only to show souls' willing cooperation, because unconditional love is much more
than the basis for pre-birth agreements and guidance, it is the very makeup of
the soul.

With love abounding, it is logical to wonder how any soul can become dark. It is
by being weak-willed and giving over godself's powers to an entity that holds
forth rewards of fortunes and control in return for greedy, ruthless,
dishonorable, dictatorial actions. That entity is known as the dark forces, the
vast force field of negative thought forms, and a soul who is lured by those
rewards aligns itself and its actions with those thought forms, drops from its
Beginnings in the light, and sinks into darkness.

Now then, a soul's selection for each physical lifetime starts with parents for
genetic, cultural and environmental reasons and it chooses specific skills,
talents, interests, personality traits—everything that makes an individual
unique. That composite along with intended interactions with all who will be
sharing the lifetime becomes the new personage's soul contract, its part of the
pre-birth agreement.

A newborn has full awareness of the contract provisions, but they fade as the
baby adjusts to the needs of a dense body and to parental conditioning. As the
child grows, influence from peers, teachers and other authority figures comes
into the lifetime. Not only has everything in the soul contract been forgotten,
but there is pressure to conform to others' standards and expectations. The soul
keeps in touch with its personage through conscience, intuition, instinct,
inspiration and aspirations to "nudge" the personage along the course of the
contract. But the desire to express one's free will is strong indeed and therein
lie duality's challenges: To which end of the spectrum are the personage's
interests, desires and goals heading, into the light or the darkness?

Now let us put all of you and all of that background into this moment that is
unprecedented on Earth, indeed in the universe. In brief—because this has been
extensively covered in various previous messages—Earth chose to leave third
density, but because she was too weakened by negativity to do it alone, she
asked for help. One form of assistance is the in-pouring of feminine, or
goddess, energy to balance the long-dominant masculine energy that was the
source of negativity. The "mingled" energy is magnifying all emotions and
characteristics, and the differences between light and dark tendencies are
increasingly noticeable. This "wheat and chaff" situation lets you more clearly
see yourself –the conduct of others provides a mirror for you.

There is a universal "window" for Earth's ascension and the linear clock is
ticking. She is assured of reaching her destination in good time, but if you
want to physically go along, you must wind up third density karmic lessons, just
as you chose in your soul contract. Remembering that the soul nudges your
consciousness in accordance with that contract, uncomfortable feelings about
self are important messages. So far from this being a time of merely
acknowledging discomfort with your attitudes or behavior, it is an opportunity
with time limits to change them.

Evolving from third density into fourth does not happen simply because you're on
the planet and the planet is ascending. Your evolution comes with heeding
conscience and intuition and the other wisdom your soul is giving to guide you
in alignment with your contract. It comes with self-introspection, acting with
honor, respecting all of Nature's life forms, discerning truth from falsity,
emulating but not copying persons whom you greatly respect, and not judging
others. It comes with recognizing and feeling grateful for the blessings in your
life, with forgiving yourself and others for perceived injustices.  It comes
with living from your heart, the seat of your soul.

Never are you alone in your journey of self-discovery and evolution!  Always the
infinite arms of God—angels, spirit guides and free spirits, beloved souls in
Nirvana, souls from spiritually advanced civilizations, and the energy of Christ
consciousness manifested as love and light and unsurpassed in its powers—are
with you.

                                 ________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Note from Suzy: If you received this as a forward and you would like to get
future messages directly, please follow the directions posted at the top of
Matthew's Messages on www.matthewbooks.com.



The Matthew books and Amusing to Profound—My Conversations with Animals can be
ordered in the Book Shop on that same site. And Then God Said…Then I Said…Then
He said…can be ordered on www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm. These books are
ideal gifts for soul-searching family members and friends.]

1. This is Matthew, bringing you loving greetings from all souls at this
station.  Always this season of holy days magnifies emotions in accordance with
personal circumstances, and excitement and joy stream forth alongside despair
and grief. In that respect, this year is much the same, but in another respect,
there is a glorious difference. Out of the various hardships that have befallen
so many of our beloved souls has flowed a vast giving from hearts around your
world. Gratitude for blessings in your lives and compassion in greater abundance
than ever before have inspired in like measure your sharing with those who have
less. From families and neighbors to peoples in distant lands with different
cultural beliefs and customs, the spirit of giving from the heart is blanketing
Earth. We wish you could see this as we do— radiance like summer sunshine
embracing Earth's family of souls and melding with the light being beamed to you
from many points in the galaxy. It is a most magnificent spectacle!
2. Very few days remain in your 21st century's first decade, the most pivotal
period in your recorded history. Throughout the past ten years that the light
has been uprooting and exposing the darkness that for long ages was deeply
entrenched, it also has opened more and wider windows for your self-discovery
and introspection about the "unseen universe." Your next decade will be an
explosion of dynamic revelations that will forever change life in your world,
including the imminent recognition of other civilizations' presence. Other
long-suppressed truths that will lead to a multitude of reforms will follow like
tumbleweeds blown by the wind and lead you into Earth's Golden Age.
3. Our primary message today is a special kind of offering, but first we shall
address the question in many minds: What was that phenomenal appearance in the
skies over Norway?  I asked my mother to copy what I told her in reply to Jean
Hudon's immediate query [www.EarthRainbowNetwork.com]:
"Matthew says this is the most profound sign yet from our brothers and sisters
in other civilizations that the time is nearing for their presence to be
properly acknowledged—there is no way that those who do not want that to happen
can explain away this dramatic sign. The overall spiral represents the unbroken
interconnectedness of all souls from our Beginnings in the light—the intense
light at the center—and the blue spiral aimed at Earth is the most forceful
evidence to date of their desire for us to consciously connect with them in the
same spirit they have come. The timing and location are significant, selected to
mark the awarding of the Nobel Peace Prize to US President Obama for his vision
and dedication to achieving world peace and to indicate that they are here to
assist us reach this goal."
4. Thank you, Mother.  As you have seen, an attempt was made to "explain it
away" as a Russian missile, and a different theory has it coming from HAARP. We
could not help but smile at the bumbling around the missile claim and crediting
that nefarious manmade grid system with the astounding display produced by the
technology of your multidimensional brotherhood.
5. Now then, we know that some of you are deeply disappointed about President
Obama's decision to send more troops to Afghanistan, which seems to be totally
contrary to his having been chosen to receive the prestigious peace award. In
this moment that may appear to be so, but in time you shall see that the
committee's selection is indeed most appropriate.
6. From his beginning days in office, Obama has been confronted with powerful
opposition to his godly vision for his country and a world at peace, and while
never wavering one iota from his ultimate intentions, he has had to make
compromises and interim decisions that are not in consonance with his vision,
with messages from his soul. Ironically perhaps, the same energies that are
inspiring gifts from the heart on an unprecedented scale also are causing those
who are against all reforms to dig in their heels more stubbornly than ever;
through bribery, blackmail or life-threats, the individuals who have woven the
pernicious web of darkness still are calling many political shots. Obama and the
members of Congress who share his vision will tenaciously pursue the liberation
of their government from those self-serving ones who wish to keep it under their
control.
7. This is not unique to the United States, it is happening in countries
throughout your world. What is occurring behind the scenes within and among
governments will result in triumph for all light-filled peoples, and the dark
ones in ruling bodies and every other organization that impacts life on Earth
will disappear. As planetary vibrations continue to rise, those ruthless
manipulators will leave; their physical bodies cannot survive without the light
that they refuse to accept, and the souls will go to worlds that correspond to
their lifetime energy registration.
8. The soul essence of Obama is expressed in his words, and you may remember
that he wisely said to believe in yourselves. When you eagerly "raised your
hand," so to speak, you knew that you would experience the deception and
corruption in politics, laws and the socio-economic strata, and you incarnated
specifically to free your world from the destructive nature of that divisiveness
and inequity.
9. And you are doing it! In villages and towns, cities and metropolises
worldwide, the energy of the populace is breaking down unjust systems that have
been making the wealthy wealthier and the poor poorer, and there is growing
impatience to accomplish profound changes. This, too, is in response to the
higher vibrations of intensifying light, and so is the desire for peace that
underlies the growing discord even within military personnel. All actions and
reactions are being accentuated in accordance with the energy acceleration,
which you perceive as time passing faster and faster, and the wrangling and
bickering over issues will evolve into unity of larger purpose as Earth
continues approaching  her Golden Age.
10. We have described that world of love, peace and cooperation among all
peoples and life in harmony with Nature ["Essay on 2012", December 31, 2007] and
the master plan for this wondrous world that already IS in the continuum
[November 21, 2008]. If you haven't read those messages, doing so at your
leisure will fill you with excitement and assurance. Our special offering today,
in the form of excerpts from the Matthew books, is a collage of timeless truths
about your physical and spirit lifetimes within our universal family and your
planet homeland in a universal context. It is our fervent hope that our
selection will illuminate your spiritual pathway into the Golden Age and inspire
you to "live your light" as the god and goddess selves you are.

[Excerpts from Matthew, Tell Me about Heaven]
11. Life is meaningful, Mother! There is an ecstasy, a fervor among the people
here.  We have important work, almost limitless studies, visits to Earth
families, glorious music, astounding travel and incomparable beauty.  Much more
goes on here than the blissful life in spirit that is associated with Heaven! 
Nirvana is the proper name of this realm. ….
12. There is no "Heaven" as a placement, nor a "hell" as such. What people on
Earth refer to as Heaven and hell actually are their approaches to situations
wherever they are, and what each individual manifests as the circumstances of
his life. ….  Every single soul there creates his surroundings, and they are
different from even the same "set of props" as they appear to those who are
sharing that life in any close capacity.  It is a matter of individual
perception that creates each individual world, and one can choose how he wishes
to perceive all aspects of his life. It is just as easy to create the glories
you attribute to Heaven as it is to create the horrors you associate with hell,
and both conditions are being created right there! …. You have heard people say
that someone "is creating his own hell," or "Heaven and hell are right here on
Earth." YES!  And neither as perceived there is in this spirit realm.  ….
13. The soul who has embodied on Earth is not bound by the same third density
limitations as the physical body and psyche, so it is free to travel wherever it
wishes during the sleep or deep meditative states of the person. When there is
closeness of souls, their love energy bonding alerts the others, including all
those who have embodied again, to the imminent transition of any one.  That's
why they can be on hand to greet him or her. Often one or more of them may be
seen by that person prior to the physical death and understand in a blissful way
that very soon he will be going with them.
14. As for subsequent reunions, always it is possible that they can meet in this
realm, and most visits do take place here.  However, the souls may meet anyplace
in the universe where their energy frequency enables them to go.  The soul that
has reincarnated has total freedom for travel, and the energy bonding of that
soul with any others anywhere will allow reunions wherever all parties wish
within their energy limitations.  ….
15. Your thoughts and feelings of love and caring for others are prayers.  These
can be at any time, in any place, with any words or no words, only feelings. 
The effects of prayer are directly related to the intent and intensity of the
thoughts and feelings. …. God never meant churches to be buildings of any kind.
The magnificent cathedrals are man's idea, not God's. Church is all within the
soul. Church is one's feelings of reverence, of thanksgiving. It is the
uplifting of the spirit into the love and light of God. In this way, church is a
single prayer that has the ability to touch the universe.  ….
16. Everything that IS, we already KNOW at soul level. As we are inseparable
from God and Creator, so we are inseparable from the universal mind.  It is
consciously remembering all we know that is the journey through all our
lifetimes.  ….  It is the completeness of experiencing and the earned return to
Creator that is the culmination of the promise of perfection in eternity. The
ongoing fulfillment of that eternal life is in the growth journey of the soul.

[Excerpts from Revelations for a New Era]
17. (Matthew) LIKE ATTRACTS LIKE!  Forces are at work in the universe that are
"for" or "against" the good of Earth. The thought forms you originate attract
like thought forms from the far greater brain power of the distant entities.  By
universal law you must invite them to come, and they are indeed being invited!
Your INTENT is the basis of that invitation. Intent has the greatest impact upon
you and the planet because out of intent come the thought forms. Whether your
intent is "good" or "bad," it is your invitation to like-minded or
like-intentioned entities to join and energize with yourself. ….
18. Life wouldn't be so complex if everyone knew that each person is a part of
God and that even one person's energy is so powerful that it affects multitudes.
That is why converting a negative attitude into a positive one is so important.
Consider a casual conversation: The tone can be either upbeat or downtrodden,
and it not only correspondingly affects those conversing, but it has
far-reaching beneficial or harmful ripple effects as those people spread their
sensations. A smile is irresistible! The natural reaction to a smile results in
positive energy movement that replaces the negative pockets holding psyches
captive. That kind of positive attitude can do more to assist Earth to relieve
her travail than any other actions at your level.  Smiling is beaming goodness
to all around you, and the ripple effect is incomparable in its scope of
betterment. ….
19. The soul is the very essence of life as it first sprang from Creator.  It is
an indestructible living entity of light energy that may have a physical body,
etheric body or astral body, or it may exist in free spirit only. Our souls,
manifested by God through His co-creating powers with Creator, are expressions
of the love and light of God and contain in microcosm every essence of God. In
any of its forms, the soul is an inviolate independent being at the same time it
exists inseparably with God and Creator and all other souls in the cosmos.
20. The body is only a very fleeting vehicle for use by the soul, which is far
stronger and more tenacious than any third density body such as those of Earth
humankind. And, the body does not hold the soul, the soul creates the body from
its image that will fit the specific experiencing it chooses in each incarnate
lifetime. When the soul is released from the physical body, its etheric body is
released at that same instant, and in that etheric body the soul makes its
lightning-fast transition from Earth to Nirvana, the change from a physical life
to a life in spirit that you call "death."
21. The soul is the power behind everything that exists on Earth.  It is the
life force of all its parts that it creates for ever-greater experiencing.  At
every level of evolvement, each soul part is an independent self with
intelligence, characteristics, choices, goals and all the other life elements
that make each person a unique being.  Each individual lifetime of a soul is its
personage. The sum of a soul's personages is the cumulative soul, in which all
knowledge gained by each personage is available to all. Thus, as each melds into
the cumulative soul, bringing the wisdom of that lifetime's experiences, every
individual personage evolves just as the cumulative soul does. ….
22. Karma is not only opportunities for souls to gain balance, it is a symbiotic
relationship between souls and Earth. As microcosms of Earth, humankind add to
her balance as they evolve through their own karmic learning, and this gives
Earth more light to radiate to her residents, thus giving them a boost toward
attaining balance. Karmic lessons can be presented anyplace in this universe.
Although lifetimes in other kinds of physical forms and worlds is essential to
progress toward reintegration with God, then with Creator, usually Earth is the
schoolhouse for experiencing all emotions incurred from the beginning of human
life on the planet.  When that is mastered, souls evolve into other life forms
in placements where intelligence and spiritual awareness are beyond the present
capabilities of the great majority of Earth's peoples. ….
23. (Ithaca) Humankind as represented by Adam and Eve did not spontaneously
appear on Earth. Nor did humans descend from the apes as theorized by Darwin.
There was a similarity only in ancestral physical form, with approximate sizes
and upright movement. All varieties of the ape family on your planet diversified
from the original ape root stock. Humankind evolved into current likeness
directly from the parallel developing of the human root stock introduced by
their extraterrestrial ancestors. The brain and God fragment with soul
attachment introduced directly and ONLY into Homo sapiens is the vital
difference in the two lineages. ….
24. The "lost continents" of Atlantis and Lemuria are not fanciful stories. They
are part of Earth civilization's beginnings, and most souls embodied on Earth
today were part of those two populations during their most turbulent times.
25. (Matthew) Earth is more than a small planet in an ordinary solar system in a
minor galaxy among the billions in our universe.  The planet was one of God's
favorite placements and actually was the paradise named Eden.  Its radiant aura
and pristine beauty made it a showcase in this part of the universe, where it
was a testament to the power of God co-creating with Creator in love-light
energy. The planet then was the antithesis of all that the forces of darkness
had made to plague the universe, and the conquest of Earth became their
objective. ….
26. Whales anchor light energy beamed at Earth from distant sources, and their
holding pattern of that energy within the ocean depths and vastness is at a
wavelength beyond the dark forces' attunement level. Now you can see why
influencing her humankind to eliminate whale life has been one of the major
strategies and a goal of the dark forces. To counter that negatively-aimed
energy, some humans have acted on soul level inspiration to bravely and
steadfastly work to save the whales from extinction. The current comeback in
whale numbers is specifically to raise vibrations during these years of Earth's
ascendance out of negativity as the light heals her planetary body and lifts the
consciousness of her peoples. ….
27. Animal energy doesn't always embody in animal form, but it can do so for
many lifetimes while learning to recognize its value in the Oneness of All.
Creator's light essence is the source of all manifesting energy, and just as
human lives are sacred and inviolate soul-selves, so are the lives of all
animals. Each animal soul comes to Nirvana after its Earth lifetime ends and,
like a human soul, it chooses its next embodiment based on its past lifetime
experiences. As an animal acquires greater intelligence, it also gains awareness
of the inseparability of all life and the direct connection of all with God and
Creator. ….
28. In their evolution, some animals may have a human soul source.  Although
most do not, some in the higher orders may derive from a human soul that wishes
to experience as an animal to fill a niche in the growth pathway that such a
life would enable. If so, usually the choice would be among animal species that
most often are treated with mercy and caring rather than those who are treated
miserably or are raised only for food or whose lives are untouched by humans.
29. I'll give you an analogy of how a soul can direct an energy stream to
initiate an animal—or human—lifetime.  Think of the soul as a pond into which
you toss a pebble and see how sun rays upon the rippling water create countless
points of light. The refraction of light and the energy in the ripples
represents human soul energy streams that may be used to manifest any number of
animal and human lifetimes, whatever the soul chooses to achieve balance.  All
of this takes place in the continuum, where all those lifetimes are happening
simultaneously.
September 16, 2001:
S: Matthew, I just heard from Kalama that a representative of the people who
perished in the towers told her they gave you a message. If you have something,
I'm sure Jean and Michael will send it out.
30. MATTHEW:  Yes, Mother, I have their message, and I have been asked to speak
on behalf of the Council of Nirvana and all other souls in this realm and
beyond. We weep. We see the larger picture, but still we weep. Who could not do
that in these days of agonizing shock and sorrow?  We urge all souls to feel
love, compassion and peace and hold these emotions in your heart—in a moment,
your beloved family and friends who so recently came here will speak of this in
their own words.
31. Every one of them is being tended most lovingly, with gentleness and
understanding. Many recognize these familiar surroundings from other spirit
lifetimes and remember that they knew this was to happen and agreed at soul
level to participate. But they, as we, know this cannot comfort the people who
love them.
32. The dark minds behind this seemingly inexplicable agony claim that war will
be "justice for those who died."  But the war is intended to create even greater
negativity in an attempt to extinguish all light on the planet. The perpetrators
want you to feel fear and hatred and demand "justice" because they know that
only by continuing their cycle of violence can they keep their pernicious hold
in this critical time of souls choosing between the light and the darkness. 
Choose you must, and choose the LIGHT you must!
33. What happened is not a nation against another nation. It is not even a tiny
faction of humankind against all other humankind. The root of this madness is a
malignant power that most of you don't know exists, but its intentions are so
malevolent that Earth herself is weeping. This truth will be revealed in time,
but for now, please hold only healing love in your hearts for all life.  Let the
god self in each of you sustain your light so your conscious self won't align
with the darkness that wants retaliation, revenge, hatred, more cold-hearted
killing.
34. Let the thousands of lives that left Earth in those fiery moments stand for
something besides what the dark ones want.  As a collective voice, these
recently departed souls are saying:
	 "Let no more lives be taken. This is the time to keep love above all, for
compassion, for bringing healing to the bereaved and injured, for bringing
healing to Earth.  Please know that the hearts that are hardened into wanting to
kill others as their tribute to us, they need light above all.  We petition you
from the whole of this realm of Heaven to speak of love, of opening eyes to
seeing clearly what is happening on Earth, and rising above the tragedy that has
been perpetrated by a darkness you cannot even imagine, where your entire world
is expendable.  We see this from here.  We need you to help the myriad light
workers by uplifting your hearts and allowing light to come in, by comforting
those in fresh sorrow. You must hear our plea. We are working in the light to
assist you, and we are forever bonded with you in love."

[Excerpts from Illuminations for a New Era]
35. (Matthew) The pain of Earth HAS to come to light so it can be healed.  As
long as it remains in the darkness that spawned it, it never can be healed. 
LOVE is the only essence in the universe that can heal pain, whether in a single
soul or in a force field of such power that you cannot begin to imagine it.
Light, the visible and inseparable component of love, is being infused into
Earth herself and her collective life forms to accomplish the healing.  While
your world may seem hopelessly out of control, it is NOT!  It is within each
individual where the control lies, each soul's unlimited capacity for LOVE. ….
36. The energy of fear forms a barrier between the feared object or
circumstances and the energy of light. Because of the barrier, the light in the
souls of fear-full people cannot reach their consciousness to dispel the power
of those fears over their lives, and the light being sent to them by light
workers cannot penetrate. The barrier feels like a real wall, isolating the
person with the consuming fear and leaving no way out. This energy blockage of
the light intensifies the power of whatever is feared, thus enabling it to draw
to itself more manifestations to be feared. Fear is wildly contagious, and due
to its magnification in power, fear sensation streamers have sticky edges that
attract the kinds of energetic interactions that omit common sense, sound
judgment, and wise decisions. Fear is so insidious that it can convince a person
that the only way to escape is through portals leading deeper and deeper into
darkness. Fear is the forebear of such actions or characteristics deemed
prejudice, tyranny, greed, cruelty, belligerence, deception, dishonor and
hatred, and even those seemingly senseless tortures or deaths of innocents arise
through psyches that have been twisted and tormented by fears. The light, in
which love and universal knowledge and spiritual clarity abide, cannot reach
those souls to let them know their spiritual powers are far stronger than
anything the dark powers can conjure to frighten them. Nothing is stronger than
the light, which is the gift to every soul of the love and power of God.  ….
37. (God) So, this "forecasting" you're asking about, as if Dooms Day or
Armageddon is on the near horizon—forget that!  It is NOT the case!  It is the
concept of some, so they can create that for themselves as long as they are
alive on Earth to do so, because it is solely the province of their ideas. Their
CONVICTIONS do that creating! So, those souls who are intent upon having an
Armageddon, so they shall! But for you who aren't intent upon having that sort
of "future," you WON'T! ….
38. You can stay within the light and rise into higher and higher dimensions of
closeness, understanding, awareness. There are no strict rules that are so
complex or rigorous that you and anyone else aren't capable of adhering to them.
All that is required is to live within the light! Or in simplest terms: BE KIND.
….
39. I weep with each soul who is suffering in any way and I rejoice with each
soul who is feeling joy.  I am the soul of all of the worst and all of the best,
so I cannot be inseparable from the best and not inseparable from the worst.  Am
I happy about what I see happening on Earth?  For those who are happy, yes, I
am, too. For those who are worrying that their tyrannical power is diminishing,
I feel that, too. ….  There is no entirety of separate pieces, there is
amalgamation.  The souls are inviolate during their physical lifetimes and
remain inviolate in spirit, so they influence within "the body of God" just as
they influence the play unfolding on Earth.  ….  Do I WISH that all of my parts
were within the light in which I was created?  Yes! Who would not wish that
perfection of Creator to be returned!  But I do not hold forth condemnation or
punishment to any faltering part of me.  I am here to respond to what you call
prayers of the "godly" just as I am bound by the laws of Creator that are set up
within the parameters of my operating powers if the choice made is not within
the light.  ….
40. So then, what can I say that you will consider acceptable to all who pray to
me for peace to come soon, for peace and justness and love to reign on Earth? I
can say this: I hear your prayers – they are my very own prayers! – and they
shall be answered as we who desire this wish!
41. The days at hand are the final chapter of violence, hatred, grief,
destruction, tyranny, and death as you know it on Earth.  Even as the war rages,
as death claims physical bodies and beloved souls are greeted in Nirvana, the
promised new era is being ushered in. Sources most of you don't know are helping
you and your planet with abundant and profound aid—the light, love and
technology of my children of civilizations who at the right moment will
introduce themselves to you.
42. These are the long, sad, dark days before the universal brotherhood can make
known their presence among you and be your helpers in restoring your planet. The
darkest of souls, wherein lies the free will that I cannot control, curtail or
even touch by my own love because they refuse it, will be leaving Earth as their
energy cannot withstand the higher energy of the light arriving in your
atmosphere by the moment.
43. Know that this entity you call God or other equally suitable names is
"taking sides" with Goodness, the godliness you associate with love, mercy,
compassion, justness, caring for one another. I cannot intervene in or
circumvent the laws of Creator that have allowed desecration of that Goodness by
the free will of dark souls who equally are a part of me, but I can speak my
piece for my children of Earth and its sanctuary realm Nirvana whose godliness
remains: The radiance of Spirit, your planet restored to her former glory, and
the abiding love of All is One is what you came into this lifetime to
experience.  And you SHALL, on Earth as it is in Heaven!  Know that this is so!

  [Excerpts from Voices of the Universe]
44. (Hatonn) You are yearning to feel something that isn't in books or graphs or
seminars. It is the private pathway to your godself you need, not the mysterious
mountains and valleys to travel for years and years.  Nevertheless, if you have
spent years in this journey, start connecting directly with God without further
delay! ….  A child comes into an Earth lifetime with knowledge of that direct
God connection, that absolute intuitive knowing, that total sensing of
inseparability. The child hasn't studied, hasn't spent hours in seminars or been
treated to sessions of calling upon help from the ascended masters. The child
simply IS the godself!  Only by orientation away from that does the passing of
your time bring about the separation. Then you search for your connection
through those various forms of "how to" reach what always has been yours, always
has been YOU!
45. (Matthew) What you perceive as random events, chance meetings, good or bad
luck, isolated incidents, and especially what you call "coincidences" actually
are energy in motion in perfectly defined and aligned directions to achieve
specific results.  …. Synchronicity has no beginning and no ending—like the
universe, it always is in motion—and synchronous happenings are not as obvious
as a straight line. …. Synchronicity is the series of situations required to
manifest the intended result of all the players.  Please don't take offense at
my term "players."  If you could know the profound importance to your soul of
your consciousness acting upon your variety of inspirations, motivations and
intuitions, yet the simple reason for ALL the happenings, you would understand
that Earth is a stage for all of you to play out the karmic roles you chose. The
"importance" is the soul's chosen mission that is being relayed to your
consciousness via those nudgings; the "simple reason" for all happenings is that
you manifested them by your free will choices.  ….  You do of course participate
in synchronous happenings, but you are not responsible for creating the
circumstances or contacting the people who will be the links. Countless sources
of energy come into play for each life, arranging the opportunities for
connecting the links.  But as always, free will is honored, so at each "open
door"—or, new acquaintance or event—everyone may respond as he or she wishes.
46. (Lazarus) Our beloved Terra has regained a great deal of her former strength
with the incoming light, but we still are adding ours along with our technology
to assure her stability. Not all the upheaval in ridding her of negativity is
over, you know, and there's no point in diminishing our diligence in this
respect until she is fully within fourth density vibrations.  Then we'll all
shout Hallelujah—our work there will be done!  And at that point, you'll all
know your universal brothers and sisters. …. I devoutly hope that when the first
ETs make their presence known on Earth that people will be able to think of us
with families like yours, whom we love just as dearly as you love yours.
47. MATTHEW:  And with that offering of enlightenment, guidance and
encouragement in these waning days of your new century's first decade, we now
take our leave in message form only, as we are with you every moment along every
step of your journey.
				 ________________
LOVE and PEACE
Suzanne Ward
www.matthewbooks.com

[Note from Suzy: Heartfelt thanks for your many good wishes to Bob and me for
joy, health and well being in the New Year. We wish you the very same blessings
in your lives and peace throughout our world.]

January 11, 2010



With loving greetings to all, this is Matthew speaking on behalf of all souls at
this station. As you enter the second decade of this century, the global economy
remains uppermost in thoughts, but not far behind is what most often is referred
to as "global warming." This controversial issue not only is an integral part of
the stalled economic situation, it is a prime example of how duality still is
affecting your world—the self-serving interests vs. the interests of the masses
and of Earth herself.



Scientists who claim that climate change is a natural cyclical happening and not
of humankind's making are ignoring the fact that never before has the planet
been plagued with the manmade toxic pollution that exists today. Indeed major
climate changes have occurred before, when Earth had to rid herself of the
negativity created by her human residents' behaviors, but none of your
scientists on either side of the global warming fence knows about that cause and
effect. The ones who are expressing alarm about melting glaciers and
record-breaking temperatures are doing so from genuine concern for future
generations, whereas those who pooh-pooh the need to curtail polluting are
willingly abetting the self-serving ones who profit handsomely from the many
processes that cause pollutants. When you add to those sources the deliberate
rain of toxins via chemtrails, the toxic waste in landfills, and unsafely stored
radioactive materials, it is overwhelmingly clear that nothing in your world has
escaped humankind's negligence, at the very least, and criminal contamination at
worst.



You who are familiar with these messages know that Earth's restoration to her
original Eden self includes the polar and tropical temperature extremes giving
way to what ultimately will be a moderate climate worldwide. This actuality also
is unknown to your scientists, and to most of the rest of the populace too; but
even if every person on the planet did know what is transpiring, it would not
negate the collective responsibility to stop desecrating Earth and repair the
extensive damage that has been done to her. Other civilizations are eager to
assist in this gargantuan task, but it is your planet home and you must take the
lead.



And you are! Although little of importance came out of the recent Copenhagen
conference, the light in myriad souls is inspiring them to initiate preservation
and reparation efforts in numerous ways. These extend from individuals clearing
away invasive plants thoughtlessly introduced to the detriment of native growth
to laws requiring strip mining companies to resurrect the land they have raped,
ore mining companies to detoxify water used in their operations, and logging
companies to protect animal habitats.  Many individuals are inspired to rescue
and rehabilitate injured and orphaned wild animals, create wildlife surroundings
for zoo animals, add animals to endangered lists, teach poachers on animal
preserves other means to earn money, and neuter pets.



The ever-intensifying light also is exposing the self-serving interests that
have long-suppressed your developments in free energy sources and other
technologies. Soon those will "come to light," and along with your space
family's advanced technologies, they will be used to cleanse and purify soil,
water and air; and transform your methods of transportation, medical care, food
production, construction, manufacturing and communication. In short, life as you
know it will change radically and marvelously when Earth is completely out of
third density.



It is the pervasive duality in third density humankind that has prevented the
introduction of any innovations that would benefit all life in your world. Now
that Earth has reached the higher vibrations where the corrupt systems of

those who have long been in control are irreparably breaking down, the "power of
the people" is blooming all over the planet. Along with the various
environmental steps toward restoring Earth's health and beauty, new methods of
business conduct are beginning to thrive; recycling and "going green" are
becoming common; personal and community gardens are flourishing; sharing of
tools and equipment is replacing each one having all; exchanging goods and
services is satisfying many; movements to replace ineffective or corrupt public
officials are growing. It is a joy for us to see people in all "corners" of the
globe discovering their power to BE the changes they desire in the world!



Let us speak a bit more about duality, the efforts to understand it and why it
has been a part of Earth humankind for so long. As the centuries passed and one
generation after another tried to define "human nature," duality has been
interpreted as god-fearing people vs. sinners in religions, demonic vs. angelic
figures in art and literature, character strengths vs. weaknesses in
philosophies, and environmentally-caused behavior in social sciences. The older
expressions portray persons as either "godly" or "evil," and the newer state
that the capacity for both is inherent in all people. Indeed there is the
potential for both kinds of behavior, but neither end of that "good-bad" duality
spectrum is predestined.



Darkness thrives in third density, where energy streamers are rife with
violence, anger, greed, lust, jealousy, dishonesty, injustices, desire for power
and control. Prior to birth, souls choose to overcome whatever negative traits
they developed in other lifetimes; however, that is forgotten once they are back
in dense bodies and once again, behavior develops according to free will choices
within the environmental influences the souls also chose and forgot. To achieve
the balanced experiencing necessary for spiritual growth, a soul may spend
hundreds or more lifetimes evolving out of duality's negative potential into the
positive end of the spectrum, where the energy of love, peace, generosity,
harmony, honor and kindness prevails.



In this unique time in the universe when all experiencing is being accelerated,
souls have been given the unprecedented opportunity to evolve out of third
density's low vibrations and physically accompany Earth into higher energy
planes. Sadly, not everyone is taking advantage of this opportunity, and that is
why duality is still going strong. This will not impede Earth's ascension one
iota because that is assured, but it is putting in jeopardy a "good" destination
for souls who choose to continue negative behavior instead of absorbing the
light that would enable them to leave forever third density's limitations for
growth in spiritual awareness and intelligence.



Individuals in the Illuminati ranks are acting within deep third density
vibrations regarding the global economy, for instance. They still are
manipulating banking and commerce through corrupt procedures and regulations on
an unimaginable scale. They maneuvered their banks into behemoths that are
holding onto their funds instead of dispersing them to spur business growth.
What is intended to appear as a rebounding stock market is simply computers
moving the Illuminati's vast fortunes back and forth around the world, and their
multinational corporations have been swallowing up or destroying competing
companies.  Their "underground" industries of sex slavery and illegal drugs also
add billions to their coffers.



But now the fabric of that insidious global network is fraying before your eyes!
Via mainstream media, "whistleblowers" are talking about illegal banking and
corporate operations, and respected researchers into many fields are being
interviewed about their knowledge of rampant wrongdoing. Thus the energy is
gathering that eventually will purge your world of all Illuminati-based
activities, and individuals who are trying to piece together their shambled
systems soon will have to admit abject defeat.



Please do not expect to hear tomorrow that the Federal Reserve System is being
done away as an example of the sweeping reforms around the world, but the Fed's
end is coming along with all the other unconscionable dark activities that have
caused poverty, wars, diseases, injustices, brutality and oppression. Those
conditions and the minds that created them cannot and do not exist in the energy
planes Earth is fast approaching.  Hold paramount in your thoughts that your
linear time is speeding into the timeless continuum, where Earth's Golden Age
already has arrived!



Now then, some of you are questioning the conflicting information about the
origin of the phenomenon in the skies over Norway some weeks ago: Was it created
by another civilization, as we and other off-planet sources told you, or by the
nearby HAARP installation from which a power surge was detected?  We would say
that this is a matter of different conclusions due to observations from greatly
different vantage points. Remembering that everything is energy, therefore
everything is connected, makes it easier to understand that when the enormous
power generated by your space family's technology caused a comparatively mild
reaction from your manmade technology, some attributed to the latter that
magnificent display. However logical that interpretation may seem, it misses the
profound symbolism of the spiral design and its timing and location.



We know that you who are aware of the imminent official acknowledgement of other
civilizations' existence are eager to hear the latest word regarding its
progress, and we have asked Hatonn to speak about this.



HATONN:  Thank you, Matthew. I'd love to report that a good deal of progress has
been made, but I can't.  We knew there would be a slowdown in the momentum
during Earth's holiday period and we anticipated the strong possibility of a
diversion tactic thrown in the wheels. We weren't disappointed in that
expectation, but the diversion is causing more ruckus and delay than we
anticipated.



That Christmas day airplane terrorist attempt was the kind of CIA black ops act
that we can't prevent. It was the perfect ploy to get your whole world up in
arms again about "global terror" and it has President Obama's primary
concentration. As if the foot-dragging on the healthcare bill and his country's
unemployment rate weren't enough to occupy his attention in the past months! He
was the driving force in discussions, and until he can get the former momentum
up to speed again, the talks will continue to be more bickering than
constructive.



It's just as well that no decisions are being made without Obama's involvement.
He strongly favors extensive and speedy disclosure and most of your other
principal participants are being squeamish about both. We can suggest and
recommend but not impose our judgment upon your representatives, much less take
any action because it can be considered arbitrary at best or unilateral at
worst. So we are being patient. That's the only thing we can do until either
your representatives reach agreement on all the important issues pertaining to
the TV program or God in His wisdom decides what shall be done and when.



Understand that Earth's course is set, it's her people who have a timetable to
meet or get left behind. They need a wake-up call like being told that there are
a lot of us in this universe with you.



Thank you for inviting me to speak, Matthew. I hope—light beings all over the
universe hope!—that soon there'll be a consensus for "all systems go."



MATTHEW:  Hatonn, thank you for your report. We, too, are patiently awaiting
this event that will be a dramatic turning point for Earth's peoples.  Not only
will their governments finally be disclosing the truth about "intelligent life"
elsewhere, but this revelation will evoke determined questioning about other
information being withheld from public knowledge—the opening of Pandora's box,
so to say.



We return for a moment to duality to expound upon Hatonn's comment: "Understand
that Earth's course is set, it's her people who have a timetable to meet or get
left behind." The universal alignment "window" for Earth to totally leave third
density is narrowing, and individuals who want to go with her physically must
have enough light to meet that exit timetable. Earth's passage to her ultimate
destination is assured. It is the destination of her human residents that is at
issue: Will they absorb the light that changes carbon-based cells to the
crystalline that enable physical survival in fourth density vibrations?



Absorbing light requires ones at the negative end of duality to change from
violence to peacefulness, from greed to generosity, corruption to honor,
unjustness to fairness, anger to reason, oppression to freedom.  The bodies of
those who refuse to stop the negative behavior that boosted them into powerful
positions will die, and the souls will go to worlds where the energy is the same
as those persons generated during their physical lifetime.



But please do not think that all who leave the planet from now on will do so for
that reason! Souls who came from advanced civilizations, some as walk-ins and
others born into Earth families, to assist you in this tumultuous time will
return to their own worlds when they complete their missions. Many Earth
residents will fulfill their soul contracts wherein they chose to complete third
density karmic experiences, and after a lifetime in spirit, they will
reincarnate in fourth density, if not back on Earth, then another advanced
world. Others will petition at soul level to leave early because life
circumstances are far harsher than their contract selections; after completing
their contracts in spirit life, their next physical lifetime also will be in a
fourth density world. When the truth about religious dogmas emerges, many will
choose at soul level to leave; later they will embody in a third density world
where their beliefs can remain intact until once again the truth emerges about
religions' false teachings, and they will have another opportunity to open their
minds and accept that truth.



If it can be said that duality has a "middle ground," perhaps it can be this: A
reader who enjoys violent kinds of entertainment asked: "Is it necessary to
abolish that in the world of 2012 and beyond" and "What would the many people
like me do for entertainment then?"  To answer his first question in brief: Yes.
To answer in fullness, we say that violence of any kind toward any life form has
been a scourge for Earth to deal with since long, long before your recorded
history—this is what caused your planet to spiral from fifth density into deep
third density, where duality pervaded the collective consciousness.



Seventy or so years ago, when distant civilizations started intensely beaming
light to save Earth's planetary life, light-receptive peoples' thoughts,
feelings and actions became in attunement with the light. A violent world became
intolerable, and as people began advocating for an end to violence, the
collective consciousness changed accordingly.



The eradication of violence is yet to be realized in your linear time, but in
the continuum it is fait accompli; thus we can say that the abolishment of
violent kinds of entertainment will not come as an edict, but by unified desire.
As you continue to absorb light, respect for all life will naturally eliminate
the killing of animals for "sport," and pitting animals against each other and
bullfighting will cease for the same reason. Joy in peaceful and harmonious
living will naturally end interest in violence in any form, including the games
in popular electronic entertainment devices.



As to entertainment in 2012 and beyond, all non-violent sports now enjoyed still
will be, but the current "win at any cost" and "kill `em" attitudes will not be
part of any individual or team competition. Hikers, campers, mountain climbers
and divers will have even more beautiful areas to explore than now. The
prevailing vibrations will heighten brain usage, and many will be attracted to
games requiring mental acuity. Reading, which in recent years gave way to
television viewing, will return to its former appeal; history books will be what
actually took place and science books will contain universal knowledge. Even
without today's violence, films in theaters and on television will be excellent,
and the games on handheld instruments will be just as exciting. Whatever
creative hobbies are currently enjoyed will continue, and many will find great
pleasure in flower and vegetable gardening.  With greater appreciation of all
the arts than now, cultural offerings will be popular recreational choices.  The
means to travel throughout the world will be available to all, and many will
choose to do that. You will be so attuned to Nature that most will treasure
solitude in a favorite spot. Have no concerns about what you "violent
entertainment" devotees will find to fill leisure time in Earth's Golden Age!



Readers have asked if enjoyment of pornography "occasionally," gambling, sex
parties, "social drugs," an extramarital relationship, and "dabbling in black
magic" can delay spiritual evolution or prevent physical ascension with Earth.
When you put those activities into the context of everything we have offered as
guidance for spiritual growth, you will know that the answer is "yes."
Regardless of your reasons for indulging in those kinds of diversion, they all
generate very low vibrations that form a barrier between the consciousness and
the soul, and that dims the light within.

We welcome the question about the relationship of the brain to the soul, and in
reply, I shall borrow Imaca's explanation to my mother soon after our telepathic
connection opened 16 years ago.

                 ___________________________________

IMACA: A thought can be seen because it has a substantial form and it pulses,
which catches our attention. Instantly there is cognitive recognition of your
thinking intent, but the thought form itself literally is seen.

S: Is only my brain involved or is it something inherent in the soul itself?

  IMACA:  This mental activity is the province of the soul using the brain as the
instrument in the same way you use a computer to record your desired words. The
brain is only a tool. It is like your computer that does not operate by itself,
but only when you interact with it, and then it performs for you. The soul and
the brain have the same relationship of activity. The soul "turns on" the brain,
which then stimulates soul depth knowledge and puts it into useful action within
the mind. Knowledge is not within the brain except as it is entered by the soul,
and then it is used by the mind for reasoning.  The knowledge is accumulated,
but it is not as easily accessed in the current lifetimes on Earth as in many
former periods of the planet's history. The barriers imposed long, long ago by
negatively-intentioned entities have been successful in hiding most of the
information from your conscious knowing.

                      _______________________



Mother, thank you, and now moving on: In what can we invest our time and money
to help bring about a new economy and financial system? The global economy is
like everything else in your world, a product of the myriad thought forms about
it. Just as positive thoughts and actions beneficially affect the outcome of any
other situation, they also are effective in helping to bring about economic
reforms.

Spiritually and pragmatically, the best way to invest your money is helping
those who are struggling due to loss of employment, income or homes, or to
illness or other dire hardship. The universal law of attraction will bring back
to you tenfold what you give from the heart.

As for investing time, along with actively assisting people in need, we offer
two suggestions for energy direction. Trust that today's situation will be
resolved by people with wisdom and spiritual integrity will be rewarded by the
satisfaction of knowing that you helped to create the solution. Abundance is
commonly considered as a lot of money and possessions. Those false measurements
of a person's worth will be changing and so will your concept of abundance.  To
help create a world of true abundance for all, visualize crowds of people
radiating health and happiness, and your world with clear skies and pure water
in rivers, ponds, oceans; expanses of golden grain; trees laden with ripening
fruit; vast gardens filled with vegetables, verdant pastures, and parks with
vibrant flowers; all kinds of animals grazing and meandering among the people.
And KNOW that the wondrous world of abundance in your visions already IS!

                 ______________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

www.matthewbooks.com



[NOTE: If you didn't receive this message directly and you would like future
messages sent to your email address, here is the link to get on the distribution
list http://groups.yahoo.com/group/MessagesfromMatthew/.]

February 14, 2010

This is Matthew with loving greetings from all souls at this station. As Earth's
ever-accelerating ascension pace takes her into progressively lighter energy
planes, we see more and more hearts and minds opening to the light even as
turmoil continues. Unwilling to accept that their efforts will end in utter
futility, those with negativity at their core still are fighting tenaciously to
keep their dwindling strength from disappearing entirely.

We see the widespread grief, confusion and massive destruction in Haiti, and we
weep. Not for the tens of thousands who died, as those who need special care are
receiving personalized attention from dedicated souls in Nirvana, and others are
joyful about returning to that wondrous spirit world. No, our sadness is for the
millions whose lives are even more desperate now, far worse than their family
elders who have endured the pain of impoverishment for many decades. Knowing
their soul contracts does not render us immune to sadness about the personal
tragedies still unfolding for our brothers and sisters in Haiti, where the
starkest evidence of the best and the worst in humankind exemplifies the
extremes of duality.

The earthquake was not of Mother Nature's making. It was the intentional work of
those among you who have the technology to create such catastrophic planetary
upheavals. In this case, it was to cover an attempt to move through Haiti a vast
fortune from its discovered hiding place to a secret destination. If there can
be a sliver of a silver lining in that diabolical act, it is that no longer is
the truth hidden about weather control technology and its wicked uses—the
information is on your Internet for all to see. The use of this kind of "weapon
of mass destruction" cannot be prevented, and once set in motion, only
softening, or leveling out, steps can be taken. As devastating as the earthquake
was, without our space family's intervention that lessened the impact on
Port-au-Prince, the death toll and destruction would have been even greater.

The best in humankind was the instantaneous compassion throughout your world and
the outpouring of assistance. This is creating light to help rid Haiti's soil,
water and air of the negativity that caused it to become the poorest of
countries. Despotic dictators who lived in opulence denied their countrymen even
basic living standards, thus consigning them to debilitating diseases and
virtually no healthcare, educational opportunity or source of livable income. 
Loans that could have alleviated those conditions and the suffering they caused
instead went into the pockets of the dictators, and the peoples felt helpless to
improve their lives or their children's. When those decades of fear and
oppression ended a few short years ago, the country was beset with political
turmoil, and soon the Haitians' hopes of betterment were dashed.

The souls who chose to embody in those harsh circumstances known of Haiti did so
willingly to balance other lifetimes so they could evolve spiritually, the goal
of every soul. Many who recently transitioned to spirit life had fulfilled their
soul contract choices to complete third density experiencing, and in time they
will reincarnate in a fourth density world of their choice. Those who died
before completing their soul contracts have the same opportunities to do this in
Nirvana, where they have help in accomplishing their karmic lessons and prepare
to evolve out of third density.

In all instances, these souls are serving their families and friends in two
ways: Their leaving reduced the amount of negativity caused by their former
wretched living conditions and also prevented the negativity that living in even
worse circumstances would have generated; and those souls are beaming light from
their spirit home to all on Earth with whom they are bonded in love, and to
Earth herself.

A positive aspect of the quake and the tremors that followed is that even with
"softened" destructive capability, they released a mammoth amount of negativity
from this small half-island nation. That reduction in negativity will allow the
beaming-in and anchoring of light to facilitate the Haitian peoples in
rebuilding their lives and their country.

Despite everything they have experienced in the past weeks—grief, injuries,
traumatized psyches and desperate circumstances they still are encountering—a
resilient spirit still shines brightly. With medical teams and other helpers
from many nations coming to their aid, albeit insufficient to relieve much of
the suffering or supply all basic needs, the peoples of Haiti know the world has
not forgotten them. The light in their newfound hope added to the light of all
who are helping—whether directly by their side or prayers or donations from
around the world—is far greater than the negativity of combined grief and
trauma.

The darkest of hearts that created the earthquake have no light except the spark
of viability, the life force that is every soul's eternal connection to God and
Creator Source. Their conscience has atrophied from lack of use, and now that
their corruption and unfathomable fortunes are being uncovered, they commit
heinous deeds to hold onto what they feel is their rightful power and
possessions. The dark-hearted ones cause massive harm to produce fear and agony
because the energy of those emotions refuels them. We and other messengers of
the light have urged you to send light to those perpetrators of unconscionable
acts because only light can heal their damaged souls and thus change their
deeds. You can send them light by imagining yourselves holding a candle or a
flashlight to guide a lost soul onto an illumined pathway.

Messengers of the light have told you about those who act in darkness so as to
help you break any hold they may have in your lives and beliefs, and the same
information will be revealed to the public to serve in that same way. As those
truths come forth incrementally, please help others understand that they need
not condone any action that causes atrocities and agony, but the light in
forgiveness will serve all of you far, far better than the negativity of
demanding punishment for the perpetrators. A part of third density mentality is
the refusal to forgive individuals who are considered "evil," and it isn't
consciously known that as equal parts of God, every soul in this universe is
eternally interconnected with all others, or that the darkness in any one dims
the collective light in the "universal heart," or that one's own light is dimmed
by judgment and condemnation of those who are bereft of light.

Individuals acting with dark intent don't remember that when Earth life ends,
every soul will have to review every minute of it—not only watching everything
they did throughout the lifetime, but feeling every emotion exactly as it was
felt by every person whose life they touched in any way. The next lifetime of
those ones who are lost in darkness will be a hell of their own creation—a
punishment, if you will, that is far more severe than any you could ever
conceive—and until they accept the light constantly beamed into those dense
placements where their lifetime energy output consigned them, there they will
remain.

We ask that you please keep in mind what is in store for those lost souls as we
address other issues in which you have expressed interest. Yes, the recent
snowstorms in the eastern parts of the United States are another incidence of
manmade technology used for self-serving purposes. Virtually closing down the US
government was the main intent because so doing also impacts many other
countries. The snowstorms— just like the clumsy "Black Ops" attempt on Christmas
Day to explode an airplane by means of a very confused individual operating
under mind control, then the devastation in Haiti—are intended to disrupt
actions underway to remove the Illuminati's tentacles on untold wealth and their
toehold on the global economy.

Previous messages have identified many disparate groups under the Illuminati
"umbrella," the pyramid organizational structure that keeps lower ranking
members uninformed about the intentions of those at the peak, and the powerful
global network that for centuries has controlled everything that influences life
on your planet. We know of the opinions that US President Obama is leading his
country in the wrong direction, and we tell you that if only you could know how
prudently and wisely he is moving behind the scenes to upset the entire
Illuminati apple cart, instead of concerns about his direction, there would be
rousing cheers.

The larger purpose to be served by assuring you that Obama's intentions are
aligned with the light is of utmost importance. The energy of negative thoughts
about his leadership and all other situations anywhere on Earth that are seen as
worrisome is flowing out into your world and delaying effective resolutions to
tumultuous happenings everywhere. It is the energy of love-light that motivates
the spirit of cooperation among peoples and brings an end to conflicts,
violence, deception and unjustness. Some of you say, "We are the ones we have
been waiting for." YES! The truth in that expression of personal responsibility
derives from soul-level awareness that you chose this lifetime specifically to
help speed Earth along her ascension pathway.

So the individuals who propose that a collective will to make your world a
better place will achieve that without extraterrestrial help do make a good
point—absolutely you must act, must set the pace toward world transformation,
because it is your world. But those individuals are way off track by not
acknowledging that without many other civilizations' immeasurable help that
started about seventy years ago, none of you would be where you are because the
planet would have died. And we assure you, your space family's continued help
will be welcomed by all except the ones who are fighting mightily to prevent
reforms anywhere.

We can tell you what is fomenting behind the scenes regarding the truth about
the global economy, but because Earth's energy field of potential is in such
wild commotion, we cannot discern what information will emerge first or the
order in which other facts will follow. We can say, though, that it cannot be
much longer before the "first spill" because all the corruption must be exposed
so it can be eliminated and an honorable system implemented. It is possible that
the end of the Federal Reserve in its present form will be the first public
"news," and it seems likely that close on its heels will be a new and much
fairer system of taxation. The disclosure that the United States' unmanageable
debt is due to the owners of the Federal Reserve banks very likely will include
that the system was slyly established a century ago along with a corporate
structure that fundamentally has kept the country under England's dictate.
However, because United States' chaotic economy was the first domino to fall, so
to say, and the line of dominoes around the globe swiftly followed, the long
history of corruption within all major banking and lending institutions
worldwide could be disclosed first. Somewhere along the way will emerge the Bush
and Clinton families' involvement with the Rockefeller Illuminati faction that
helped to mortally bleed the coffers of the United States. Did you think it
rather ironic that both of those former US presidents rushed to show their keen
interest in what was going on in Haiti?

Regardless of the order in which that information becomes public, it appears
that delaying the televised acknowledgement of extraterrestrial civilizations'
presence until after current upheavals settle down is unavoidable. An
announcement of such extremely critical and sensitive nature requires the
intricate planning that Hatonn explained [November 19, 2009], and due to the
serious matters that have required focused attention and disrupted program
planning sessions, final decisions have yet to be made by participating
countries' representatives. Much to the distress of the ones who caused the
disruptions via their strategic upheavals, the announcement program will only be
postponed, not cancelled as they intended.

An issue of great importance being considered by light-filled leaders is: How
much shocking information can people assimilate before it starts wreaking havoc
within the collective consciousness? You will greet each revelation with
rejoicing, knowing that it is a step closer to world transformation and Earth's
Golden Age. But ignorance of that and many other truths—like the various kinds
of mind control to "dumb down" your brain functions, and the vast underground
laboratories and living accommodations for the "Little Grays" that are funded by
the Illuminati's illegal drug industry—is the lot of most people. Many may
indeed be living in honorable ways, but they are asleep insofar as heightened
consciousness and spiritual awakening, and those cannot come to traumatized
psyches. So truths of startling nature must be an unfolding to the populace, not
a bombardment.

We must tell you that it is with mixed feelings that we address these issues of
most interest as indicated in emails sent to my mother. We do want to dispel the
negativity generated by your concerns about information you have heard or read,
but we do not want to sabotage one of the primary aims of these messages: That
you learn to communicate with your soul-self; ask questions and be still and
listen to the answers that come intuitively. Because hearing and heeding the
messages from your soul to your consciousness is an essential step in soul
evolution and the purpose of our messages is to offer enlightenment and guidance
to assist you in evolving, once again we urge you: Seek answers within!

Furthermore, even truthful information from external sources can err in omission
of some facts, thereby unintentionally conveying incomplete data that readers
can assume is the entire story. Let me cite an example that in the Tapestry of
Life is insignificant, but still I gave a flawed bit of information. With thanks
to all who wrote about the medicinal effects of marijuana, I see the error in my
reply [in the January 11, 2010 message] to readers who asked if certain
enjoyments, including "social drugs," could delay spiritual evolution or prevent
physical ascension with Earth. In my "Yes" answer, I was thinking of heroin,
cocaine and the assortment of synthetic drugs that cause adverse effects on
body, mind and spirit. Marijuana does indeed offer medical benefits, and there
are no damaging effects from its moderate use in a social setting. Legal
consequences, yes, so I surely am not encouraging its use without medical
prescription! I am simply stating that with the sensible use I mentioned,
marijuana is not among the drugs that form a barrier between the consciousness
and the soul and prevent the absorption of light.

Now then, animals becoming vegetarians will be a process of their choosing that
kind of diet because it is more appealing, just as it will be for Earth's human
residents.  As the light intensifies in all bodies at cellular level, humans and
animals alike naturally will choose foods that have light properties, and
severed animal flesh does not. Without the current food chain, animals will not
overcrowd the planet; instead, they instinctively will reproduce more slowly or
not at all. There absolutely is no "condemnation by God" for eating meat and
seafood, but expressing gratitude for the animals that provide these foods is
most appropriate. A strong immune system is the best defense against harmful
substances in processed foods and seasonings, meat from animals injected with
steroids, seafood contaminated with mercury or other toxins, and genetically
altered foods; and the energy of light is the ultimate strengthener of immune
systems.

We don't know if a moratorium on all existing debt will be a blanket provision
of the planned restructuring of the global economy, but it seems likely during
the transition from the old systems to the new. What we do know is that debts
incurred by countries due to loans at usurious rates of interest from the
International Monetary Fund—money that went to those countries' greedy leaders
in exchange for Illuminati control of natural resources—will be forgiven, and it
appears that adjustments in individuals' debts will be in accordance with
circumstances that caused the debts. The purpose of economic restructuring is to
fairly distribute the wealth of your world so that no one lives in the poverty
that enables others to live in luxury. And the idea that when the Illuminati's
illegal fortunes are recovered, a million or more dollars will be given to every
person on the planet is pure fantasy. In Earth's Golden Age, the trend will be
away from money and toward systems of sharing and bartering—the light intensity
in souls will let those means of remuneration for services and conduct of
commerce become as satisfying between nations as between individuals.

No asteroids or comets are being aimed at Earth by powerful malevolent aliens.
Even if this were the case, you are surrounded by thousands of spaceships and
millions of light beings with the technology to steer away any celestial body
that could collide with your planet. Another rumor to create fear, that "Planet
X" is on a collision course with Earth, also is a falsehood.

What is your sun doing?  It is responding to the rapid changes going on
throughout your solar system. If your astrophysicists were aware of Earth's
ascension through the "universal time window," they would know that stepped-up
solar activity is a natural effect and that Sol poses no danger to your planet.

No civilizations will enter a stargate to take control and keep you from
destroying your planet. Let us speak more of stargates, the various views about
their purpose: Portals opened in antiquity by civilizations who came to Gaia;
openings that motherships can pass through; areas where spacecraft crews observe
happenings on the planet; channels through which our space family's technology
operates successfully; safety zones for "walk-ins" from other civilizations to
enter; energy vortexes through which light from far distant sources is beamed to
raise the vibrations of lands or seas dense with negativity; locations of
intensified light that help to anchor light on the planet. There is some
validity in each of those views, and we also see stargates as parts of the
protective light grid surrounding your planet that serve like beacons for the
souls in free spirit and astral travelers between Earth and Nirvana.

There will be no "jumping over 4th density and entering 5th"—the laws of the
universe simply do not operate like that, and neither does the evolution of any
soul. However, the time between Earth beginning ascension out of deep third
density and reaching her destination in fifth will be universally unprecedented
in its speed. The enormous energetic differences between third and fourth
density make that trip unimaginably difficult, and overcoming the darkness that
pervades a third density world can take eons.

It will not happen on December 21, 2012 or any other date that you will be
standing beside two others and before your very eyes, they will disappear into
their own "timelines." Even the usual date of December 31, 2012, will be much
like the previous and the following days—that is, except for New Year's Eve
celebrations. The differences between life in this moment and in the Golden Age
will be amazing and magnificent, but life will not differ dramatically from one
day to the next as Earth continues on her journey through fourth density and on
into fifth.

Understandably, there is a great deal of speculation about what will happen to
whom at the end of 2012. There is no definitive answer because what happens to
each soul will be in accordance with the uniqueness of each soul. However, we
can say with certainty that the theory of a celestial body appearing as a
"second Earth" and becoming the third density home for souls who do not
physically accompany the "first Earth" into fourth density is erroneous. You are
a soul in a human body. Earth is a soul in a planetary body.  Her soul remained
in its fifth density origin while her body spiraled into deep third density
during the millennia that her human residents were shedding each others' blood,
mass-slaughtering her animals and severely damaging her body. She could have
chosen to let her assaulted body die, but instead she chose to have its health
restored so all of her residents in their myriad life forms could continue.
Moreover the "two Earths" theory accommodates only the people whose lifetime
choices would place them in a different third density world. There will be souls
whose lifetime choices automatically will take them to first or second density
placements; and at the other end of the spectrum are the souls who came from
fourth, fifth and higher density worlds specifically to assist Earth in her
ascension—when their mission is completed, they will return to their homelands.

It also is understandable that reincarnation can be an enigma. We know of your
thoughts such as "In another life she was Joan of Arc" or "He was Abraham
Lincoln in his last lifetime." Persons who have the same wisdom, ideals and
courage—or maybe the same skills and talents and personality traits—known of
greatly respected, admired and loved individuals who lived many years ago in
linear time, may be personages, or soul parts, of the cumulative soul that
includes those others. The person with whom you "endow" a specific other
lifetime may be deeply inspired by that same individual and emulate the
qualities that made him or her great, or the person's high aspirations may
attract the powerful energy of souls you call "masters." A family member may
have chosen attributes very similar to those of a "departed" member. Perhaps
because of shared lifetimes in the timelessness of the continuum, any person may
seem remarkably like someone who lived long ago in your linear time. There are
numerous sources of unseen and usually unrecognized influences in every life,
but every one of you is and forever shall be an independent, inviolate,
invaluable and unique soul even as you are an equally loved, integral part of
the Oneness of All.

Beings of light throughout this universe are cheering you on during this time of
transition into the Golden Age. Keep foremost in your vision the glories of that
world that already IS and awaits your arrival!

                              _________________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Note from Suzy: Matthew's next message will be quite late because Bob and I
will out of the country for our granddaughter's wedding and family reunion.



For those who may be interested in tuning into Internet radio shows where I am a
guest, I will join Maureen Moss, host of "Spontaneous Combustion," at 6:00 p.m.
Pacific time, March 28, on The World Puja Network www.worldpuja.org.  Our first
show together, January 28, is archived on that site.



The four books in the Matthew Books series and my little book, Amusing to
Profound—My Conversations with Animals, can be ordered in the Book Shop on
www.matthewbooks.com.  And Then God Said…Then I said…Then He Said…, a collection
of illuminating messages from God, Matthew and many other sources, can be
ordered at www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm.



If you didn't receive this message directly and you would like future messages
sent to your email address, click on this link to get on the distribution list
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/MessagesfromMatthew/.]

March 29, 2010

This is Matthew, with loving greetings from all souls at this station. From
entertainment to the economy to earthquakes, the darkness in some individuals
has been motivating them to create distractions, disruptions or destruction
around your world. The peak members of the Illuminati are tenaciously grappling
with the ever-intensifying light by using whatever means they can to hang onto
the tattered remnants of their global empire. No matter where or how they direct
their nefarious efforts, and even though some may appear to be working in their
favor, any effectiveness will be short-lived.

Let us speak about a specific example in this regard. The earthquake in Chile,
just as the one in Haiti, was caused by manmade technology, and once again, the
location and timing were strategically selected. The earthquake was designed to
present Chile's new president with immense reconstruction efforts that would
doom his intentions to keep his country financially strong without foreign
control of its wealth in natural resources.  As destructive as that quake and
its aftershocks were, our space family used their technology to prevent the far
greater damage and death toll that the Illuminati intended. They also failed in
their goal—President Pinera's intention to stabilize and increase his country's
prosperity while loosening multinational corporate control will be only delayed,
not derailed.

In a previous message we spoke about the souls who made transition during
Haiti's catastrophic earthquake: Most left physical lifetimes by soul contract
choice, and those whose lives were cut short prior to contract completion are
being given the opportunity in Nirvana to wind up third density karmic choices
and evolve into fourth density; at the same time, they are sending light to ease
the pain of their families and to uplift all in their country. The very same is
true of the far lesser number of people who died in Chile, and just as we and
myriad other beings of light are doing for the traumatized survivors in Haiti,
all of us are sending healing love energy to those who are grieving and facing
hardships in Chile.

Whether an earthquake is manmade or of Mother Earth's initiation, the
aftershocks are a natural effect and collectively can release as much negativity
as the quake that set them in motion. Also, a powerful quake in one area of the
planet can set off milder quakes and volcanic eruptions in other places—just as
one errant cell in your body can affect any of the countless other cells, so it
is with every cubic inch of Earth's planetary body.

Earth had decided that no more geophysical events of her own making were
necessary, that the remaining negativity could be released and transmuted by the
intense light being generated on the planet and constantly in-beamed from afar,
so you can know that all events of that nature henceforth will be manmade. But
you also can know that one mission of some of the massive fleet of spacecraft
surrounding your planet is continuous monitoring so they can soften, or level
out, upheavals in Earth's crust wherever they occur. And since more negativity
must be released and soul contracts are close to completion for many persons,
any hand of darkness in future earthshaking occurrences will be an aid in those
respects.

Let us speak about your entertainment venues, which are not meant to be the
REcreation leisure time all of you need, but rather a distraction that plants
seeds of fear. That is the purpose of films about evil extraterrestrials posing
as friendly and new films about old wars, waging war in space against
civilizations that want to invade and conquer, and the potential devastating end
of your world in 2012; and then there is the inundation of electronic games of
that same design. The dark minds want to keep you fearful not only of aliens,
but also every manner of "what if…?"; and if they cannot produce outright fear,
then the deluge of that kind of viewing will inure your psyches to the
inevitability of brutality and war and ET conquerors. Another purpose of these
kinds of entertainment is to distract your attention from important issues or
thinking about what is behind "the news" or giving thought to how you can better
your life and your world.

In this, too, the Illuminati's aims are falling short. There have been so many
sightings of spacecraft around the planet that there is widespread acceptance
that not only do other civilizations exist, but their presence overhead proves
that they are far advanced from you technologically and intellectually. And
contrary to their violent portrayal in "entertaining" films, most of you believe
that if the strangers in those craft had come with harmful intentions, they
would have taken over long ago.

Lighted souls are producing films, books, music and other art forms with
spiritual concepts; some churches are beginning to interpret religious doctrines
in ways that meet the needs of soul-searchers; seminars and workshops of
spiritual and metaphysical basis are flourishing and so are meditation circles;
individuals, groups and organizations are expanding efforts to help the needy
locally and in distant lands. In short, souls around the world not only are
awakening consciously and spiritually, they are taking action! From our vantage
point, the light shooting forth from these many millions of people and their
benevolent endeavors looks like perpetual fireworks in your skies!

Yes, wars, oppressive governing, corporate corruption and financial greed,
disease, toxic pollution and impoverishment still are in your 3D world; but even
in the midst of those conditions, souls are discovering their personal power and
becoming actively involved as "part of the solution." And yes, the ugliness of
duality still is prevalent, but increasingly individuals are seeing common
problems, common interests, common goals; and cooperation is replacing
contention, apathy and selfish interests in neighborhoods and communities
throughout your world. This unstoppable force for goodness and change is
expanding in all directions, and often it is the women who are leading the way.

The feminine, or goddess energy that is pouring in to balance the masculine
energy that dominated Earth's residents for millennia is giving women everywhere
inner strength, courage, confidence and determination to rise above their former
status of inferiority or as possessions, a status imposed by those cultures and
lands where males are considered superior. We do not mean that you will become a
female-dominated society—you won't—or that the goddess energy is not affecting
men too—indeed it is; otherwise, this energy in-pouring would only provoke
conflict between the sexes instead of accomplishing a balance of the two
energies within the peoples. However, it is the change in women's
self-perception—from acceptance of subjugation to recognition of self-worth and
the growing awareness that their combined power is a force for love, peace and
harmony—that is entering the collective consciousness and moving your world ever
closer to the Golden Age.

We hasten to add that this does not mean that females cannot have the warrior
ruthlessness aspect of male energy or cannot succumb to the depths of dark
motives and actions! Some women are working to achieve Illuminati objectives
with the same fierce dedication as men in the ranks; and other women, contrary
to their soul contract choices, are harming others in families, neighborhoods
and communities. Again, this is third density duality in motion, and its time in
your world is fast dwindling. Men and women alike who are captivated by darkness
are leaving the planet and will continue to do so, each when his or her
vibratory level is exceeded as Earth continues apace into successively higher
planes of vibrations.

We also mentioned the economy as an example of dark efforts, and this was
intended to be distracting, disrupting and destructive. The distraction is
mainstream media's deceptive description of the global economic crisis as a
recession that is on the upswing after bottoming out so the masses will
passively accept a return to same-old, same-old banking and business. The
disruption in lives is clear in unemployment, homeless and food bank statistics;
and the economic destruction was intended to adversely affect all except the
Illuminati themselves.  They hadn't factored into their shenanigans to garner
even vaster fortunes that the scheme could backfire and open the door to a
different economic system that they could not control. They hadn't factored in
the ingenuity and fortitude of the peoples to overcome hardships or the strong
spirit of sharing and helping or the cooperative productivity, all of which are
thriving at grassroots levels around your world. They hadn't factored in that
honest folks with sound economic expertise would establish systems of finance
and commerce based in spiritual integrity and fairness for all peoples of Earth.
And it is change of this broad scope that is happening under the "news radar,"
so to say.

Many of you still are questioning US President Obama's motives or leadership
abilities, therefore we will speak briefly again about this highly evolved soul
who all of you agreed prior to birth would be elected to that position and lead
your world into an era of peace. We told you before the primary elections that
he would become president, and everything we have said about him and his part of
the Golden Age master plan in subsequent messages also is as accurate now as
then. [For readers who are interested, the pertinent parts of those messages can
be easily located by entering Obama in the search feature on Matthew's Messages
page on www.matthewbooks.com.]

While opposition to Obama's direction from the Republicans in Congress en masse
and some members of his own party too is public knowledge, the power behind the
dissension—pressure from the Illuminati global web-work—is not. Except for
readers of our messages and those from other sources within the light, it is not
known that the vociferous and rancorous disagreements within the US government
are not as they appear to be, a stubborn partisan bloc or inflexible ideological
differences—it is the influence of the light and of the darkness being played
out on the United States government stage.

Yes, the dark ones can claim a measure of success there and on other stages in
other countries as well. Their myriad forms of distraction, disruption and
destruction have delayed, diluted or gutted efforts for positive change;
postponed official recognition by international leaders of the presence of other
civilizations; and prevented the emergence of other universal and down-to-Earth
truths.

So it is understandable if you have become impatient or disheartened by
mainstream reports of progress—or lack thereof.  However, you would do well to
remember that those reports are issued with deliberately incomplete or
inaccurate information by third density minds via third density outlets. What
higher density minds are accomplishing in the wings of stages worldwide would
astonish you if you could but see the light emanating from the various sources
and the significant beneficial changes taking form! These changes are leading
light-receptive souls out of third density illusion and lies and into the
universal reality of the continuum, where the glories of the Golden Age await!

We know that you would like firm timeframes for specific events, and we wish we
could provide those, but attempting to do so would be folly. Nothing in Earth's
energy field of potential is clearly delineated—streamers that appear to be
going straightaway abruptly zigzag and are overtaken by other activities'
streamers.  If you remember, at one point a few months ago it appeared that the
time of a television announcement of extraterrestrial presence was close at
hand, but the barrage of dark actions since then has prevented finalizing some
of the major aspects of that program. And, several months ago it appeared that
this event would follow the emergence of some truths that have been long hidden;
later, it was decided that since the Illuminati were keeping a tight lid on
those truths, the program would come first. We can say with assurance that the
introduction of our space brothers and sisters is upcoming, but the timing, like
the space fleet, is still up in the air.

Even though that major happening is not yet at your doorstep, the greater light
prevailing is bringing forth a different revelation of great significance: the
abusive aspect of duality at the pinnacle of the Catholic church, the Vatican.
This is not to pass judgment on the pope or the priest offenders, but rather
evidence that supreme reverence for a man and obedience to manmade religious
laws is misplaced. Each soul is a part of God and no soul is greater or lesser
than another in God's eyes!  At this moment it appears that the time for ancient
records and the true purpose of religions to be disclosed is quite a ways down
the road, comparatively speaking, but with all other sources of energy in
tumult, that timeframe also could change in the blink of an eye.

Thus, we urge you to stay steadfast in the light and be patient as to when and
how events will unfold. With the massive amount of truth to be revealed, a
foremost consideration is to attain a balance between how rapidly startling
information can be given and how much psyches can assimilate healthfully.

Now then, please dismiss concerns about any current or proposed laws, bills,
doctrines, customs, policies, treaties or procedures that are based in
unfairness or unjustness or present harm to mind, body or spirit. Like
everything else in your world that derives from darkness, those will end
incrementally along Earth's journey to fourth density, where no darkness can
exist. And no dark deeds can delay or detour her ascension progress—she is on
target to meet the celestial timetable for leaving third density completely.

What is at stake is the destiny of her consciously and spiritually slumbering
residents: Will they heed their intuition, the messages from their souls, to
waken in time to physically accompany Earth? Many of you have family or friends
who are stuck in third density thinking and beliefs. By all means offer to share
your awareness with those who are interested, but please do not try to impose it
upon those who are not—just as you would feel uncomfortable being force-fed
opinions that conflict with your innate knowingness, so would be those who are
committed to their beliefs that differ from yours.

And please do not feel sad if persons dear to your heart choose not to awaken in
this lifetime. Respect their goodness and honesty in the knowing that it is
neither your responsibility nor right to try to change their choice to slumber
on. After a lifetime in spirit, they will reincarnate in a third density world
with another opportunity to "see the light" and evolve spiritually; and, as the
independent yet inseparable souls you all are, during bodies' sleep time you
will have reunions with your beloved people in places where your and their
vibrations permit.

When and how will people who commit dark actions die? Wouldn't it be helpful to
know who they are so we can distinguish them from people in the light who die
because they fulfilled their soul contracts? There is no way that you can
distinguish between the "dark action" persons and those in the light who
completed their contracts, and there is no need to do so. Since there are
varying light frequencies in individuals, there can be no mass exodus of those
who are darkly-inclined at some specific point in Earth's ascension. Each such
person will transition from this lifetime when Earth reaches an energy plane
that exceeds that individual's frequency and physical death will come from any
of the same causes that exist now.

Where will the souls of all the various densities now living on the planet go if
they do not accompany Earth, and will they remember why they did not or will the
"veil of forgetting fall?" The souls whose lifetime energy registration was of
the basest density—what some would call "pure evil"—automatically will be drawn
to the only part of Nirvana that is separate from the flexible layers, the tiny
orb near your moon where the density is so great that it holds those souls
captive. They are aware of where they are and what they did that led them to
that densest part of Earth's spirit world because it is there that they review
their entire past lifetime moment by moment and feel their every emotion along
with the emotions of everyone whose lives they touched in any way. This review
process is the hell of some religious concepts.

Light is constantly beamed to those souls, and if they choose to accept the
light, they will embody in a first density placement in primitive forms that
have no memories or intelligence, but only an instinctive existence. This allows
those souls to start with a clean slate, unencumbered by memories of the dark
behavior that led them to that densest of placements in your part of this
universe.

Persons whose lifetime energy was of very low density—those who ignored their
soul contracts and whose deliberately ruthless actions prevented others from
fulfilling their own contracts, but were not as tyrannical or diabolical as  the
souls consigned to that tiny orb—automatically are drawn to a first density
world and start over from scratch. When they accept the light that is beamed
continuously into the placement, they can incarnate in a second density world
where they will have no memory of other lifetimes but do gain a conscience, a
capacity for reasoning, and free will choices. With this greater degree of
innate abilities comes the option to act within the light or the darkness, thus
they can have many lifetimes in second density, relapse into first, or progress
into a third density world.

As for the "veil of forgetting" falling on residents of a third density
world—how many of you remember why you are where you are?!

Souls now on Earth who are at fourth or higher density spiritual evolvement who
do not continue their physical journey with Earth may choose to spend a lifetime
in Nirvana, return to their original homeland, move on to another civilization
that is compatible with their evolvement station, or return to Earth and enjoy
life in her Golden Age. In all those planes of spiritual awareness there is a
great deal of remembering by comparison to the level in any third density world.

However, the eternal life of the soul includes the return to The Beginnings in
Creator, so there are eons of layers of forgetfulness to uncover in the
unequalled adventure called Life. Light, the pure love essence of Creator Source
and the most powerful energy in the cosmos, is available to every soul in every
instant, and by accepting the light, each continues evolving by consciously
remembering what is known at soul level.

The Golden Age awaits all of Earth's residents who have embraced the light and
whose lifetime contract includes several more years on the planet. Do please
remember this: Light beings throughout this universe are with you in loving
spirit, cheering you on along your pathway toward that wondrous world!

                      __________________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Matthew's message is late because we were out of the country for a joyful
family reunion and our granddaughter's wedding, and upon our return, another
surgery for Bob. All is well!



Thank you for your emails of concern about us or our family in Chile. Son
Michael and his wife were with us in Panama at the time of the earthquake, and
no one in her family was injured when their homes were damaged.


I am very happy to report that Matthew's messages are available in 11 languages
via links on www.matthewbooks.net, a site established in Portugal.  Also,
Matthew, Tell Me about Heaven has been published in ten foreign editions, some
of the other three books in the series also are out in several languages, and
English editions have sold in over 40 countries. Book and messages readers got
the ball rolling by recommending the information to others—thank you!



And I thank you for understanding that family responsibilities preclude my
responding to most of the emails I receive.  Blessings to all of you…Suzy]

1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew saying,
There is cause for elation!  After months of research, documenting evidence and
closed-door meetings, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission has
taken legal action against a financial behemoth that deliberately contributed to
the financial ruin of millions of that country's citizens and led to the
international economic chaos. This lawsuit is far more than it may appear to be.
The top guns at Goldman Sachs and its offshoots are among the kingpins of the
Illuminati, and this legal claim of fraudulent dealings is a major step toward
dismantling the Illuminati's worldwide financial network through which they fund
their other malevolent global operations.

2. The Illuminati is not an organization of card-carrying members, but rather
the "umbrella" name of disparate groups and a large number of powerful
individuals who have been controlling or heavily influencing the most important
aspects of life throughout your world for centuries. In recent years they also
have become known by other designations, such as the secret government, New
World Order, dark cabal or the elitists; and they include the top figures in
financial institutions, investment markets, multinational corporations,
religions, education, media, military forces, judicial systems, entertainment,
the medical "establishment," regulatory and advisory bodies, royal families,
Zionists.

3. They have controlled governments, started civil and international wars,
caused famines and widespread impoverishment, created boom times for
industrialists and depressions for the poor, released laboratory-designed
viruses, assassinated opposition. They are the perpetrators of unjust laws,
Satanic rituals, chemtrails and other toxic pollution, destruction of animal
life on land and in the seas, mind control, the "illegal" drug industry, erosion
of civil rights and denial of God-given freedoms, suppression or misuse of
technology, political and ideological divisiveness. In short, the Illuminati
have been profoundly adversely affecting all life on Earth—indeed, the very life
of Earth herself!

4. It is because of the Illuminati's long reign of bloodshed, corruption and
oppression that about seven decades back in your linear time Earth was in death
throes.  Her cries of despair were a call for help, and God immediately
authorized the assistance of spiritually, intellectually and technologically
advanced civilizations to come to her aid. With such a massive infusion of light
and technologies that you cannot even imagine, countless numbers of your
universal family stabilized the planet's orbit and performed other life-saving
measures. Their invaluable assistance is in action this very day, some of it
directed toward preventing the plans of the Illuminati from reaching fruition.

5. Some persons who are aware of the Illuminati's existence believe that all of
them are reptilians. Indeed some are, especially within the royal families,
which have kept their bloodlines pure to a large extent, but humans also are in
the Illuminati's top ranks. Most reptilians are far advanced from Earth's human
civilization in intelligence and technological development and they have a
strong warrior mentality; however, it is not the different DNA in the two races,
but rather the free will choices made by an individual of any race that lead to
diabolical activities. A soul may have greatly advanced intelligence and be
bereft of light except the spark that is its life force.

6. And just as there are light-filled human souls throughout this universe, so
are there light-filled reptilians. The latter group, who are eager to dispel the
erroneous belief that their race is synonymous with darkness, are working side
by side with humans and other races to thwart the efforts of their
darkly-inclined siblings wherever they are wreaking havoc. Also, as the light
has been intensifying on Earth, both reptilians and humans have left the dark
camp and joined the ranks of the light forces.

7. Do the reptilians on Earth know they are reptilians? There may be the rare
exception, but in our awareness, the reptilians living among you, whether within
the light or within the darkness, do know their racial makeup. There are more
human-reptilian hybrids than pure reptilians on the planet, and most are not
consciously aware of their racial ancestry. Nor does that matter! Race is a
difference only of DNA, and never does that affect free will choices for either
godly deeds or dark workings, or, respectively, spiritual evolvement or
devolvement.

8. Now then, another recent development in the United States is a multimillion
dollar award by the court to the man who, as a lad, was sexually molested by a
Boy Scout leader. This, too, has implications well beyond that lawsuit.
Continuing investigations into the dark aspect of that huge youth organization
alongside pursuing the Vatican's long-time cover-up of known pedophile priests
ultimately will reach the top of the Illuminati's lucrative international sex
slave industry as well as reveal that the headquarters of Satanism is in the
bowels of the Vatican.

9. Even though those two recent legal battles against darkness are ever so
welcome, we know they are not the dramatic revelations you have been awaiting.
All lighted souls in this universe would love to see the full abundance of
truths shooting out like endless fireworks instead of sporadic arrays of
sparklers, but it is imperative for the creation of a peace-loving, honest
global society that the truths emerge through legal proceedings based on
irrefutable evidence. There also is the important issue of how much shocking
information psyches can handle at one time.

10. You can expect the Illuminati to fight viciously all along the way, but
their dark activities becoming public cannot be detoured, much less stopped. The
door has opened a crack and nothing they can do will keep it from opening wider
and wider until the vibrations of the in-pouring light are so powerful that they
will vanquish every iota of darkness on the planet. So do not doubt for a moment
that the light is winning—in the continuum, where Earth is rapidly heading, the
light already has WON!

11. We are delighted to see that the eruption of the volcano in Iceland has been
attributed by some to manmade technology, and rightfully so. This was not Mother
Nature's doing, nor was the direction of the winds that disrupted airline
traffic, stranding thousands of travelers and causing untold financial losses in
the many affected nations. Those were the intended effects as the Illuminati are
employing every means they can think of to create fear, chaos, confusion and
diversion to prevent official acknowledgement of extraterrestrial civilizations'
presence. Because that disclosure heralds the total uprooting of the
Illuminati's evil global empire, they will stop at nothing to keep the televised
introduction of our space family from happening.

12, However, as likely as it may seem that the Illuminati were behind the plane
crash and the deaths of Poland's president and other government, military and
national leaders, that is not the case. The pre-birth agreements of all those
persons included their leaving en masse at this time for two reasons: This
tragic loss to the people of Poland will inspire them to lift their sights for
their country's course; and investigation into the cause of the crash will lead
into avenues where corruption, deception and betrayal exist so those can be
brought to light.

13. In this, there are both a difference and a similarity to the death of
Princess Diana. The vehicle crash and the ambulance's circuitous route to the
hospital was the work of the peak of the Illuminati, England's royal family; and
Diana's physical leave-taking also was a soul contract provision with two
purposes: Not only would many others be inspired to carry on reforms she
espoused to an extent that she herself could not had she lived; but also the
years of the royal family's shunning of Diana and their cold reaction to the
world's outpouring of grief and love for her aroused doubts about the integrity
of British royalty and suspicions about their involvement in her
death—questioning what previously was a given is the first step toward an open
mind.

14. What does the tea party movement bode for the political future of the US? 
Like any fringe element of society, regardless of religious, ethnic, cultural or
political background, these individuals have been drawn together through fear of
change and ignorance of the truth. Radical behaviorists within any group make
headlines whereas grassroots movements quietly bringing about positive changes
do not, but it is the latter that is the ever-growing force behind spiritual
renewal of Earth's residents and transformation of your world.

15. We wish to say further that the light within each of you, which is
exemplified by your very life, is an essential aspect of this unprecedented era
on Earth—indeed, in the universe. Your light flows out and touches others who
then waken and realize their own potential as a force for godliness and
reformation. Each person who gains this awareness not only becomes another
beacon for the still-slumbering souls, but every opened heart and mind adds to
the light in the collective consciousness of Earth's residents and benevolently
affects the entire universe. That is how powerful each and every one of you is!

16. My concern is that the US government will have to finally admit that the
national debt is so monstrous it can't ever be repaid. What is the probability
of that happening, and if it does, then what? Unemployment is the overriding
economic issue most nations are facing; how do you fix this when there aren't
enough jobs in the world for everybody who needs one? My country's economy was
seriously hit by what happened in the United States; it seems that whoever
needed a "leg up" used to look to the US for a boost—now where can we go?
Assuming the global economy does get back on solid footing, how will that help
those countries where a few corrupt individuals are causing the masses to live
in abject poverty? How much longer will financial hardships that affect billions
of lives last?

17. These issues of grave concern will be relieved to the extent possible
through the efforts of prudent leaders with spiritual and moral integrity and
expertise, but they cannot be completely resolved until Earth is in fourth
density, where the differences between your world today and life in the Golden
Age are so astounding that to you they are inconceivable.  So in this moment we
can only tell you that economic hardships confronting peoples worldwide will
lessen gradually until Earth's residents complete their chosen karmic
experiencing and the individuals who cling to their dark ways leave the planet
incrementally. When these ongoing processes run their course—and they will by
the end of 2012—the populace of Earth will have the spiritual awareness and
raised consciousness that is the foundation for healthful, joyful, cooperative,
peaceful living with abundance for all.

18. Readers have asked about persons who were deeply loved or held in great
esteem, mentioning Mother Mary, Martin Luther King, Mother Theresa, Michael
Jackson and specific family members, in essence: Are we actually feeling their
spiritual presence? Are they communicating with us through dreams? Indeed those
situations of closeness are possible, even quite likely in this time when more
and more soul level knowledge of the Oneness of All is reaching conscious
levels. The powerful energy of Mother Mary enfolds all of Earth in a blanket of
love; and the love bonds between people on Earth and their beloved souls in
Nirvana is an eternal connection—strongly feeling their presence is perfectly
natural. Drawing to you the energy of souls in spirit whom you didn't personally
know but greatly admired and often think about is "like attracts like" in
operation.

19. What you think of as dream communication may be fragments of memories of
your visits with those souls; but since third density beliefs don't include
actual visits by the living to the "dead," the acceptable interpretation is that
you dream about them. As Earth ascends into higher and yet higher vibrations,
your consciousness will continue expanding until you can clearly remember visits
with many souls in astral planes where the energy is compatible with your own.

20. What will music be like in the Golden Age?  Whether you will be making it,
listening to it, or dancing along with it, music will be as uplifting, diverse,
thrilling, sing-able, melodic, happily nostalgic or majestic in scope as it is
now. What will not make it into the Golden Age are heavy metal instrumentals,
lyrics of destructive nature, and neoclassical works filled with dissonance.
Those genres have their place in the moment, but they are of much lower
frequencies than the vibrations of the Golden Age wherein all is harmonious.

21. The selection of topics in these messages is based on either our awareness
of widespread ponderings and interest or a question that may stir in only one
mind or perhaps a few, but it provides us an opportunity to speak about
something that may be thought-provoking to many. The latter category pertains to
the next two questions.

22.  If I become a gun owner, can my soul still evolve or does that make my soul
regress?  Owning a gun is no different from owning a car or a telephone, a beach
ball or a bottle of brandy—none of those or any other object by itself affects
soul growth one way or another, but their use does. When a gun is used by one
person in the pre-birth agreement to kill another in the same agreement and this
balances previous lifetime experiences for both and fulfills their soul
contracts to complete third density karma, the two souls evolve into fourth
density. Shooting any life form for the sheer enjoyment of causing death and
shooting animals just "for sport" do cause soul regression, and so does
torturing any life form.

23. Every life, regardless of how insignificant you may deem it, is a soul. Its
life force comes from the Supreme Being of this universe, whose energy is the
love-light essence of Creator Source, the Supreme Being of the cosmos, wherein
all life in any form has divine Beginnings.

24. This is not to say that every life form has been designed with godly
intent—by no means is that so! Eons ago the intent of the dark forces was to
sicken, debilitate and ultimately destroy life, and for that purpose they
created microbes. They wanted higher life forms to plague still higher forms, so
they made disease-causing or disease-carrying insects and rodents to spread
contagious illnesses that also were of their making. They made animal forms that
contain lethal poisons and introduced ferocity in some animals that previously
had lived peaceably with all others, thus establishing the predator-prey chain.

25. If one of those various life forms poses a death risk to a human or a
defenseless animal in the human's care, killing it saves the life in peril. That
act does not adversely affect the person's spiritual evolution, and depending
upon circumstances, may hasten soul growth. When the only way to stop a person
from killing another is to shoot the would-be killer, the result for the shooter
is largely dependent upon the emotional aftereffect.

26. And: Is it possible that there could be more fetuses than there are souls
awaiting incarnation?  No. Although every soul whose last physical lifetime was
on Earth does go to Nirvana—if only to zip through on the way to another
destination—it is not only Nirvana residents who may incarnate on Earth. Souls
throughout the universe whose energy is compatible with your world's can choose
to embody there when there is an ideal parent-child fit and environmental
opportunity for soul growth.

27. Some residents of Nirvana are there to recover from difficult lifetimes in
other civilizations, and they may choose to spend the next lifetime on Earth.
Visitors in Nirvana, which is a popular vacation spot because of its beauty and
diversity, may want to do that too. Also souls who are free spirits—in this
case, soaring around the universe without even an etheric body—may decide to
incarnate to enjoy the benefits a body offers that life in spirit does not.
Souls in some highly spiritually and intellectually evolved civilizations do not
embody, but rather live in wafting vaporous, iridescent streamers or in a
variety of magnificent energetic patterns or within angelic musical tones.

28. We have been speaking of human and other races and "ultra" soul
civilizations, but for diversified experiencing, souls also can choose to
express parts of their energy in other kinds of life forms, usually animals that
have a great deal of interaction with people.

29. And when it is time for a resident of Nirvana to reincarnate, it's not
necessarily back on Earth. Souls who need more third density experiencing may
choose a different civilization in that same energy density plane, souls who
have evolved spiritually usually choose to move on to advanced civilizations,
and those who have devolved will start over in primitive placements.

30. The order of the universe provides infinite growth possibilities for all
souls!

31. Many people are asking the same question as the reader who wrote, How can I
get past feelings of depression and immobility? Immobility is a natural
companion to, or component of depression, and although they are common reactions
to the higher frequencies, they may be due to bodies' chemical imbalance. If
testing by a trusted health care practitioner rules out the latter, you can get
past feeling depressed and immobile by stopping focusing your thoughts on that
uncomfortable condition. Through the law of attraction you perpetuate an
unwanted situation by obsessive thoughts about it, and changing your thoughts
can release you. It does take effort to switch from negative thinking to
positive, so ask for "divine" help— and cooperate with your helpers!

32. We happily offer some "plain vanilla" suggestions that can assist you to get
past depression when its cause is circumstantial: Get as much restful sleep as
you can. Do not take drugs advertised to treat depression—their chemicals may
temporarily lighten symptoms even as they deepen the depression itself. Drink a
lot of pure water and healthful juices; avoid foods with chemical additives.
Exercise—walking in areas where Nature abounds is especially restorative—and
interaction with animals uplift the spirit. List the blessings in your life
starting with life itself. Instead of being drawn into an argument, try to see
the situation from the other's perspective—your calm reply can defuse the
other's anger. Avoid violent "entertainment"; watch comedies and heartwarming
shows, read light-hearted books. Volunteer in one of your community's charitable
activities. Learn a new word every day. Make small changes in your daily
routine. Listen to soothing music, and if you are talented in music-making, sing
or pick up your violin or harmonica. Smile often—look in a mirror and smile at
yourself, then laugh!

33.  Is there a special or specific prayer that everyone could say that would
help bring in more light? Indeed mass meditations and prayer circles with the
same focus can have marvelous effects, and so can mantras or words that have
special meaning to you. But it is what is in each person's heart that comprises
the "collective hearts" and manifests light-filled happenings. Never are any
special or specific words needed, but loving and honoring self and others always
is!

34. The greatest power in the cosmos is the energy of love-light, that pure
essence of Creator Source in which every soul has its origin—this is the Oneness
of All, the inseparability of all souls in whatever form they may be wherever in
this universe they are.  It is why we feel both love and sadness for our
brothers and sisters among you who cause pain for others, just as Earth families
love their members even as they lament their foul deeds.

35. We honor the founders of The Love Foundation and Global Love Day, which is
celebrated annually May 1 and whose theme this year is "Love Begins With Me." 
With gratitude for Harold's and John's permission, as our Fare well! this time,
we share with you their beautifully expressed message:

We recognize this day as a symbolic expression that we can choose to love each
and every day as we gather together and unite as a collective humanity through
unconditional love.



We are one humanity on this planet.

All life is interconnected and interdependent.

All share in the Universal bond of love.

Love begins with self acceptance and forgiveness.

With respect and compassion we embrace diversity.

Together we make a difference through love.



www.thelovefoundation.com)

                                 _________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[NOTE: If you received this message as a forward and would like to be on the
free distribution list, please join the Yahoo group. The link at the top of
Matthew's Messages page on www.matthewbooks.com will take you to the Yahoo site,
then just click on Join this Group.

The four Matthew books and Amusing to Profound—My Conversations with Animals can
be ordered in the Book Shop on www.matthewbooks.com.  And Then God Said…Then I
Said…Then He Said… is an extraordinary collection of illuminating messages that
Celestial Bluestar, David of Arcturus and I received from God and many other
sources.  Ordering instructions are on www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm.]

This is Matthew, with loving greetings from all souls at this station. Let us
speak about something that affects the United States but is of great concern to
peoples throughout your world, the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico. We know of
the various speculations as to what caused this grave environmental situation:
the work of corporate saboteurs; another Illuminati "black ops" tactic to
further delay official recognition of space beings' presence; some dark
civilization is the culprit; and some are wondering if God had a hand in it,
like a strong wake-up call, while others have defined it as a wrathful God
punishing sinners.

Simply, the ultimate cause was a mechanical malfunction, but most assuredly this
was no "accident." During the past decades of increasing numbers of seismic
events, extracting oil from a mile beneath the waters was deliberately courting
disaster—it was not a matter of "if," but when strong planetary movement would
disrupt mechanical operations at that depth.

The root of this environmental destructiveness is the intention of a few minds
steeped in greed to keep your world dependent upon petroleum, and to that end,
they have suppressed the developments in free energy that would have eliminated
their source of mammoth fortunes. The relentless pursuit of monetary wealth has
withered their conscience, thus there is no consideration given to the potential
effects of desecrating the environment; and they don't understand that Earth is
a highly evolved soul, a sentient being whose blood is the fluids within her
planetary body.

We cannot say exactly when attempts to end the spewing of the oil will be
successful, but this manmade disaster requires a manmade solution. We know of
your visualizing marine life safe in pristine waters and your prayers that the
oil will not reach coastlines. By all means continue—never underestimate your
power to change any situation!

Some of you are pleading for our space family to come down and save the day,
while others are disappointed, even distressed, that they aren't already there.
They have not landed en masse only because it is not yet safe for you if they do
so, but they are indeed helping! They are keeping the currents gentle and the
oil away from the shore to the extent possible without creating unwanted side
effects, and they have a watchful eye on the ones who might be persuaded to
produce storms or seismic disturbances in the Gulf. They are doing what they can
to lessen the toxic effects of the surface oil and the pools floating beneath;
however, only after their technologies are in use on the planet can total
eradication of the oil polluting the Gulf waters be achieved.

If every cloud has a silver lining, as your expression goes, then you could say
that this cloud is surrounded by a brilliance that is billowing ever outward
through your skies. The oil spill has given rise to demands for changes to
insure that never again will such a disaster imperil your natural world. "Big
Oil" will not be able to stem the growing tide of people curtailing gasoline
consumption and looking for substitutes for petroleum-based products.

This is adding impetus to efforts to create a "green world" through renewable
energy sources; clean manufacturing; ending pollution from all sources;
expanding recycling and stopping wastefulness; preserving rain forests, which
are essential not only for animal habitats, but your very breath. You see these
recent or extended developments as promising, and rightly so. We wish you also
could see how lighted beings throughout the universe are cheering on the
"grassroots movement" as it surges in many directions.

Along with growing emphasis in those crucial areas is the ever louder outcry to
end corporate control of governments; negotiate resolutions instead of wage war;
eliminate massive impoverishment; end the reign of chemicals; and dig deeper
into the pockets of corruption and deception, where only the tips of those
icebergs are apparent.

Originally the Golden Age master plan created by the highest council called for
a gradual emergence of the many truths during the process of world
transformation and spiritual renewal. However, the tenacity of the dark ones has
created a time crunch of sorts, as many profound revelations still must come
forth so that once again the peoples will know they are powerful gods and
goddesses, inseparable parts of the universal family of souls.

Even with considerable time to assimilate that ultimate truth, it would be
difficult for many, and perhaps impossible for some, to believe it. Yet, that
reality and many others of shocking nature have to be disclosed within a brief
period so that myriad changes of a magnitude you can hardly imagine can be
accomplished, and all of those changes are gathering momentum. The 2012
timetable for Earth to exit third density's darkness is much less than the two
and a half years your calendars indicate. Time as you perceive it will continue
to pass faster and faster the closer you approach the continuum wherein linear
time's past, present and future are happening simultaneously in different energy
planes.

Our beloved Earth is right on target on her ascension pathway, that we can
assure you, but we don't know who will choose to see the light of universal
truths and who will not. The light brings spiritual clarity and changes cellular
structure from carbon-based to the crystalline form that enables bodies to
survive in the vibratory levels of the Golden Age. Those who choose the light
will physically accompany Earth and those who do not will go to other worlds
where they will have as many opportunities as they need "to see the light."

I think it is pertinent at this point to address a reader's comment—many minds
are pondering much the same: I don't understand how you can be so sure about
something happening in the future, like the Golden Age, but you can't predict
what will happen in situations existing right now.

We do not predict anything. When messengers of the light tell you something with
total assurance, such as the advent of the Golden Age, it is because that
already exists in the "timeless" continuum. At soul level you do know this, but
you do not consciously remember your excitement about being selected to
participate in this unprecedentedly swift passage of a world out of deep third
density into fourth and continuing apace to fifth, and you can't perceive as
"completed" anything that in your linear time is still underway. And even
"underway" in this regard is evident only to the relatively few of the world's
population who understand that all the upheavals in your world are the old ways 
disintegrating during Earth's rapid transition to a glorious new era.

When we speak of an ongoing situation and cannot give you a timeframe for the
outcome, or perhaps cannot even tell you what the outcome will be, it is because
those are not conclusive in Earth's energy field of potential, where varying
energy intensities and directions are in perpetual motion. Energy, the essence
of everything in existence throughout the cosmos—the indivisible consciousness
of I AM Creator Creation—is neutral.  What gives energy streamers direction and
enables them to manifest in substance are the positive and negative charges, or
the "light" and "dark" attachments, and those are continuously being formed by
individual and collective thoughts, feelings and actions. That is why we
repeatedly have urged you to focus on what you WANT for your life and for your
world, not what you don't want!

Returning to our explanation, let us say that "light" energy streamers around a
specific situation are gathering momentum. The "dark" streamers affecting that
same situation will diminish or increase in accordance with the intensity of
consciousness put into them. That is what lets possibilities evolve into
probabilities and, in turn, into realities when the momentum becomes
unstoppable. It was that unstoppable momentum that enabled us to tell you before
the primary elections in the United States that Barack Obama would become that
country's president. The same kind of momentum was reached several months prior
to the invasion of Iraq; that is why I could I state at that time that despite
peace rallies and other efforts to preclude that happening, the war could not be
prevented [Part VI, "War" in Illuminations for a New Era].

However, even when it appears that the energy surge in a specific direction has
minimal opposing force along its way to "unstoppable momentum," it is folly to
conclude that its direction cannot be changed by an abrupt infusion of
conflicting consciousness. I fell into that folly. Activity in the field of
potential strongly indicated that then-President Bush, whose Illuminati faction
had bought the presidency, would be removed because his rhetoric so often made
him look foolish in the eyes of other world leaders, and that didn't serve the
best interests of either his faction or the one that opposed him. With the
energy of both factions strongly aligned in this respect and nothing in
opposition, I stated in a message that George W. Bush's term in office would be
one of the shortest on record.

Everyone knows that he completed two full terms, but very few know what went on
behind the scenes. The Bush clone was removed from office according to the
agreed-upon plan, but the adversarial faction hadn't expected the sudden
betrayal by the Bush faction, which put in a "new, improved" clone
simultaneously with removing some of the individuals who were acting on behalf
of Vice President Cheney. Nevertheless, the outcome was that a succession of
Bush clones held the office that Cheney clones actually ruled.

I think a bit of background here will be helpful. At one time the Illuminati was
a tightly knit group with the same aim—world domination. That aim has never
changed, but as one generation succeeded another and their numbers grew with
marriages and other alliances, egos, greed and lust for power began to unravel
the original unity. Eventually the infighting resulted in a split into two
competing factions, one in Europe and the other in the United States. The same
infighting that caused that split spilled into each faction, and they splintered
into smaller factions. In the United States, Bush is in one, Cheney in another.

A natural product of the fierce competition among the various factions were
life-threatening situations for the most influential principals in each splinter
group, and that gave rise to cloning those individuals so that if an
assassination attempt succeeded, a clone would take the place of the person.
This also served the Illuminati's purpose of maintaining the public appearance
of continuity of their people in high offices. [If you are interested in the
cloning process, that and other information about clones are in "Human Cloning,"
Revelations for a New Era.]

Now then, readers who are dismayed that the greatly respected Stephen Hawkings
expressed distrust of alien civilizations want to know if he has been taken over
by the dark side; will his opinion be taken seriously by the planners of the TV
announcement about other civilizations; will this delay the arrival of ETs or
dissuade them from coming; does this bode ill for them if they make their
presence known. I don't know why Stephen said what he did, but there is no
darkness within the heart of this dear soul, and it is only surmising that it
may have been similar to what motivated Carl Sagan to claim that there is no
firm evidence of intelligent life existing elsewhere: threats to his family. But
nothing will delay, much less deter, our universal family members from joining
you as soon as they have absolute assurance of your safety!

A reader who has heard a great deal about Pleiadians would like to know more
about them. This may not add to her knowledge, but it may be enlightening to
others that many of you have ancestors who came from the Pleiades in antiquity
to participate in the planetary population seeding program, and some of you came
to Earth directly from that group of star nations specifically to play a role in
this unique time in the universe. So there is significant Pleiadian influence
among the populace, but it is not exclusive by any means. Other civilizations
that had a large hand in those early stages include Arcturus, Sirius and Lyra,
and their progeny have incarnated on the planet time and time again, including
these recent years for the same purpose as the Pleiadians.

I have been asked if the universe's astrological aspects are as significant as
some people believe. Without knowing how much importance each individual
ascribes to planetary movement, I can only say that their changing positions do
indeed affect your lives. You choose your birth time in accordance with
celestial activity because its influences, with which you are energetically
aligned, enhance other choices in your soul contract. The juxtaposition of some
planets is favorable for evoking positive feelings, high energy and meaningful
productivity, while other alignments present considerably more challenges in
those respects. Knowledge of the various astrological influences can be helpful
in decision-making, but dependence upon daily "readings," even from a chart with
meticulous accuracy, would be suppressing the spiritual growth that comes from
recognizing and heeding inner guidance, your soul's messages that come as
intuition.

A United Methodist Church pastor asked if I can "shed any light on the future of
the Christian Church in the U.S. in light of the many changes that are taking
place." I could say that this dear soul replied to himself in part by twice
using "light" in his request. My response is not restricted to his native
country or Christian churches, however, because it is immensely heartening for
us to observe that church leaders and congregations of different denominations
and faiths around the world are responding to the intensity of light on Earth.

Because the religious teachings of old cannot provide satisfying answers to
today's questions, church people are starting to listen to their inner voice. In
resisting the long-held view that homosexuals have no place in church
leadership, women and men of that orientation are being welcomed into those
positions. Increasingly "You are your brother's keeper" is going well beyond
church doors, establishing new or enlarging community outreach services.
Individuals are holding onto the godly aspects and discarding the dogmatic rules
of their respective faiths as hearts and minds are transitioning from religion
to spirituality.

The historic side of religion is not that positive. The radical beliefs of some
individuals are the distortions passed down through generations of hatred and
oppression; but the basis of religion did not derive from noble purposes. The
intent of the originators, who then ruled church and state, was to control the
masses through rigorous religious rules. They decided what should constitute
sinning and claimed that whoever sinned would feel the wrath of a vengeful God.
When Christianity arose, the people in power altered the records that became the
Bible so it would suit their purposes, portrayed Jesus as the "only son of God,"
and put layers of "authorities" between the people and God. They also were
greedy and amassed great wealth by instituting tithing and other means of
extracting money from the believers.

The influence of religion through the ages has been so powerful that it led to
the Crusades, persecution, execution, torture, imprisonment, assassinations. The
divisiveness, caste systems and ostracism that religions have caused still
exists, and so do fear of disobeying "God's laws" and guilt and remorse when one
strays from strict adherence.  In the Mormon Church, families of the deceased
can pay to have their beloved souls assured one of the limited spaces in heaven;
and, despite glowing accounts from some celebrities, the Church of Scientology
basically is a mind control organization. Even Satanism is officially
acknowledged as a religion!

Of all that the darkness has devised throughout the ages to capture souls,
religions have been the most effective in keeping believers in bondage. Once
back in spirit life, souls realize that they had fallen into that spell still
another time and once again they choose to break religion's hold when next they
incarnate.

Although some of the foregoing has been mentioned in previous messages, it bears
repeating because the religiously devout will become lightworkers' greatest
challenge. There will be widespread disbelief and confusion, and likely militant
resistance in some quarters, when ancient records are brought forth as evidence
of what we have been telling you. The souls whose religion is the foundation of
their lives will need compassion, patience and kindness—simply by living your
light you can assist those whose minds are ajar.  We shall rejoice with you when
they embrace the truth of their power and unlimited potential as parts of God,
but if they choose to deny that, it would not be a failing on your part. Or
theirs. No experience, however different from soul contracts, ever is wasted,
and each soul in its own timing will return to the pure love essence of its
Beginnings.

You are supremely prepared to deal with everything on the near horizon! During
your multiple lifetimes you have amassed wisdom, strengths and abilities that
may surprise you when they pop up, and they will when the occasion is ripe, you
could say. That is why your fervent request to be where you are was granted by
the highest council when many other souls just as eager as you were not chosen.
It is true that some of the chosen are lingering in a state of unawareness, and
that is all right for them and for you. They will have other opportunities to
bring light to struggling civilizations, and you are so eminently qualified to
carry the ball, to use your expression, that in the continuum you are enjoying
the thrill of success.

Never for an instant are you alone. Countless souls in spirit are traveling by
your side and countless others in physical worlds are helping you in other ways
along your journey. Our beloved brothers and sisters, what a joyous, exciting
time this is for all of us!

                                 ____________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[If this message was forwarded to you and you would like to receive future
messages directly, the link at the top of Matthew's Messages page on
www.matthewbooks.com will take you to the Yahoo site—click on Join this Group.
This isn't an interactive group—you'll receive only the messages.



The four Matthew books and Amusing to Profound—My Conversations with Animals can
be ordered in the Book Shop on www.matthewbooks.com. To order And Then God
Said…Then I Said…Then He Said…go to www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm.]

This is Matthew, here with loving greetings from all souls at this station and
to say that we weep with you about recent occurrences that are evoking grief,
fear, anger and grave concerns about what is happening in your world. We
understand the purpose of it all and can see the forthcoming greatness, but in
the interconnectedness of all souls, we feel your emotions of deep sadness,
discouragement and pessimism.  That is why we have come at this time.

The Israeli attack on a ship with persons whose purpose is humanitarian; other
instances of unprovoked violence; renewed saber-rattling between the two Korean
nations; little if any progress to stabilize Iraq or end the fighting in
Afghanistan; fear about what will ensue if Iran develops nuclear weapons and
what is fomenting in Pakistan; increasing instances of weather anomalies and
seismic events; the continued gushing forth of oil in the Gulf of Mexico;
economic collapse spreading throughout Europe; governments in chaos — all are
indeed lamentable and with dire potential from your world's perspective.

It is difficult even for the most stout-hearted lightworkers to view those
situations and all others that are causing widespread suffering as anything
other than the personal and national tragedies they are for the peoples who are
directly affected.  Compassion is a natural sentiment of lighted souls, and
along with prayers and physical and financial assistance where possible,
compassion's high vibrations are helping to uplift those who are suffering.
Outrage and assigning blame for atrocities and deliberate hardships also are
natural reactions of a concerned populace, and we shall speak more about this a
bit later.

It would be a disservice to tell you that all divisive matters will be happily
resolved without any serious consequences because there will be some, but not of
the severity that many minds are imagining. What we offer in this short message
to lighten heavy hearts about all volatile, oppressive and heartrending
situations is their higher purpose within the context of Earth's ascension.

In our last message we stated that there is not much time left for everything
that must be — and shall be! — completed before Earth reaches the universal
"window" to exit third density, and that the tenacity of the dark minds and
hearts has altered the Golden Age master plan. It originally called for a
gradual emergence of truths and resultant changes, but in the current energy
streams, the clearing away of the last vestiges of darkness is coming thick and
fast, and longstanding conflicts between individuals, groups and countries have
to peak within a comparatively short interval. With linear time "disappearing"
in the vibratory planes the planet has reached, everything in your world is
accelerating not just day by day, but minute by minute.

The prevailing vibrations, which are magnifying positive and negative feelings
and behaviors, are transmuting negativity into the light that is propelling your
planet out of darkness and into the light — that is what ascension is for any
soul. In a transformation of that magnitude, death, destruction and despair are
inevitable as the energies of greed, ruthlessness and power-lust that ravaged
Earth and her residents for millennia are running the final stages of their
course, and darkness is lashing out furiously in its fear of losing what little
remains of its one-time global control. Because of our love for all souls, we
wish the transitional process did not have to be tumultuous; however, it can be
no other way in the last stages of a civilization's harsh, yet determined
struggle to raise itself out of deep third density and evolve into fourth.

Accomplishing that is exactly why you are where you are. Of the many souls who
wanted to be part of this unprecedented era not only on the planet, but in the
universe, you are among those chosen because you have the ancient wisdom,
spiritual strength and innate capabilities to bring about profound changes.  Do
not doubt your powerful selves for even an instant!

Take heart in knowing that there are far, far more light-filled peoples in your
world than dark, and at soul level they are eager to play their roles along
Earth's pathway out of violence, turmoil, deceit and corruption.  At conscious
level, however, relatively few of them know what you do — that all of you are
gods and goddesses with unlimited potential to manifest whatever you intently
focus on.

And as strange as this may seem, the lack of that knowledge will, after all, be
a fine contribution to ushering in Earth's Golden Age. Without knowing of their
true Beginnings or anything about a Golden Age — or about the decades of
assistance from other civilizations or that extraterrestrials are living among
you or that many others will join you fairly soon to assist in new ways — those
unaware souls are rising to the challenge of healing Earth and preserving it for
future generations. They are directing the energy of "outrage and blame" into
initiating changes which, although not realized, at this very moment are
co-creating a world of harmonious coexistence of all humanity and Nature on
Earth and with souls in worlds beyond.  You could say that the grassroots
movement that has been growing around the globe now also is soaring toward the
heavens as you prepare to take your rightful place in our universal family.

Not everyone can be at the forefront of developing new or implementing
long-suppressed technologies or be leaders in other avenues of reform, and there
is no need for all to be in such positions. Simply BEing the light you are will
strengthen and help persons nearby recognize their own light, and the increasing
emanations will keep flowing out exponentially. By remembering that light and
love are the same energy, simply expressed differently, and as the pure essence
of Creator is the most powerful energy in the cosmos, you can see how LOVE is
the key to leaving chaos and moving into rejoicing.

The vast changes in your world, already completed in the continuum, will come
about swiftly even by your linear time calculations.  This period of transition
into the Golden Age for all who stay steadfast in the light is its own two-fold
reward, so to say — joy in helping to emancipate Earth from the deep tentacles
of darkness and leaps in soul growth from participating in this mammoth,
magnificent undertaking.

Our beloved brothers and sisters, keep envisioning the world you want and know
that you are co-creating it with every thought and deed. Countless numbers of
light beings in spirit and physical worlds are accompanying you all along your
triumphant journey.

With the infinite love and blessings of the universe, we bid you farewell for
this moment.

                              _______________________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

Matthew's messages will be suspended for the time being because Suzy's time and
energy are needed for Bob's care and other home responsibilities.

Prayers will be greatly appreciated, but please do not send emails.  Thank you.

This is Matthew, with loving greetings from all souls at this station. I begin
with a personal note about the lapse in these messages.  My mother's energy and
time were dedicated to caring for Bob during the last stages of his illness, and
after his transition she needed restorative time. Both of these souls who are so
dear to me are doing well.

Now then, many Earth residents perceive your world as tumultuous as ever. Wars
continue and so do poverty, corruption, oppression and other ills, so it is
understandable that people who have long lived in such conditions often feel
hopeless. You know that changes of unprecedented magnitude are afoot, yet you
may be encountering unsettling feelings too, perhaps depression, discontentment,
undue impatience, fatigue or physical discomfort. You may feel restless,
"rudderless," floating without clear purpose or direction, or feel that nothing
of significance is happening in your life or even anywhere on Earth.



It may be because world transformation is so far underway that many are having
one or another of those sensations — as microcosms of Earth, you naturally are
affected by the magnitude of changes she is undergoing. Everything in your world
is in acceleration mode and there are frequent rises in the vibratory level
along Earth's pathway — you still may be adjusting to the most recent level
while she is moving into the next. Vibrations in the energy planes your planet
has reached make maintaining balance in body, mind and spirit a greater effort
than previously. When you are in a state of imbalance, your energy flow is
jolted or blocked, causing your electromagnetic system to malfunction and
produce a variety of unsettling physical, mental and emotional sensations.

Another effect of the higher vibrations is inner stirrings of dissatisfaction
with personal situations. Individuals who are following intuitive feelings to
change locations or work or relationships are faring better than those who are
resisting soul-level guidance to get on track with karmic experiencing chosen to
complete third density lifetimes.

The vibrations also are magnifying human characteristics and behaviors, making
"good" better and "bad" worse. Generous persons share until the cupboard is bare
and those with warm hearts serve wherever help is needed. Greedy ones acquire
more and more and give nothing, and heartless individuals cause problems for
others.  Played out on the world stage, light-filled people are thriving
spiritually and activities of light nature are ever expanding in scope and
positive results. People whose attributes and deeds are of darkness are
regressing spiritually and their intentions and efforts are stumbling along into
eventual futility. Interaction with individuals in the latter group can indeed
be stressful because your light body's energy is resisting theirs.

A possible source of anomalous sensations and behaviors is Earth's ascension
route that puts her in new alignments with the other planets and Sol. Although
the juxtaposition of solar bodies always has affected Earth's residents, the
difference now is her rapid, steady course out of third density. Not only your
feelings, but others' attitudes and reactions that seem to be erratic,
irresponsible or shocking may be due in part to unusual celestial influences.

The increase in geophysical activity is another potential source of stressful
feelings because your bodies are affected by Earth's shockwaves. Another
consideration here is that earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, violent storms and
floods are relieving the negativity that caused the planet to spiral downward
and, until about seventy or so years ago, had confined it for millennia to third
density. The lessening of negativity also has an effect on bodies.

Let us digress a moment to answer a pertinent question: How much drastic weather
and earthquakes and other `natural' disasters are manmade?  It would not be much
of an exaggeration to say "all." Just as in Nature, a technologically created
earthquake, for example, cannot have isolated effects — the energy release
initiates activity in similarly vulnerable areas around the globe and those
trigger still more upheavals. It is the same with clouds and winds. Mother
Nature, however, knows when to take a time-out so her lands and seas and skies
can settle and she can regain balance, and she spares areas meant to be safe.
The ones who are manipulating your weather and generating geophysical disasters
don't care about healing respites for Earth or any exclusion from destruction,
death toll and suffering.

Returning to possible causes for unpleasant symptoms you may be experiencing, we
offer practical suggestions to lessen their effects and duration. Fatigue never
is your ally — get sufficient relaxation and sleep. Drinking a lot of pure water
will help energy flow more smoothly throughout your body and let your
electromagnetic system better perform.  Physical and mental exercise,
meditation, solitude, being in Nature, positive thinking, creative projects,
melodious music — all are aides in balancing your energy.

Your bodies need light-filled foods for a strong immune system; eat more fresh
fruits and vegetables and less meat and sugar. Illegal synthetic drugs,
chemicals in prescription medications and alcohol not only are barriers to
light-absorption, they exacerbate the conditions you want to remedy and can
create new types of dis-ease. Make every effort to avoid or defuse abrasive
encounters — the energy those generate is a formidable deterrent to achieving
balance and well being. If, despite employing those suggestions and any other
practices that usually have served you well, your symptoms become severe and
persistent, please consult a trusted health care provider.

Now then, with the combination of that wide variety of energetic influences, the
obvious turmoil in your world and unawareness of profound changes taking shape,
it is little wonder that some believe the "end times" are coming and others
interpret December 2012, when the Mayan calendar ends, much the same way. Both
perceptions are wrong, but indeed an end time is coming — along Earth's
ascension pathway into the era of the Golden Age, all forms of darkness on the
planet will end.

There are many questions and misconceptions about ascension, who will accompany
Earth, what will become of the people who don't, and what to expect in the
higher densities. First, ascension has nothing whatsoever to do with the
"raptures" of religion, so please do not try to fit that concept into the
universal truth. Ascension is the process of Earth leaving third density and
traveling through fourth on to fifth. Although this movement is into planes of
successively lighter energy, not into progressively higher elevations such as
climbing a stepladder or a mountain, souls' growth in conscious awareness and
spiritual clarity can be thought of as upward, thus ascension is the most
descriptive term for this advancement.

In the timeless continuum, the beginning and completion of Earth's ascension
cannot be dated — you could say that both "times" have been known for untold
ages. In linear time, the ascension process began in the last years of the
1930s, when atrocities long committed by humankind against each other reached
unconscionable measure and nearly depleted Earth's light that is the life force
of her planetary body and the bodies of all her residents.

Her cry for help went out into the universe and instantly God authorized myriad
spiritually advanced civilizations to respond by beaming their own vast light
into Earth's body. The massive infusion of light from those distant sources
stabilized her orbit and enabled her to jar loose from negativity's
stranglehold, start to ascend out of deep third density and continue toward her
ultimate destination in fifth density. Her soul originated in that high plane
and there it remained throughout the millennia that her body spiraled ever
downward as more and more human and animal blood was shed and the environment
ravaged.

Ascension is possible for all who have absorbed the light, and the souls who
accompany Earth will do so in their physical bodies. If bodies lack organs or
limbs or have physical, emotional or mental disorders, farther along the
ascension pathway there will be healing of all disease and replacement of
missing parts until the bodies are perfected and mental and emotional health is
sound. In fourth density the bodies of aged persons will become youthful and
live healthfully much longer than your current life expectancy, and life spans
in fifth density can be tenfold or more than yours are now.

There is no seat of judgment or arbitrary selection of which humans can ascend
and which cannot — it is strictly a matter of science and souls' own choices.
Light changes third density's carbon-based cellular structure to the crystalline
form that lets bodies survive in the higher frequencies, or vibrations, of
fourth density and beyond. That is why persons who choose to live in the light
can ascend with Earth and those who choose to cling to their dark ways cannot. 
After a time in spirit, souls in the latter group will incarnate in a world that
corresponds to their Earth lifetime energy registration and have more
opportunities to "see the light."

Not all light-filled people will go all the way to the Golden Age — it depends
on the longevity clause in soul contracts. Prior to birth many of today's
populace chose to enter spirit life before Earth reaches that era, and among
them are highly evolved souls whose light is as bright as noonday sun. Those who
came from higher civilizations to assist Earth in special ways during her
ascension may quickly pass through Nirvana on their way to a higher density
spirit world, most likely the one serving their original homeland, or they may
manifest new bodies and incarnate in another civilization for different kinds of
growth experiencing.  Others will stay for a time in Nirvana, which will remain
Earth's spirit world and ascend in tandem with the planet. Souls who have
completed third density karmic lessons may choose another Earth lifetime or join
a civilization in a different fourth density world.

A large number of people who have lived in godly ways will choose not to ascend
with Earth after the truth about the origin of religions emerges: They were
designed in darkness to deceive and control the peoples, be the most divisive
element of life on Earth, and reap wealth for the heads of churches.  Although
everyone on Earth knows that truth at soul level and it is a contract choice to
consciously remember it, many of the devoutly religious will be unable or
unwilling to accept that their deep-seated faith is founded on false teachings. 
By so doing, these individuals deny the light within truth, that they are god
and goddess selves, eternally inseparable from God and all other souls in this
universe. Their next pre-birth contract will again include the provision to
become consciously aware of that truth during their next physical lifetime,
which will be in a third density world.

Regardless of the reason a soul leaves this lifetime, physical death will come
from any of the many causes that exist now. There will be no mass departure of
darkly inclined persons when Earth reaches some specific vibratory level because
the amount of light within bodies varies. And there is no way for you to
distinguish between light-filled individuals who leave Earth lifetimes in
accordance with soul contracts, those who choose to leave rather than accept the
truth about religions, and persons whose bodies' viability is snuffed out
because they lack the light to survive in the vibratory level Earth entered.

In most cases there can be reunions of souls who live in physical or spirit
worlds of differing densities. Those who have evolved into a higher density can
astrally travel to a lower density that has sufficient light to assure the
visitors' departure.  Reunions are not possible with the souls that are
consigned by their lifetime energy to first or second density worlds, where
intelligence is almost nonexistent and no memories or feelings exist. That is
not punishment — it offers those souls a new beginning free of the negativity
they created that automatically led them to those lowest levels of existence.

The innocence of animals, who act from instinct, never from malice,
automatically qualifies all except a few species to ascend with Earth. Along the
way those who now are wild will become tame, predators will become vegetarians,
and all will live peaceably with each other and humankind.  Already there is
evidence of cross-species friendship, even mothers of one species nurturing
infants of another, and instances of bonding between wild animals and humans.

Animal numbers will shrink in the next few years as instinctively they will
breed less often and produce fewer offspring. While most species will be able to
adapt to environmental and climate changes as Earth is restored to her Eden
self, when there were no temperature extremes and all lands were arable, species
living in polar regions will not survive. Their souls will go to Nirvana and
continue evolving, and in time they will incarnate in a world where conditions
are suitable for their new bodies and life purposes.

Now then, despite the emphasis on the final day of year 2012, there is no
absolutely fixed date for Earth to be within fourth density. There is a
"celestial window" for smooth sailing, so to speak, but it offers a degree of
flexibility in your calendar's time. And please remember that ascension is a
process that has been ongoing for about seven decades, so do not expect a
dramatic occurrence to herald the first day of the Golden Age. January 1, 2013,
often considered to be The Date, will be little different from the day preceding
or following it.  There is no validity to the notion that immediately prior to
Earth's entry into fourth density there will be three days of darkness or, as
other reports have it, three days of burning sun.

It is not so that life after 2012 will be much the same throughout many
centuries. Just as life on Earth has not been static, but has progressed through
many phases of development, so too will life in the Golden Age.  The difference
is that everything will be taking place in the peace, harmony and boundless
opportunities for learning and evolving in that glorious world! [The message
dated December 31, 2007, "Essay on 2012" gives a comprehensive description of
life in that era.]

The last phases of the transition from third density to fourth will present some
challenges as the Illuminati keep trying to stir up trouble spots. Heeding your
intuition will carry you through the bumpy episodes, which can't last much
longer anyway because the dark ones cannot fight in the light, and the light is
growing stronger by the day.

You don't consciously remember that you were eager to incarnate during this
momentous time on Earth, and although many, many others also wanted to
participate, they lacked the innate abilities, experience and courage that
qualified you to be among the chosen. Few can be in prominent leadership roles,
but all of you are leaders simply by BEing the shining god sparks you are!  Do
not for a moment doubt that you are powerful souls whose contributions to the
light are helping assure its triumph over darkness — in the continuum, you
already are victorious!

Now we shall address questions about situations of current interest. By Earth's
invitation, other civilizations lessened to the extent possible the damage to
marine life and coastlines caused by the oil in the Gulf of Mexico; and by
Earth's desire, there will be no explosion of methane gas that could cause
widespread sickness and loss of life. Your planet's healing ability and other
worlds' technology can remedy or prevent these and other types of manmade
destructiveness, whether intentional or by negligence or ignorance.

The oil spill was a major turning point in Earth's favor. The oil companies'
dominance in energy production has been drastically reduced as demands for
alternate sources have soared.  Soon you will see long-suppressed technologies
coming into use for many purposes, from curing diseases and eradicating
pollution to providing light and heat and transportation fuel.

Are you still convinced that US President Obama is a highly evolved lighted soul
who came from an advanced civilization to lead us into the Golden Age? Yes! 
There is no reason for us or other messengers in high stations to doubt that,
but we understand why some of you do. Assessments and conclusions can only be
according to information available to you. You don't have our vantage point in
the universe or our information sources, and you have no way of knowing all the
undercurrents that will be ushering in your new world.

Doubt about Obama's light-filled intentions is arming his opposition — that is
why we urge you to withhold judgment and to envision him and your world in
golden light. Negative thoughts and feelings about Obama's leadership are
reducing his ability to persuade his own government and other leaders to act in
harmonious cooperation to achieve a peaceful world with shared wealth and well
being for all.  This is not his failing, but rather the law of attraction in
operation — negativity aimed in any direction brings back to Earth more negative
situations. Along with vibrations intensifying the best and the worst of human
traits, the law is producing divisiveness in politics, ideologies and
philosophies that form all systems and organizations that regulate life in your
world. Each side of any issue is blindly digging in its heels instead of giving
an inch.  But do not despair — that stubbornness to keep the status quo and to
resist reform attempts is but one element in the picture whose full design soon
will "come to light."

It still benefits the tattered wisps of darkness that control mainstream media
to exhaustively cover sporting events or one person's heinous deed and ignore
the ever-growing grassroots movement toward self-sufficiency, ingenuity,
innovations, sharing resources and other signs that vast changes are occurring
within hearts and minds. Like everything else in your world that is of dark
design, mind control via the media soon will be history — all methods of mind
control operate at the low frequencies that will disappear as the light
continues to intensify. Your best source of honest information is the Internet,
but be aware that it also is teeming with deliberate falsehoods, unintentional
inaccuracies and misconceptions — be evermore discerning!

None of the dire situations that some analysts and some channeled messages
purport to be likely, or even unavoidable, will come to pass. There will be no
repeat of "9/11," no third war world, no nuclear war in space, no worldwide
riots because of food shortages, no inundation of coastlines until the seas
reach the mountains, no pandemics or lack of drinking water that will imperil or
eradicate billions of lives, no invasion by a dark civilization, no planetary
destruction that will necessitate mass evacuations or underground living.

Hatonn asked us to give you his message: "My job as manager of communication
between Earth and all other points in the universe is difficult enough. Please
don't compound it by passing on false information or predictions that are pure
hogwash. Thank you."

Some within the lightworker community are dismayed because the presence of other
civilizations has not been officially acknowledged and no craft have landed. If
we knew when the announcement will take place and when ships will land, we would
happily tell you, but even our best sources for that information don't know.
Your space family members living among you are eager to introduce themselves and
the thousands in crafts want to be on the ground helping you, but they must wait
for the right time. The Illuminati's diversionary tactics have kept Earth's
representatives preoccupied with major upheavals that have precluded final
decisions about a televised announcement, and there can be no landings until
your safety is fully assured — at this time, the Illuminati control weaponry
that poses a risk of danger to large numbers, and no chances will be taken with
your lives.

Although there are optimistic indications of economic recovery, any improvements
are purely by manipulation. The longstanding corruption in banking, investments
and commerce cannot much longer be hidden, nor can the usurious interest rates
and unfair taxation continue — the Illuminati's worldwide economic network is
crumbling irremediably. Your monetary system will return to precious metals as
its basis until such time that your heightened consciousness no longer requires
the use of money in exchange for goods and services.

Concerns about current homelessness and unemployment are natural and so are
ponderings about what will be the lot of homecoming troops if all military
forces in the world are disbanded. Those concerns would vanish in the blink of
an eye if you could see as we do the peace and joy, the harmony and cooperation,
the abundance of life's necessities and enjoyments of Earth's Golden Age. Not
only are lighted souls throughout the universe cheering you all along your
pathway to that glorious world, we see you living there!

                 _____________________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Note from Suzy: Heartfelt thanks to all who sent prayers for Bob's recovery. 
I'm sure the energy of your caring helped in his transition and adjustment to
spirit life. After receiving customized care in Nirvana's "ICU" to strengthen
his etheric body, Bob was reunited with souls with whom he has love bonds,
including our dogs who are there, and he's enjoying the active, diverse life in
Earth's spirit world.



I've never used these messages before for personal requests, and Matthew said
that for this purpose, I can.  Please read about Jane at

http://www.galacticchannelings.com/english/Jane_Burgermeister.html

and send light to her and all who want to punish her for honestly reporting what
H1N1 was about.]

September 11, 2010

This is Matthew, with loving greetings from all souls at this station. Truth is
not yet surging into your mainstream information outlets, but it is seeping ever
more strongly now that the finger is out of the dike, so to say. With this media
barrier seriously compromised, the dark ones cannot much longer hide the massive
deception that in this moment is only barely exposed to the public, much as the
tip of an iceberg is visible while the immense part with potentially lethal
destructive power lies out of view.

There have been attempts to stifle the truth since the dawn of communication on
Gaia-Terra-Shan-Earth, and the attempts were successful when darkly-inclined
ones controlled the dissemination of information. In modern times, they expected
to broaden their web of control with the Internet, but instead, it became their
undoing. Now factual evidence that until recently was mainly restricted to that
source is reaching the public through the perseverance of courageous
investigative journalists, other reporters, eyewitnesses and individuals
disclosing personal experiences. Not only is there increasing exposure of lies
and corruption, but also innovative ways people are adapting to the economic
situation are being publicized. The tearing down of mind control via the media
has come about because of the ever-intensifying light.

There is confusion or uncertainty in many minds as to what light is, where it
comes from, and how one can receive it and thus physically ascend with Earth.
Light is the very same energy as love, simply expressed differently, and it is
the most powerful energy in all of Creation. Light is the total essence of
Creator, the ultimate power in the cosmos, which has many universes; and in this
universe, light comes from its highest being whom you call by various names such
as God, Allah and Yahweh.

Light is the composition and life force of all souls, whether living in a
physical world or a spirit world. It is natural to wonder how, then, souls can
become dark, so we shall add a note of explanation. As a part of Creator's
essence via the god of this universe, every soul incarnates light-filled and
with specific missions that it chose prior to birth. The infant knows its
godself and the missions in its lifetime soul contract, but all memory of that
knowledge is forgotten as the baby adjusts to a dense body and adapts to
parental expectations; as the child grows older, it encounters influences from
other authority figures, too, and peers. The forgetfulness, which is at
conscious level only, is part of the grand design that offers the person
learning experiences; and all along the way, the soul sends messages to the
consciousness in the form of conscience, intuition, instinct and other types of
guidance in accordance with contract choices. Persons who heed those messages
live true to their lifetime purpose and retain their light. The light starts to
dim in those who ignore their souls' messages, and if they continue to pay no
heed to that guidance, they stray farther and farther from their chosen missions
and their light keeps diminishing until only the spark that is their life force
remains. You have no way of knowing if that is what has happened to someone or
if that person is following the soul contract to the letter by providing
opportunities for others to complete third density karma and continue their soul
evolvement.

To return to what Light is, it is souls' eternal and inseparable connection with
Creator and God and every other creation throughout the cosmos. Light is the
force that is enabling Earth to ascend out of third density, where darkness
thrives; it is propelling her toward fourth density, the onset of her Golden
Age, and will continue to take her on to her destination in fifth. That is where
her soul originated and remained while her planetary body spiraled downward
during the millennia when darkness so heavily influenced her human residents.
Light is raising consciousness levels to free you from third density's limited
perceptions, and by opening hearts and minds, light is paving your spiritual
evolvement pathway.

Receiving light is as simple as living a "good life." Being kind, caring,
honorable, trustworthy, truthful, helpful, joyful, generous, hopeful,
compassionate, cheerful, optimistic, pleasant and having an open mind — the
positive emotions and characteristics that make life meaningful and fulfilling —
carry the high vibrations of light. At soul level you know this — think about
your expressions "feeling lighthearted," "the light of my life" and "seeing the
light" that connote uplifted feelings or an Aha! moment.

Conversely, greed, ruthlessness, oppression, corruption, brutality, deception,
betrayal of trust, unjustness, lack of forgiveness and lust for power emanate
very low vibrations. Negative emotions that emit low vibrations include fear,
guilt, remorse, self-doubt, jealousy, envy, bitterness and resentment, all of
which create discomfort, discord and dissatisfaction. By far the most powerful
of negative feelings is fear, a highly magnified energy attachment, and that is
why time and again we have urged you never to fear anything. Not only do fearful
individuals attract more circumstances to feel fearful about, but the energy of
fear is the dark ones' greatest tool — it feeds their ambitions and strengthens
their domination over you.  When you live steadfast in the light, there is
nothing to fear!  Nothing of dark nature can survive within the light!

To physically ascend with Earth, however, does require more than living a good
life, a godly life. It also requires leaving behind third density's deceitful
foundation of religious beliefs and accepting the brilliant light of spiritual
truth. The truth is, as equal parts of God — by whatever name you call the ruler
of this universe — all of you are gods and goddesses with unlimited powers to
manifest whatever you choose to think, feel and do. The truth is, religions were
devised to keep you from knowing who you truly are, to keep you ignorant of the
universal laws, and to create divisiveness within the populace. The truth is,
peoples you call "natives of the land" or "aboriginals" are closely attuned to
the universal consciousness whereas religious dogmas, especially in Western
religions, were made through the centuries by church leaders to obliterate that
natural attunement, control the masses and acquire wealth for themselves.

The truth about Christianity is, it is based on fabrications about Jesus' birth,
crucifixion and resurrection, and his teachings were deliberately distorted
through dilution and omission. Jesus was conceived and born just like every
other human baby, and he never was put on a cross. He was flogged by the
Sanhedrin, who ruled church and state, and was banished — they wanted him out of
that land, not make him a martyr whose death would increase the numbers of his
followers. With his pregnant wife Mary Magdalene, Jesus went back to the East,
where he had gone as a youth and spent many years studing with the master
teachers. From them he had learned the interconnectedness of all souls with each
other and with God and how to use the universal laws for healing bodies,
changing or multiplying forms, dematerializing and rematerializing matter and
the like — so-called "miracles" that every soul has the innate capacity to
perform. That is what Jesus was teaching to the multitudes. Because spreading
that knowledge would spell doom to the purposes of the self-serving Sanhedrin,
they dealt severely with the disciples who continued Jesus' teachings, and by
making him "the only son of God," they elevated him to a status that no one else
could ever attain. Also, both Jesus and Mary Magdalene were from highly
respected families at the top of Hebrew society. Having him born in a lowly
stable and portraying her as a prostitute were other false parts of the story
whose roots were in avarice, hubris and power lust and has been handed down
through the ages.

The point has been reached in Earth's transition from third to fourth density
where spiritual preparedness is of much greater importance than preoccupation
with current happenings. By no means are we suggesting that you be uninformed or
disinterested in national and international developments, but rather that you
not be drawn into third density's drama that is playing itself out. We know it
is challenging to keep two feet on the ground and allow your mind and heart soar
to the heavens, but staying steadfast in the light will keep you in balance.  As
the ascension pace keeps accelerating, the rest of the "iceberg of truths" will
be rising into public awareness, and staying balanced will give you the strength
and ability to fare well when others reel in shock, anger and disillusionment as
events unfold.

An aspect of preparedness, detachment, will come more easily to some than to
others. If you are experiencing unemployment, loss of home, interrupted
education, dwindling savings, sale of possessions or other losses or hardships,
you have made long strides in detaching from parts of your life that once were
taken for granted. Not only can you now appreciate the great difference between
tangible possessions and what has genuine worthiness, but mastering detachment
is a significant step in shedding third density so you can embrace a different
world, a world where everything from employment and recreation to telepathic
communication among humans and animals to space travel and intergalactic
friendships will be wondrous adventures!

And as harsh as it may seem, detachment may include family and friends.  Not by
withholding your love, certainly, but by accepting that some persons very dear
to you may choose at soul level to depart this lifetime rather than journey with
Earth. They won't know that consciously, but they will make a conscious choice
by refusing to change beliefs that are based on erroneous teachings or to change
negative attitudes and behavior. Be comforted in knowing that those choices are
NOT a mistake! It may seem so in your eyes, but those individuals just are not
ready for the same leap in spiritual growth that you are. They may be what you
call "young souls," souls that have not accumulated the same measure of
spiritual clarity, universal knowledge and innate capabilities that you have.
They will have other opportunities to catch up and never is any soul faulted for
being slower than another. Furthermore, the detachment we speak of is only for
this incarnation, a speck of experiencing by your cumulative selves in multiple
lifetimes in various locations throughout this universe. Love bonds are eternal
and multidimensional, and in the continuum you are living in other relationships
with these same souls, including "future" lifetimes, and your more evolved
selves recognize each other and can remember shared experiences.

We thought our last message covered the ascension topic quite well, but new
questions disclose our gaps. "Will I know to follow the light and ascend…running
up the `ladder' until the last drop of my energy?"  My mother thinks of this
kind of spiritual fervor as "being on the fast track," and we smile in agreement
— it is joyous for us to see more and more of Earth's people awakening and
feeling excited about their new level of understanding. Yet, because it is new,
it also can be a bit daunting, so we say that following the light is as easy as
following your conscience. Unless conscience has atrophied because it has been
ignored time and time and time again, it "speaks" unmistakably loudly when one
veers away from choices in the light — there's that very uncomfortable feeling
that a "guilty conscience" imparts.



Will there be any nudists on the planet after 2012?  This question gives us the
opportunity to explain that what we see in the continuum are the auras of the
souls there, and those are radiating health, joy and love. When you are living
in the Golden Age in your concept of linear time, we will be able to visit you
in our etheric bodies or bodies we manifest with the same substance as yours —
either way, we will see you as plainly as you will see yourselves. A current
lifestyle of nudity will not bar anyone from being there if the aforementioned
requirements for physical ascension are met and the longevity clause in soul
contracts permits.

As for the request to give the best DNA activation method to help prepare you to
ascend with the planet, it is not within our province to make that kind of
recommendation.  However, simply by living in the light, your third density
carbon-based cells are changed into the crystalline cells that enable physical
survival in higher densities, and we say again that the physical ascension
requirements stated above apply to everyone.

Now then, let us return to topics of widespread interest or concern. The
flooding that has caused the displacement of many millions in Pakistan is a
combination of factors. Most of those souls are completing third density karma
by transitioning to spirit life or by experiencing unduly difficult
circumstances during this time, and others also are growing spiritually by
giving hands-on assistance, supplying life's necessities or financial support,
and sending forth prayers. And once again, your weather technology was used to
create chaos, fear and dire hardships on such a massive scale that official
acknowledgement of our space family's presence has had to be relegated to low
priority.

We shall speak more about that, but let us continue with "natural disasters." 
Hurricane Earl was begun by Mother Nature to release more negativity, and she
would have accomplished that by keeping the storm out at sea. However, after
your scientists intensified the hurricane and directed it toward the mainland,
our nearby brothers and sisters used their technology to diminish its force and
veer it northward to lessen its impact. Maybe common sense already has told you
this — how likely is it that a Category 4 hurricane "naturally" would reduce
itself to a Category 2 instead of gathering steam over the ocean and, in its
weakened condition, be able to change its course direction?

A few words about an issue that is closely related: Every bit of energy given to
forecasts of catastrophic damage adds to the possibility that it may occur. 
Energy is neutral and without reasoning capacity — it is your thoughts and
feelings that attach themselves to energy streamers that give them direction and
forcefulness. As the collective consciousness starts churning with fearful
thoughts and feelings about such forecasts, the possibility of occurrence
becomes a probability. Even though our universal family stands at the ready to
intervene in situations where they are authorized to do so — reducing the
harmful effects desired by your weather manipulators always is allowed — please
be ever mindful that the impartial law of attraction is constantly operating and
is powerful.

This applies equally on a personal basis. Some individuals regard guidance to
"live in the `now'" to conflict with instructions for manifesting what they want
in their lives. We say to those who think they cannot handle responsibilities of
the moment and simultaneously create future developments: You have been doing
this lifelong! The law of attraction is set in motion by your "now" thoughts and
feelings. When you have positive, or optimistic, thoughts and acknowledge with
gratitude your "now" blessings, that is what gets attached to energy streamers
that shoot out to the mass consciousness, attract similar energy attachments and
bring back to you more to feel thankful for. In like manner, when thoughts and
feelings are focused on stressful situations and ordeals, you manifest new
hardships and worries to deal with.

The natural laws that govern life throughout this universe are simple,
straightforward and effective.  One of the limitations of third density
mentality is its tendency to see complexities where none exist. As your
consciousness continues to expand, you shall see for yourselves the simplicity
and purity that prevails in higher densities. However, you need not wait until
Earth reaches fourth density, her Golden Age beginning, to experience this — you
know the laws and can apply them to your advantage now!

As for other current happenings in your world, the economy will continue to
seesaw until it is irrefutably evident that the mechanisms keeping it afloat are
riddled with the same corruption that caused the crash termed "recession."
Banking, lending and stock market trading, which are no more than computers
abuzz with numbers in the billions, are undergoing changes that will result in a
new monetary system based on precious metals and managed by honorable,
knowledgeable and trustworthy individuals. When it becomes widely known that all
along the Illuminati have been playing the global economy like a yo-yo, it is
likely that there will be a short period of turmoil while the new system is
being firmly established. So along with supplies that are practical to have on
hand for a power outage, say, it would be advisable to have some cash. But do
this without fear!

The latest efforts to negotiate a peace treaty between Israel and Palestine
ultimately will be successful, but more haranguing, delays and deadly clashes
between individuals will precede the satisfying outcome. Tensions throughout the
Middle East, considered to be a tinder box by many world leaders, will ease as
the light keeps intensifying. For a while longer, though, saber rattling,
political instability, skirmishes between opposing sides and other outbursts of
violence will continue in that region as well as in Afghanistan and countries
where citizens want to be free of oppression by despots. All of those situations
will gradually ease until peace gently blankets the whole of your world.

We do not know how next month's elections in the United States will turn out,
and it is logical to ask why since we could tell you even before the primaries
that Obama would be that country's new president. The difference is, his
presidency is part of the Golden Age master plan — you shall see that his
formidable opposition's delaying tactics and criticism will not deter him from
accomplishing his light-filled mission — and the upcoming election results are
not. The same is true of elections in other countries, and despite the energy
poured into campaigns by candidates and their adamant supporters and wealthy
contributors, partisan politics soon will start fading into history. Far from
their pledge to govern in the best interests of a united citizenry, most
politicians promote contentiousness and separation, and those have no place in
Earth's Golden Age. So please do not be despondent if your "party' or
"candidate" loses. If winners are of the light they will hold their seats and if
they are not, their tenures will be short-lived. In stages during the time
remaining before the onset of that glorious Age at the end of your year 2012,
governments of every nation will become bodies that honorably and abundantly
serve the interests of their people. That transformation is not very far off —
with everything in acceleration mode, linear time is passing faster and faster.

Climate change is of serious concern, so for newcomers to our messages we are
happy to say again that this is Earth's transition to a moderate climate
globally. Record-breaking temperatures, increased solar flares, melting glaciers
and polar regions, low islands slowly being submerged and strange new
juxtapositions of planetary bodies are aspects of Earth's ascension process and
the return to her original health and pristine beauty. In alignment with her
goal, our "space" brothers and sisters are using their technology to alleviate
the toxic effects of the oil and its dispersants in the Gulf of Mexico as well
as the toxins in other waters, chemtrails and weaponry.

Illuminati activists are trying to prevent official recognition of other
civilizations' presence in every way, and from the earthquake in Haiti and last
winter's uncommonly heavy snowfall in Washington DC to flooding in Pakistan and
Hurricane Earl, their use of technology has achieved their dark purpose. 
However, those events also were great opportunities for millions of souls to
advance toward karmic completion as well as releasing massive amounts of
negativity from the planet.  More negativity is yet to be released, and wherever
your technology initiates "natural disasters," our universal family will use
their technology to reduce the destruction and death toll.

The Illuminati do not confine their dark efforts to those events, though, and
our light family's on- and off-planet intelligence units intently monitor
everyone who has the means to set off a "false flag" operation to ignite
widespread violence. By God's honoring Earth's free will decision that killing
and destruction end, not escalate, the crews are authorized to intervene however
necessary to prevent the free will of those who attempt to start another war or
anything else to create chaos. However, the crews cannot interfere with Earth
residents' free will decisions to be suicide-bombers or halt troops from obeying
commanders' orders — those kinds of activities will end naturally as the higher
vibrations touch people's hearts or physical death results from lack of light in
the bodies.

As for the televised announcement to your world, "They are here and they come in
peace," no conclusions had been reached about what the program should include,
and your leaders who were involved in the planning sessions several months ago
have been occupied since then with matters of importance in their respective
countries. Therefore, some individuals who participated in those early meetings
are talking about scrapping the program and in its stead, a few small craft
would land in safe areas around the globe. The landings would be coordinated
with colleagues on the ground so the greeting of "the extraterrestrials" by
persons who are well-known to you can be filmed and simultaneously, or perhaps
later, televised through arrangements with persons who are in positions to
manage that. There would be sufficient evidence that the visitors are indeed
from other civilizations — peaceful civilizations! — so that any outcries of
"Hoax!" or "Invaders!" from the dark ones would have no validity whatsoever
among the populace.

Other introduction possibilities also are being discussed, and at this point,
nothing has been decided.  However, this goes back to linear time passing faster
and faster and the need to accomplish major reforms prior to the closing of the
celestial window through which Earth will leave third density. That time may run
out before she can exit never has been in question — she can and shall exit! The
objective of the planners is to swiftly, yet prudently, bring forth all the
truths that must be known, including the truth about what happened on this date
nine years ago. Toward that goal of enlightening all receptive souls as the
finish line of choosing their destiny draws ever nearer, vast powerful sources
are beaming increased amounts of light to Earth and her peoples.

Go forward joyously and fearlessly, knowing that lighted souls throughout this
universe are with you and God's infinite and eternal love is enfolding you in
Christed light.

                         ______________________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

www.matthewbooks.com



[Note from Suzy: I was asked to tell you that representatives from many of the
assisting civilizations gave us information about their people, homelands and
history. Their messages are in Revelations for a New Era, Illuminations for a
New Era and Voices of the Universe, and the latter two books also have
enlightening messages from God.



It's my own idea to add that today is the 48th anniversary of Matthew's Earth
birthday. Each year on this date and on April 17, the anniversary of his Nirvana
birthday, he and I celebrate by buying a plant or flowers together —this time we
chose sunflowers.]

1. This is Matthew, with loving greetings from all souls at this station.  In a
departure from our customary beginning, addressing issues that are uppermost in
many minds throughout your world, we are turning over the podium, so to say, to
Hatonn to launch this message.

2.  HATONN:  Thank you, Matthew and colleagues, for letting me have the stage. 
When will our ET friends land like they've promised? is a question that wouldn't
even occur to most, but it's a very common one in lightworker circles.  I don't
know exactly when we will land en masse, but I can tell you about our new level
of involvement that is good progress toward that time.

3.  You've been told that we can't interfere with individuals' free will choices
except by God's mandate that Earth's free will supersedes that of anyone who
would deliberately cause vast death and destruction. You also have been told
that with everything in acceleration mode, there's no time to waste getting this
show on the road side by side, and that's why a new wrinkle has been added.

4.  We have been given leave by God to use stronger methods wherever necessary
to dismantle the Illuminati's remaining power bases. This does NOT mean killing
anyone — God never sanctions killing, nor would we ever want to do that!  For
quite some time we have been permitted to override the dark ones' free will by
blocking their powerful weaponry when they attempt more events like "9/11," and
we have done that on numerous occasions. Now we also can foil their efforts to
create major disruptions by blocking their communication systems and
transportation modes and by diverting their intelligence couriers.

5.  We also have God's permission to temporarily relocate a few key individuals
to areas where they can do no mischief whatsoever.  This is done somewhat like
the cloaking of our ships in an invisible force field, which makes the
disappearance baffling to those individuals' co-workers too. So, even though you
won't see evidence of our new allowances, you know that now we're taking even
longer strides to help you rid your world of dark deeds.

6.  Also I want to debunk the warning that aliens posing as friends really are
base entities who want to take over your world.  Hogwash!  The light grid around
the planet prevents any civilization with dark intentions from being anywhere
near Earth.  And if the bad guys try to put their own "secret" craft in the
skies and bring out some of the Greys living underground and claim it's an
invasion, we can stop that charade before it gets going.

7.  Matthew, that's it on the ET front.  May I speak about another matter?

8.  MATTHEW:  In speaking for all of us, I say, please do continue, Hatonn.

9.  HATONN: Thank you. Actually, it's a matter from three different
perspectives. All souls at Matthew's station are highly spiritually evolved, and
as their spokesperson, he relays their unified feelings about souls on Earth.
They love all equally and send healing light to all. They are able to honor all
people as parts of God and separate that from their ungodly thoughts and
actions.

10.  We are physical civilizations.  We don't have the capacity for that extent
of unity and unconditional love.  As part of our own evolutionary progress, we
are in service to God by helping lower density worlds evolve when they ask for
assistance.  Some among you don't want anything changed, but Earth does — that's
why we have been helping you technologically and many of us are living on the
planet to help in other ways.  We're spiritually and intellectually advanced
too, so we know your thoughts, we know what you're feeling and see what you're
doing. But unlike the souls at Matthew's station, we do get anxious, angry,
discouraged, impatient and frustrated by some of what's going on. We have
differing opinions and ideas just like you do, but we resolve the differences on
the basis of what best serves all of us as a universal family.

11.  Then there's your civilization.  By your admission — and certainly it's
obvious! — your world is in a mess, but instead of doing something to fix it,
too many are just watching TV or are gung-ho about sports, "Yay for my team!"
There's complaining and bickering about problems instead of solving them and
criticism about those who are trying to. I'm going to speak about the one whose
circumstances most concern us and why.

12.  Generally speaking, people know US president Barack Obama only by what he
says and what your media report. Most don't have clue about what goes on "behind
closed doors." You see stubborn partisan politics. We see Obama's powerful
enemies within and far beyond the government who are determined to smash to
smithereens his attempts at reform. You see him looking worried and know some
call him weak and say he's leading his country in the wrong direction. We feel
his pain as his efforts to improve the lives of all who are downtrodden are
scuttled by a few self-servers. You see him trying to end foreign conflicts and
think he should stay home and fix what's wrong in his own country.  We feel his
discouragement and exhaustion as the dark ones keep stirring up trouble to dash
his efforts everywhere.

13.  The folks you call "pundits" speculate whether voters will give Obama a
second term in office. We sing his praises for staying the course day after day!
He has to deal with some of the very ones who threaten his life and his
family's, yet his intention to keep working for a peaceful world without poverty
anywhere remains firm. You know that he and his family are protected by the
Christed light grid around them, but Obama doesn't know that. You know that he
is a major part of the Golden Age master plan, but he doesn't know that either.
He acts on his convictions, principles, aspirations and innate experience as an
honored leader in a highly evolved civilization who agreed to serve Earth in the
most demanding position on the planet. If everyone could know this soul as we
do, all the doubts and carping about him would come to a screeching halt and you
would thank God for this man's courage, wisdom, spiritual and moral integrity
and his willingness to persevere!

14.  You know that your thoughts create what happens in your life, in your
world, and everything you do affects everything else in this universe.  So if
any of you are among the carpers and doubters, stop that and start helping Obama
to succeed!  He's working for you — do the same for him, yourselves, your world
and our universe!  You don't have to become political activists.  Just keep your
hearts and minds in the right place and help others do it too. We're in the
trenches with you and we need your help—we have more than enough hindrance from
the dark ones on Earth!

15.  I know I've sounded harsh, but sometimes people don't respond until it's
"tough love" time, and it is with love for you that I've spoken.  And not just
for myself and my people. I'm representing countless others who feel the same
but don't have a forum like this to express it.

16.  Now I'm finished, Matthew.  Thank you for letting me speak my piece.

17.  MATTHEW:  We thank you, Hatonn.  You addressed topics that are among the
most numerous in emails sent to my mother, and it is very likely that your words
will have greater impact than ours would have had.

18.  You are right, of course, that we in spirit worlds speak from a
considerably different perspective from yours, and yours is every bit as valid
as ours.  We may speak in gentler tones about what we observe from this vantage
point, yet we have utmost respect for your position and are immensely grateful
for your service "in the trenches" on behalf of our beloved Earth family.

19.  And I say, too, you are a hard act to follow!  Nevertheless, we shall move
on to other topics in which readers also have expressed interest.

20.  The teeter-tottering of the international economy cannot be sustained much
longer, nor can the history of its control by the Illuminati's illegal
manipulations remain hidden much longer.  They are using obscure legal processes
to hold onto their ill-gotten fortunes, thus we cannot tell you when the
economic collapse will come.  However, the time cannot be far off because many
nations are bankrupt or on the verge, and their leaders and economists know that
there is no financial backing for the daily computer transactions in the
trillions of dollars and other currencies.  When the collapse does come, welcome
it in the knowledge that those who will direct the new system are at the ready
and during the transition will keep financial disruptions to a minimum. You can
lessen the anxiety of those around you by remaining positive, and you can do
that confidently, knowing that Earth's Golden Age is right around the corner, so
to say.

21. The facts about "9/11" will be emerging fairly soon as well. When foreign
leaders publicly state their opinion that the US government was either involved
or knew beforehand and did nothing to prevent the horrific events of that day
and some mainstream newspapers report that — and state that many US citizens
also doubt the official story — you know that the irrefutable evidence of the
truth cannot be suppressed much longer.

22.  Questions about ascension and the Golden Age are too plentiful to include
in this message, so we shall address some now and others in the next message.

23.  One facilitates light absorption simply by living in godly ways, and no,
there are no signs that exclusively indicate cellular changes from carbon to
crystalline. Uncomfortable conditions that may be caused by that transformation
process also are symptoms of physical diseases, and that is why we have urged
you to consult a trusted health care specialist if symptoms are severe or
prolonged.  However, as time passes there is a recognizable difference between
illness and light absorption — as more and more light enters the cells, there
comes a pervasive sense of well being, an underlying peacefulness and
lightheartedness that persist even in the midst of challenging circumstances.

24.  Will the International Day of Peace significantly help Earth in her
ascension?  Everything that is focused on peace, whether an international
observance like International Day of Peace or the thoughts and feelings of a
single person, adds light to Earth that assists in her ascension and hastens the
day when your world will indeed be peaceful.  The same is true about love and
observances such as Global Love Day and international meditation groups whose
focus is love — the words love and peace emit high vibrations in speech,
writing, thought and especially feelings.  And we add that the power of many
focusing with the same intent increases the effects exponentially.

25.  I fear that alcoholism will doom me to some astral hell.  Dear soul, be
assured that it won't, but it can make life here on Earth a hell for you.  There
are so many addicts and alcoholics...what are we to do if we can't overcome our
addictions?  Soul contracts that include experiencing one kind of addiction or
another usually also include the intention to overcome it through spiritual
strength; not accomplishing that chosen goal means another lifetime opportunity
to do so. Many addicts do keep repeating previous life circumstances and
experiences because drugs form a barrier between the soul and the consciousness
that prevents communication between those two aspects of self.

26.  Mother, please copy the part of the book that contains suggestions that can
assist in overcoming addictions.

                                    ****************

The key is wholehearted desire to overcome the addiction.  This begins with
one's self-honesty, admitting "I am addicted" to self, which is very difficult
because the intended effect of drugs is denial that they are a problem even as
the user's life is centered around the next "fix."  If people truly understood
prayer and the power of prayer, they could use this to overcome their drug
dependency.  No power on Earth is greater than the light, and the light energy
in prayer is inestimable!  Prayer is not kneeling in public humility or even in
private — it is one's innate connection with God in thoughts and feelings,
anywhere, anytime.  In a calm, quiet way, ask for help: "Help me overcome my
need for drugs" or "Give me the strength to stop drinking" or any other few
words that are comfortable. The longings of the heart speak equally clearly to
God.

Of course, the dark forces don't intend that anyone dependent upon drugs desire
any help to forego its use.  The weakened will and reasoning of the person due
to decreased light within cannot permit recognition of his problem.  This is an
intended inherent effect of drugs!  Consequently, the spiritual supportiveness
of family and friends is essential, and the same from a rehabilitation clinic
with proven success may be necessary.  Visualizing the user in radiant health
surrounded by light can be effective for both self-help and all in the
supportive group.  Visualizing light around and permeating oneself and others —
and Earth as well! — is wondrously uplifting and healing.

Various methods of "alternative" health care can effectively reduce or eliminate
dependence upon [addictive substances] and the holistic therapies that include
one's approach to life offer great benefits.  Changing a negative outlook to
positive is especially beneficial in helping one achieve balance in mind, body
and spirit — balance is optimum health!

Preoccupation with gambling, sexual activity, unnatural eating habits or any
other obsession also is addiction.  Individuals indulging in those activities
can become seriously unbalanced — once again, the importance of balance cannot
be overstated! — and my suggestions for overcoming drug [and alcohol] addiction
apply equally to those kinds of behavior. [Amended excerpts from Revelations for
a New Era]

                                    ******************

Thank you, Mother.

27.  We are not familiar with the methods of "karmic clearings" or "rejuvenation
commands" as preparation for physical ascension that some of you wrote about. 
However, we can tell you that karma is not cleared by external means, it is
experienced . Karma is unique to each individual, and it is important that you
understand that karma is neither a judgment nor a punishment — it is the
opportunity to achieve balance.  Balance comes by following the soul's messages
to the consciousness, messages that keep the person aligned with soul contract
provisions specifically chosen for that purpose. And heeding the spiritual
guidance in these messages and other channeled information you trust will help
you prepare for ascension — offering that helpful guidance is these
communications' primary mission!

28.  As for the claim stated in those questioning emails, that bodies will
perish at the end of 2012 if no clearings or rejuvenation commands are
completed, we say that perhaps with the exception of a scheduled execution,
nothing external can guarantee the time of physical demise. That is solely the
province of the soul itself in accordance with its longevity choice prior to
birth or by its request for an amended contract during the physical lifetime.
While it is true that bodies that have not absorbed light cannot survive in
higher frequencies, the degrees of light differ and bodies with the least amount
will not last as long as those that have somewhat more. Furthermore, prior to
the end of 2012, many millions of bodies, among them many that are light-filled,
will die in accordance with soul contract choices.

29. How can we help our children clear their karma? Children who have not been
programmed by "authority figures" act upon instinct and intuition, which is in
consonance with their soul contracts, and the "clearing of karma" naturally
follows.  It is adults who devise unnecessary complexities for themselves by
overly analyzing and calculating the very things that children innately know are
simple.

30.  No, physical ascension with Earth does not require one to become a
vegetarian or vegan.  Each person's body is as different as each soul, and some
bodies thrive without meat in the diet while others do not.  Anything that
prevents bodies from being in balance is also a deterrent to well being in mind
and spirit, and achieving balance is the goal of all souls.

31.  As you continue your journey with Earth into higher vibrations, your bodies
will become progressively lighter and you will find fruits, vegetables and
grains ever more satisfying because those foods are light-filled, and meat and
seafood will become less and less appealing.  Due to the horrendous maltreatment
of food animals, their bodies hold the energy of pain and fear, and that energy
is passed on to meat-eaters.  Much seafood is contaminated by various pollutants
or its genetic modification reduces nourishment value.  Pay attention to your
bodies — they will tell you what foods they need for maximum well being.

32. We honor those who follow vegan diets to expose and protest the inhumane
treatment of animals whose soul level agreements are to provide their bodies for
human consumption — they did not agree to suffer in the unconscionable ways they
are forced to live and die!  And we ask that you make every effort to have food
animals treated humanely and all animals respected and appreciated for their
contributions to your lives.  Humans' cruel treatment and wanton killing of
animals over the centuries contributed in large part to the negativity that
caused Earth to drop into deep third density, and her method of releasing
negativity is what you call "natural disasters."  Logically, ending the causes
of negativity eliminates the need for the means by which it is released, but
beyond that, animals are souls and need to be respected as such!

33. Animals' spiritual awareness, sensitivity to energy fluctuations, and extent
of emotions and intelligence have long been underestimated or completely
disregarded by unfeeling humans, the most brutal killers on Earth. Among some
animal species, usually those most commonly considered pets, are highly evolved
souls who have chosen to experience in animal bodies, thus they have far more
wisdom and spiritual clarity than many within your human population. These
animals have come specifically to enhance your relationship with all animal life
because this is vital to your individual journeys into the higher vibrations
where cruelty in any form cannot exist. Without the awakening that has come to
those who are dedicated to improving the lives of animals, Earth could not have
made the progress she has in ascending out of third density.  [Excerpt from
April 5, 2005 message]

34.  While "eating organically" can assist in health improvement, it is not a
necessity for physical ascension.  And if the higher cost of organic produce
precludes your buying it, please do not feel any anxiety — that negative feeling
is far more harmful than eating non-organically grown foods.   Simply eat
sensibly and use the power of thought, that what you are eating serves your
highest good, and feel gratitude for the food.  It won't be too long before all
foods will be pure, free of harmful chemicals and genetic alterations.

35.  Since a lot of information currently being taught is erroneous, especially
in the sciences and history, how can teachers help students prepare for the
Golden Age; and once in that period, what materials with accurate information
will be available?  At this point, we can offer only the suggestion to initiate
class discussion by asking if anyone has a different perspective of the
information presented, which could encourage deeper thinking and reasoning in
appropriate subject areas.  We are aware that this is a sensitive issue as some
school systems and families are strongly opposed to teachers departing from
approved material, but possibly giving students an opportunity to express their
ideas and making only noncommittal comments about those ideas could prevent
backlash.

36.  Education will be changing dramatically at every level, and in fact, this
has begun with the recognition that fetuses benefit from hearing classical music
and toddlers have the ability to learn with amazing speed.  A selection of
current books will be preserved as part of Earth's recorded history and the rest
will be recycled.  New texts and televised and computerized programs with
accurate information, historically and universally speaking, will be developed
in a comparatively short time for every educational level from infancy through
what you could call "post-post-doctoral" studies, and they will include subjects
that many now dismiss as "loony" New Age thinking.  Music, writing, painting,
sculpture — all types of arts and crafts — will be given much more emphasis
because all forms of artistic expression come from the soul. Current
concentration on sports and the intensely competitive approach to team sports,
and certainly the disproportionate time and monies allotted, will change to a
spirit of enjoying the games and camaraderie while assisting each other to
develop proficiency.

37.  The greatest change, however, will be the expanded brain usage and
increased capacity for reasoning that will lead to much greater interest in
acquiring knowledge.  This glorious aspect of life in Earth's Golden Age applies
to everyone living in that era's high vibrations.

38.  To all who are fearful that there isn't time for Earth to be rid of all
darkness so she can meet the celestial timeframe for leaving third density, we
assure you, she will make it — in the continuum, she already HAS made it!

39.  We wish you could know how eagerly we await the joy of seeing you
consciously living in that world where peace and love reign.  We cherish each
and every one of you and, along with all other lighted souls in this universe,
we are cheering you ever onward.

                          ______________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

November 6, 2010

This is Matthew, with loving greetings from all souls at this station.  We begin
by answering questions that may not seem to be directly related to your
ascension and Earth's; however, everything happening in your world is
inextricably connected during this universally unique time. And, as promised in
our last message, we also shall respond to "leftover" questions about ascension.

Now then, in recent months several national elections have taken place, and
while those within each country may appear to have greatest relevance to its
citizens, the larger picture is that the outcome extends far beyond that
country's borders. In a third density world, governing bodies are a hot bed of
duality that energetically affects everyone everywhere.

An essential aspect of any civilization's progress out of third density is
experiencing duality; realizing that its divisiveness prevents living
peacefully; and ultimately reconciling differences harmoniously within
communities, countries and internationally. By so doing, the peoples advance in
soul growth sufficiently to enter fourth density. The intensifying light has
been bringing about this realization—conscious-raising and spiritual renewal—and
it will continue to do so until the last vestiges of duality end in global
reconciliation.

Speaking further about elections, it is natural that proponents of the winning
candidates are elated and all who favored their opponents are dismayed—a prime
example of how duality divides people in mind and heart. Because there is no
consensus among political parties as to what will most benefit the citizenry—or
themselves—rancorous arguing precludes cooperative action and prevents sound
resolution to your world's serious problems.

That divisiveness must evolve into reconciliation, and as the light increases in
intensity on the planet, it shall. Officeholders worldwide, from village level
to national, will continue to influence the course of their respective domains
only if they serve wisely with spiritual and moral integrity. Those who are
motivated by ego, power or greed—and often knowingly are abetting the
Illuminati—will not last long because they are bereft of light.

That separation of the wheat from the chaff will come about during Earth's
steady progress out of third density. Leaders who remain in position and their
adherents will want to and shall bring about changes to benefit all peoples
throughout your world. All wars and conflicts and cruelty will cease, unjust
laws will be struck down as will all unfair policies and other negative
activities, and freedom will come to those who are in bondage.

Let us give you another prime example of duality, the controversial issue you
call global warming. Those who believe this is a natural occurrence cite Earth's
ice ages as proof that humankind has no hand in today's record temperatures, the
melting of glaciers and the harsh climate anomalies. They believe that there is
no need to change manufacturing operations or turn to alternative energy sources
because doing so would be cost-prohibitive. Then there are those who believe
that science proves climate change is manmade. They point to industrial
pollution and the use of biofuels as the cause, and they maintain that unless
action is taken to end those practices, the cost will be total destruction of
the environment.  With the two sides at loggerheads, no large scale efforts are
underway to change business as usual.

The truth is, both sides have validity even though neither knows that Earth
herself is in the process of restoring the moderate climate of Eden times, when
her body was pristine and healthy. And pollution, a product of humanity, must
stop because it is harming the planet and all of its life forms. Eventually the
two sides of the global warming issue will realize that protecting and repairing
the environment is essential, and formerly extreme views will be reconciled into
effective methods to remedy the present critical state.

Earth's swift pace toward the window of entry into fourth density means that the
end of duality will be coming quite rapidly. The fierce tenacity of the dark
ones has kept under wraps the truths that must become known, and the lack of
public awareness about these truths has prevented major changes of reform
nature. Therefore, instead of happening in spaced increments that could be more
easily experienced by all the peoples, profound truths and resultant changes
will be coming forth like pieces in a kaleidoscope that tumble all over each
other to form a new design.

You knew this was one of the potential scenarios when you eagerly asked to play
a part in this unprecedented time on the planet. You knew that your cumulative
lifetimes well prepared you to fearlessly weather the turbulence. The universal
high council that designed the Golden Age master plan knew that too—that is why
you were chosen and many others with lesser experience who also wanted to
participate were not selected. The energy of your calm steadfastness in the
light will touch those around you and the ripple effect will circle the globe,
so welcome the challenges ahead as the darkness is totally uprooted and Earth
continues spot on target to take you into fourth density.

The decloaking of a spacecraft in the skies above New York City a few weeks ago
is but one of numerous similar events that have been occurring in different
areas at various times around your world. While a mother ship or a vast fleet of
ships could have appeared during a more recent event in Washington, DC, doing so
would not have been prudent. Rather than offering proof that civilizations are
nearby to assist you, such a display would have played into the hands of the
dark ones, whose entertainment venues have indoctrinated the public to react
with fear to any alien presence.  Although a growing number of the populace
believe that other intelligent beings are "out there," comparatively few know
that only those who are spiritually evolved are close by because the light is
far too intense now for any darkly-inclined civilization to approach your part
of the galaxy.

However, sightings will keep increasing in frequency and in more locations until
our universal family is officially recognized. Because that recognition will
bring to an end all Illuminati activities—yes, including chemtrails, genetically
modified foods, proposed actions that are against your well being, and even
nuisance insect infestations—they will continue to do everything possible to
prevent such an announcement. So it is reasonable to anticipate more silly
explanations about sightings; stepped-up "entertainment" about sinister
civilizations; and possibly as last resort, an attempt to fabricate an invading
force by one means or another. Be assured that if such an attempt is undertaken,
it would be quashed before it could achieve its goal of creating mass fear and a
reason to impose military control.

Even if our space family did use their technologies to prevent manmade storms
and earthquakes, Mother Nature would generate these events as long as they are
needed to release negativity. Please remember that those advanced technologies
permit the fullness of negativity release even as they reduce the dark ones'
intended high death toll and massive destruction.

The significance of rescuing Chile's trapped miners extends beyond the courage,
endurance, perseverance and cooperation that gave rise to deep emotional
investment throughout your world during that suspenseful time prior to the
triumphant outcome and the exultation that followed. By raising the bar for
Earth humankind in those respects, the rescue stunningly shows the effects of
the higher vibrations Earth has reached in her ascension pathway. The collective
efforts and emotional reactions from the moment of the mine's collapse until the
last man reached the surface could not have occurred a few years ago, before the
feminine, or goddess, energies started coming in to balance the masculine
energies that for long ages dominated life on your planet.

We shall say more about those energies, but let us digress a moment to speak
about balance, which is essential to soul evolvement.  You need to understand
that balance is not a permanent condition once attained—the universe is in
constant balancing motion and so is every soul. Let us say that you are enjoying
an interesting book during a rare time of solitude and leisure, and a solicitor
calls. You feel annoyed about this interruption and for the next few minutes you
juggle thoughts and feelings about that intrusion along with trying to resume
your concentration on the book and happy feelings about your leisure time.

Of course that is a miniscule balancing act, but it serves to show that even
without your being consciously aware, always you are in one or another kind of
emotional balancing motion. The more serious your encounters with unpleasant
situations or relationships, the more difficult it is to bring your system out
of turmoil and back into the balance that is the foundation of your well being
in body, mind and heart.

And now, back to the energies that need to be balanced for that reason as well
as for soul evolvement. The dark ones who instigated and perpetuated widespread
suffering throughout millennia are totally masculine in energy make-up—strong,
unyielding, ruthless, conflictive, combative, determined to succeed, control
others and dominate all situations. Feminine energy is equally powerful in other
ways—nurturing, compassionate, gentle, sensitive, cooperative, communicative,
artistic in what you call "the fine arts," and at one with Nature.

These two categories of universal energy have nothing whatsoever to do with
gender or sexual orientation—masculine energy may be dominant in a woman and
feminine energy in a man. Achieving androgyny, the perfect balance of the two
energies, is the goal of every soul throughout its journey back to Source, and
pre-birth selections for each physical lifetime are made with that goal in mind.

It is easier to make those selections during a lifetime in spirit than it is to
activate them once incarnate in a third density world with all the external
influences that can muffle or completely drown out messages from your soul to
your consciousness, messages intended to guide your free will decisions in line
with your soul contract. That is why often physical lifetime choices differ
greatly from the contract. Once back in a spirit world, the soul reviews its
past life, realizes that once again it veered from its contract and chooses the
same learning experiences during the next embodiment. That can go on for
hundreds or more physical lifetimes in a third density world before balance is
achieved and the soul can move on to fourth density.

Another way to think of this repetitive process in soul evolution is karma,
which often is misperceived. Karma is not a reward or a punishment, it is not
something decided by a "divine judge" or your peers in a spirit world or any
other external source. Nor is it either positive or negative; like energy, karma
is neutral—both get their direction from thoughts, feelings and actions, and
those collectively determine subsequent experiences. What karma is then, is
boundless opportunities to experience both sides of the coin, so to speak, and
to strengthen areas that are weak in positive aspects regarding behavior
choices. In all cases, the ultimate objective is to obtain the balanced
experiencing that will complete all the learning offered in a third density
world.

For the ages that Earth has been in that density, it has been an ideal place for
providing the elements and circumstances of duality that souls need to
experience and master so they can evolve. However, by no means is Earth the only
third density world in form and whose human residents are mainly at third
density spiritual and intellectual attainment level. Many, many other worlds
meet those criteria, and some of you have returned from them specifically
because this unique time in the universe offers exceptional grace to all of
Earth's residents.

Individuals are being helped to swiftly complete their karmic choices via the
light that is pouring in from myriad sources to assist in consciousness-raising
and spiritual clarity. All who absorb the light will advance in those ways, and
depending upon their soul contract longevity choice, will either accompany the
planet into the Golden Age or continue soul evolvement in Nirvana or another
spirit world. Those who do not absorb the light will have other chances to do so
in the cycle of lifetimes in a spirit world, then in a physical world, and all
of those worlds will be appropriate for the peoples' personal needs for
spiritual growth.

Do families stay together during and after ascension?  Because of the variables
involved, the answer can only be "maybe." Considerations include the longevity
clause in each family member's contract; soul level choices to exit rather than
accept the truth about religious dogmas; a person from an advanced civilization
who has completed a specific mission and returns to his or her homeland; and the
strength of love bonds, not only legal or blood relationships.

After Earth reaches fourth density, will Nirvana remain in fourth or will it
rise into fifth, etc. and always be one density higher than Earth?  This begs a
concise explanation, "connecting the dots" you could say, about the two types of
density, and our response will answer many of the issues you have asked to be
addressed in these messages.

Density indicates the level of a soul's spiritual attainment status and also the
energy level, or vibratory rate, of everything that has form, body, substance.
For your understanding, we speak of the varying levels numerically, with higher
numbers denoting advancement.  Bodies are only the containment forms, if you
will, that the souls manifest to best suit their purposes for the chosen
incarnation experiences.  Both uses of the word density are applicable to all
souls and their forms, and the numbers may differ depending upon the degree of
light within the souls and the density of their bodies.

For instance, at some point in deep antiquity the soul you call Earth chose to
reside in a planetary body, and she and God co-created that in fifth density.
Her soul remained there throughout the countless ages that her body spiraled
down in density due to the negativity produced by the actions of her successive
civilizations. Although most of the peoples living during the millennia Earth
was mired in deep third density were also third density beings spiritually and
intellectually, some among them were at lower densities and a handful at higher.

During the past half century and more, the planet has been rising out of deep
third density by releasing negativity and absorbing light, and during this
process, its vibratory has become higher. As the planet has been ascending, it
is absorbing the light that will enable it to survive in those higher
frequencies.

Earth's current population ranges from seventh density in soul evolvement to
second and first, those among you whose dark deeds have caused them to devolve. 
And although all bodies appear to be identical in form density, bodies of
individuals who are higher than third density spiritually contain more light and
the bodies of those lower than third density spiritually contain less. However,
auras distinctly show the abundance or lack of light in people, and those who
can see auras can clearly discern who is who in that respect.

Now then, Nirvana.  Although you consider your spirit realm to be a discarnate
world with discarnate residents—a nonphysical place where souls live without
bodies—Nirvana does have form and all of its residents do have bodies.
Everything throughout this universe is energy fluctuating at one frequency, or
vibratory rate, or another, and forms in lower densities appear more solid than
those in the higher densities. That is why Nirvana residents can see your third
density bodies but you cannot see their fourth density bodies.

And, the spiritual attainment level of Nirvana's population is in accordance
with the levels of Earth's residents. As the spirit world serving Earth, it is
her residents' first stop after physical death regardless of their "good,"
"mediocre," or "bad" lives. The energy of each person's thoughts, motives, and
deeds is registered in the Akashic records instant by instant throughout the
lifetime, and the composite energy automatically draws each person to the part
of Nirvana that corresponds with their lifetime energy registration.

Nirvana is a meandering, flexible, multilayered placement that can accommodate
all of Earth's residents from second to seventh density soul evolvement status.
The souls in first density go to the only part of Nirvana that is separate, a
tiny orb whose form is as dense as its inhabitants are spiritually—their aligned
energies are the densest in your solar system's area in the galaxy. Light is
constantly beamed to those souls, and if they accept it, they move from that
tiny orb to Nirvana's lowest layer. Light also is continuously beamed to souls
in the lower layers—levels of varying energy registration—and when they accept
the light, they move into the next higher layer where they are offered advanced
learning appropriate for their needs.

Most of Nirvana's typical residents are third density spiritually. After
preparing to overcome self-acknowledged shortcomings in the past physical
lifetime, they make soul contract selections to put their remedial learning into
practice in another lifetime on Earth or a different third density world. The
spiritually advanced either quickly move on to their next destination choice or
they stay remarkably long to serve in the council or as master teachers or
healers.

Light permeates the higher layers of Nirvana, and because of their exceptional
beauty and diversity, they are vacation spots for people from fourth and higher
densities spiritually and in form. Those layers also serve as a refuge for
people from distant civilizations who have had a series of very difficult
experiences and know Nirvana's reputation for custom-healing of traumatized
psyches.

Now then, to end our message we return to third density worlds to mention
another evolutionary service they offer: All have subsistence worlds within them
where first and second density souls start their way back up the ladder. For
instance, Earth has slugs, roaches, flies, worms, minute marine life and other
forms with consciousness at survival instinct level. This is not punishment for
the souls' human lifetimes of evil-doing—it is divine grace that eliminates all
cellular memories so that subsequent incarnations start with a clean slate and a
place in the balance of Nature. Whatever its station, every soul is a part of
the pure love-light essence of Creator Source and is provided with exactly what
it needs in every stage of soul evolution.

All lighted souls have been with you throughout your life's journey and so it
shall be forevermore.

                              _________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

1. This is Matthew, with loving greetings from all souls at this station. This
season when various faiths traditionally celebrate their holy days and enjoy
festivities with family and friends is an especially emotional time. This year
it is even more so. The vibrations Earth has reached in her ascension have
intensified all feelings, and the two extremes of joy and sadness, in accordance
with personal circumstances, are stronger than ever before.

2. We wish that every soul had reason to feel only joy, and within a
comparatively short time, all who are light-filled shall. Your world's abundance
of resources will be fairly allocated; souls on Earth can visit their loved ones
in Nirvana and vice versa; and happiness, health and fulfilling lives will be
the lot of all who continue their physical journey with Earth.

3. But in this moment, many, many souls are suffering. Please reach out with
caring to those who are sick or are grieving the loss of beloved persons, with
compassion and aid to those who are homeless or hungry, with prayers for all who
are in misery in distant lands. To those who are fearful about the state of the
world, offer assurance that in the not too distant future, all peoples will live
in peace and in harmony with Nature.

4. This season also is a time of giving thanks for the blessings in your lives.
Many of you will be hearing or singing Christmas carols that refer to angels,
and while that music is indeed stirring, it places angels at a specific time of
the year and in a long-ago setting, far removed from your daily life. Nothing
could be further from the truth! Foremost in your thankfulness should be the
angels, whom you can rightfully think of as God's arms forever gently enfolding
you.

5. These collective energies of light have the mission of safeguarding,
assisting and comforting you, and they are ever vigilant so they can instantly
respond to your needs. A guardian angel, or gatekeeper, is assigned as your
primary constant unseen and silent protector, helper and guide; but most angels
are free agents, always available as reinforcements for the guardian angel
whenever the need arises. You can call upon the angels for assistance at any
time, but even if you don't believe in them or don't think to ask them for help,
the energy of your anticipated need reaches God; and in the divine communication
system, His emissaries immediately know how to respond.

6. Many people in life-threatening situations have been saved by angels'
intervention, but if the consequences of dire circumstances are within the
souls' pre-birth chosen experiencing, the angels cannot interfere. They are,
however, permitted to relieve extreme mental or emotional anguish. Without that
angelic buffer between clear thought and desperation, wise behavior and
irrational action, or miscalculation and its results, many physical lifetimes
would be much shorter than soul contract choices.

7. Contrary to common opinion and depiction in art, angels do not have wings.
They have the ability to manifest them if they wish and sometimes they do.
However, in life-threatening situations the energy is so intense that some
individuals can see the angels' etheric bodies; if they believe that angels have
wings, they perceive wings even though none exist—that is how strongly your
beliefs create your reality.

8. At times angels may appear to be as solid as your bodies seem. They can work
through entities in a human form but with suprahuman capabilities, and souls in
the lower angelic realms can spend a lifetime in Earth's density. They manifest
a human form and, with great diligence and tenderness, serve wherever they see
the need—if you think of someone as being an angel, you may be absolutely right.

9. Another extraordinary angelic service is making the music that is referred to
as "the sounds of the spheres" or "choirs of angels." The vibrations of their
majestic tones reach you at soul level and uplift weary spirits and help heal
broken hearts.

10. Although angels are not your only unseen helpers—spirit guides and other
souls in spirit or physical realms also are God's emissaries at your beck and
call—they are exalted by all the others, and rightly so. As co-creations of the
archangels and Creator, they are the only souls who never separated spiritually
from the Oneness. They are of a purity that is rare outside their own realms and
their love for humankind is unconditional. So when this season of holy days and
festivities ends and the new year begins, be aware of and grateful for the
constant presence of angels in your life.

11. Now we move on to address inquiries related to the Golden Age.

12. Will all the beneficial changes in our lives be accomplished by the time
Earth reaches fourth density or will there be more changes in the Golden Age?
All the changes until Earth enters fourth density will indeed be beneficial, but
soul evolvement, and thus your multiple lifetimes, will continue "throughout
eternity," it is safe to say. The soul's journey of self-discovery will continue
unfolding throughout the Golden Age and far, far beyond, until each returns to
Creator Source.  We can promise you, the wondrous adventure gets more and more
exciting!

13. Why is everything that you say is essential for Earth's ascension into the
Golden Age, a scant two years from now, moving so slowly? What will happen if
everything isn't completed by the end of 2012? Ascension is an evolutionary
process, not a revolution, and the transitional stages require meticulous
preparation so that all reforms are handled within legal systems that are just,
and nothing is minimized or overlooked. Be assured that everything that is
essential will be completed!

14. As we have mentioned in prior messages, the tenacity of the Illuminati has
kept hidden the truths that must become publicly known so that major changes
going on "back stage" can be brought out into the open. Therefore, instead of
the original master plan, which was to introduce the truths and reforms
incrementally so that peoples could adjust to each before encountering the next,
the pace must be swift. Because third density mentality cannot easily assimilate
new beliefs or willingly accept great differences, the months ahead will be
tumultuous as even many "good" but unenlightened people will resist the coming
changes.

15. That is why we have urged you who know what is happening and why to tell all
who are receptive—your steadfastness in the light will touch them and can ease
their fears. If persons especially dear to you cannot accept the truths, honor
their free will choice without sadness or regret. Not only will they have other
opportunities to overcome third density's limitations and move forward in soul
evolvement, but your love bonds are eternal and will reunite you at soul level
in all compatible energy planes.

16. What will happen with present day empiric science?  Just as it has for
centuries, science will continue to evolve. The great difference will be that
without hesitation or resistance, your scientists will embrace the reality of
the universe and the laws that govern life within it.

17. A reader questioned the discovery of huge "bubbles of energy" in the center
of the Milky Way galaxy. Your telescopes and scientists don't have the
capability to correctly identify most of the marvels that exist in the universe,
where everything is energy fluctuating at one frequency or another. Indeed
celestial matter may appear in a bubble form, but energy doesn't simply float
around like soap bubbles.

18. What is the difference between marriage in third dimension and soul mates in
higher dimensions? A great deal! Marriages on Earth do not always come from
love, but rather for pragmatic reasons such as parental arrangements for their
children, unplanned pregnancies, solidifying fortunes, keeping families "royal,"
young people escaping from unhappy family life, and pure lust. None of those
kinds of conditions exist in more highly evolved civilizations, where only deep
friendship, compatibility, mutual respect and love lead to a long term
commitment, which is honored by all who know the couple. Legalities play no part
at all in those unions.

19. Can pets accompany their families who qualify light-wise to live in the
Golden Age?  The answer is a qualified "yes."  First we say that light is not
the only qualification to go along with Earth into her Golden Age—many
light-filled individuals chose in their soul contracts to end physical lifetimes
prior to the end of 2012. That same provision applies to the higher orders of
animals. The innocence of animals—including those you consider predators, who
kill only for food and will become the vegetarians they once were—automatically
gives them passage if their soul contracts call for that length of time in a
body. So family members and their beloved pets who chose lifetimes that extend
into the Golden Age will enter that glorious era together.

20. Some have expressed concern that feeling heaviness of heart about world
affairs will dim their light to the extent that they won't be able to live in
fourth density vibrations. It is natural to feel compassion for all who are
suffering—people, animals, Mother Earth herself—and while that emotion can make
a heart feel heavy, within compassion there is light. Self-pity is quite another
thing, however, so do not fall into that dark trap. To lighten heavy hearts,
send forth healing light to all the world; remember that millions who are
suffering are completing chosen karmic experiencing; feel grateful, not guilty,
for all the blessings in your lives; and visualize Earth's Golden Age where only
peace, love, cooperation and joy exist—that world is coming closer and closer!

21. How will unemployment and underemployment be managed in fourth density? 
Neither is part of fourth density life. You are accustomed to thinking of
employment as a job with salary or wages whereas that word means the use of
time, tools or services advantageously, and that is what you will be doing in
fourth density.

22. Many types of work that are common in third density do not exist in fourth.
There are no industries associated with war, for example, and none in chemical
production, oil or natural gas extraction, logging, or mills or mining as you
know them. Multinational corporations don't exist in those higher vibrations and
neither do diseases, so there is no need for medical surgeries, psychiatric
counseling, pharmaceuticals or funeral establishments. There are no tedious,
monotonous jobs or paper shuffling; no 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. or weekend
workdays or swing-shifts; no long commutes to workplaces or traffic jams; no
concerns about loss of jobs.

23. If your experience and expertise is in a field that is not part of life in
fourth density, please do not fret! There is a wide variety of employment as
well as academic studies and training at all levels. You can choose to work in
any field that interests you, such as communication, education, travel planning,
clothing design, entertainment, sports, architecture, construction, landscaping,
farming, food service, animal care, libraries, all forms of artistic and
cultural pursuits, events, publication, commerce and administration. Leisure
activities include everything that you enjoy now with the exception of killing
animals for sport or competitions that cause bodily harm.

24. You will not miss those kinds of employment and leisure time exclusions, or
anything else that is harmful to life and the environment, because fourth
density offers so much more! The vibrations permit greater usage of brain power,
longer and healthier lives, more satisfying productivity, more meaningful
relationships, and higher aspirations and achievements than you can imagine. You
will learn to master manifesting whatever you wish by visualization, thus
eliminating the need to repair or replace apparatuses that break down. There are
no financial binds, no need for insurance of any type, and no mortgages or any
other indebtedness.

25. Many question how NESARA fits into the picture. The abundance of
deliberately false information and innocently incorrect information about NESARA
has created much confusion. Succinctly stated, this is a God-mandated
cooperative effort between members of your civilization and spiritually evolved
civilizations to bring about world transformation and spiritual renewal, and its
fulfillment is Earth's Golden Age. At soul level you know this, and being a part
of these sweeping global changes is why you wanted to embody there at this time.
Mother, please add a note about the message that comprehensively explains
NESARA. [Special NESARA Edition is below the message dated September 11, 2006.]

26. Thank you.  And now responses to an assortment of topics that I have been
requested to comment on.

27. What impact will the documents released by Wikileaks have on whatever
progress "behind the scenes" has been made toward world peace?  Not a whit!

28. Others also expressed interest in the effects of Wikileaks, but many more
are concerned that instead of seeing peaceful stabilization efforts within and
between nations, evidence is to the contrary, citing the renewal of violence by
the Irish who want to be free of British influence, North Korea's foray into
South Korea, elections keeping ruthless regimes in control, Israel's continuing
oppression of Palestinians, continuing or greater unrest within African nations,
Iran's belligerence, and does Pakistan pose a nuclear threat? Those situations
and all others whereby wars, government oppression, "black ops" actions,
incarceration of protesters and assassinations occur are exemplifying the dark
side of the duality within humankind that is playing itself out.

29. Others asked about government control of the Internet, offensive airport
security measures, FDA regulation of natural remedies and nutritional
supplements, "fracking" process to obtain natural gas, sale of public waters,
the condition of the Gulf of Mexico, stalemates in partisan politics, toxins in
chemtrails, drug wars in Mexico, biowarfare, destruction of rainforests, wanton
killing of sea and land animals, and genetically modified foods and seeds. There
will be satisfying resolutions to those proposed or ongoing situations and all
others that are by dark intent to adversely affect health, the environment and
freedoms.

30. Yet, when you see senseless violence, legal injustices, multinational
corporations influencing governments, pollution, and the massive misery caused
by war and impoverishment, being told "All of that will end" begs the question
"WHEN?!"  And we cannot give exact times because Earth's energy field of
potential is in an uproar, but we can promise that you shall see positive
changes as the light keeps intensifying. Staying steadfast in the light will
help keep your energy balanced as well as hasten the day when the reign of
darkness on the planet is completely over.

31. Don't the many languages we speak contribute significantly to the world's
problems? How will this barrier to understanding each other be handled in the
Golden Age?  Indeed your many languages cause problems—this was the intention of
the dark forces that manipulated human genetic make-up. They eliminated the
awareness of every soul's capacity for telepathic communication and instilled in
thought patterns the divergent means of expression that became your many
languages. The result has been in accordance with that dark plan—flawed
communication that causes misunderstandings at best, and at worst, a fertile
field for self-serving deliberate translation errors.

32. The spoken word will continue to be important to you, and with greatly
expanded brain usage in fourth density, you can easily learn new languages if
you wish. However, you will appreciate the spontaneity, clarity and absolute
honesty of soul-to-soul conversations and often choose that mode of
communication. An inherent aspect of this communication form is an automatic
system that translates two languages or a hundred simultaneously into the
universal language that is understood by every soul. The multiple language
capability would be used for international gatherings, for instance, where now
individual translators are needed. We hasten to reassure you that in addition to
that extensive capacity, telepathy also has a feature that insures complete
privacy in conversations between two people and the same in conference calls
where several parties are participating.

33. We add here a note of caution. Telepathic connections are opening, and you
must be aware that dark entities are just as eager to reach you as light beings
are. Ask for Christed light protection and demand that only light beings may
speak to you. Please do not feel that "Christed" is an inappropriate word for
you to use because you think it pertains to Christian religions. It doesn't.
Christed light, which is the same as love, is the pure essence of Creator and
the most powerful force in the cosmos. It emanates from the Christed realm,
Creator's first expression of Itself into souls—this  realm closest to Creator
is the origin of the archangels. Once you are in fourth density, you will be
able to communicate telepathically without any intrusion by dark entities as
their dense energy cannot reach those high frequencies.

34. Were Roswell ETs future humans traveling back in time to adjust the future? 
No. The four crew members of one of the civilizations that are helping Earth
were in a small spacecraft on a reconnaissance mission in that area. Two were
killed in the crash; one lived briefly; the other, who was not seriously
injured, was taken by an Air Force general to a base hospital and soon
afterwards, was flown to a base in the Midwest where he lived for over a year.
Although never abused, he knew that never again would he see his family or
homeland, and it can be said that he died of a broken heart.

35. Even mainstream media reported that flu vaccines inadvertently carried live
viruses. Were they destroyed as reported and are new vaccines safer?  No and no.
The Illuminati could have prohibited the reporting of that contamination, which
was deliberate; but in light of growing resistance to all inoculations,
admission better served their purpose—beguile the public into believing that new
oversight has made all vaccines safe. And, totally against the dark ones'
intention—that vaccines infect, not protect—the technologies of our space
brotherhood have rendered harmless live viruses and other toxins insofar as
possible; however, they still pose risk to persons with severely compromised
immune systems.  At one time vaccines were pure and well-intentioned, but like
everything else that was developed for goodness, the darkness stepped in and
turned instruments designed for benevolent purposes into instruments for their
malevolence.

36. If there is a home I left thousands of years ago, does anybody there still
remember me?  "Thousands of years" is linear time, which exists only on Earth.
The reality is, the universe is in constant motion in the timeless continuum,
where your past, present and future are a series of events happening
simultaneously. So "anybody there" doesn't need to "remember" you, they know you
and you know them. It isn't possible to comprehend these ongoing relationships
because you have no conscious memory of them and no current frame of reference
for understanding life in the continuum, but in fourth density you will.

37. Soon you will be toasting the last hours of 2010 and greeting the first day
of 2011.  As you witness the great revelations that will be coming forth in this
new year, remember your interconnectedness with all other souls in the Oneness
and let unconditional love be a beacon to those who are foundering, that they
may see your light and find safety in the power of truth and love.

38. The light has won, victory is yours!  As you are discovering this for
yourselves, all lighted souls in this universe will be with you, cheering your
magnificent triumph.

                              _____________________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Note from Suzy: Matthew's next message will be late because I will be visiting
my family in Panama. Joyful holy days and blessings to you all.]

With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew to speak
about happenings in your world as observed from our vantage point. By far the
most requests for our comments are two matters of great concern to many, thus we
begin by addressing those.

The shooting in Tucson, Arizona, was as reported, a mentally unstable young
man's attempt to kill Congresswoman Giffords and as many of her supporters as he
could, but it was not the "senseless act" as often described.  The shooter was
acting under mind control and all who were killed or wounded either followed
original soul contracts wherein they had chosen to participate in an event with
"a higher purpose" or just prior to the shooting, they amended their contracts
to include that incident for that same purpose.

While it was unquestionably traumatic on a conscious level for those who were
wounded and their families, and a tragedy for all who loved the persons who were
killed, at soul level the participants willingly served to force attention on
the inevitable results of increasingly vitriolic rhetoric in a society that has
become inured to that kind of speech as well as violence. This pervasive
conditioning had to be brought to the forefront of national, international,
awareness so the outcry for an end to incivility and violence can change the
collective consciousness of your civilization, which in large part has accepted
that kind of behavior as an innate aspect of human nature.

That behavior is NOT an innate aspect of human nature—it is taught!  The makeup
of souls is pure light, which is the same as love, and it is the most powerful
force in the universe. Violence, divisiveness and hatred are deliberately
introduced through the many influences that impact life on Earth.  And because
whatever constitutes your collective consciousness is what creates your world,
it is essential that those influences be brought to light so healing and unified
spirit can be the legacy not only of the lives affected by the shooting in
Tucson, but the lives of all souls who have helped to cleanse your world of
darkness. Not punishment or revenge or retaliation will ever bring peace and
harmony—only LOVE can end the illusion of separateness and let the innocence and
purity of infants reenter hearts and minds.

Light beings throughout the universe honor the souls who agreed to be "victims"
in Tucson. Those who died were lovingly, gratefully greeted in Nirvana, light is
being intensely beamed to their grieving families and friends, and those who are
recovering from wounds have angelic helpers assisting the medical teams.
However, do not for a moment underestimate the relevancy and power of untold
numbers of prayers and heartfelt sentiments in those respects!

US President Obama's memorial address was transmitted to us from Earth's
monitors in Nirvana.  We know the soul of this man, thus better than he knows
himself, yet without his conscious awareness that he willingly left his
spiritually advanced civilization to serve in the vanguard of the Golden Age
master plan, his words on that memorial occasion were from his heart and soul in
concert with all the heavenly hosts.

As much as we wish we could tell you that that assassination attempt is the last
incident of its kind, we cannot know that—with Creator's exception of nuclear
detonations in space, Its law of free will must be honored by God and all of His
emissaries. What we do know is that the shooting's effects, the shock, horror
and prayerful sentiments in its aftermath, have given the energy of
reconciliation an enormous thrust forward. Although in the weeks and months
ahead, other acts of violence will occur and warring and stubborn political
partisanship will continue as the duality in humankind runs out its course, the
energy momentum toward peaceful coexistence is far too strong to be derailed and
the stage is set for the emergence of long-hidden truths. Regardless of
individuals' choices to accept or reject these truths, the forthcoming
revelations and ensuing changes will propel Earth into her era of love, peace
and harmony.

The other concern in many minds is the mysterious sudden deaths of millions of
birds and fish in various locations around the globe. This was not from a single
cause, but a "last straw." The small bodies of those animals are more vulnerable
than human bodies to the many forms of toxic pollutants in your air, water and
soil, so their immune systems were seriously weakened before they were hit by a
blast of low vibrations from manmade electromagnetic grids.

If you are wondering why our space family did not use their technology to
prevent such a blast, it is because doing so exceeds their authority. They are,
however, permitted to deflect or neutralize harmful radio waves aimed at the
peoples, and they did so; without their intervention, there would have been many
human bodies sickened or killed along with the mass exodus of birds and fish.

To address other inquiries, it is completely understandable that you would like
to have "forecasts": When the presence of extraterrestrial civilizations will be
officially announced; when spacecrafts will land; when the economy will get
straightened out and the new system running smoothly; when chemtrails and
genetically altered foodstuffs will stop; when the truths about "9/11" and
religions will be disclosed; when suppression of free energy sources and natural
health therapies will end. Those are some of the primary questions in your
thoughts, which we see as clearly as we see your light that sparkles as
brilliantly as a field of diamonds in the sunlight.

If we could give estimated times for those and other developments of interest to
many, we would do so joyfully. Earth's energy field of potential is in such
commotion, with the dark ones fighting bitterly in desperate last stands, that
it would be folly to offer even "best guesses." So we tell you what we DO know
with absolute certainty—your patience and steadfastness in the light will be
rewarded beyond your grandest imagining.

Yes, the unusually severe weather conditions in many parts of your world,
including heavy snowfalls, flooding and temperature extremes, are man's
handiwork. It is not necessary for the scientists who are doing the Illuminati's
bidding to initiate each incident anew—once elements in the atmosphere have been
strongly set in motion, the domino effect takes over. When conditions start to
ease as the energy within them dissipates, weather control technologists set off
another disruption, and the same is so with volcanic eruptions and earthquakes.
Your off-planet brotherhood reduces to the extent possible the intended harmful
results of all the manipulated happenings while still enabling their full
release of negativity. Why is the Illuminati controlling weather and creating
`natural' disasters? To produce the negativity that arises out of high death
toll, grief, fear, chaos, widespread destruction, disease, economic disasters
and hopelessness.

It is not within our province to assess as light-filled or dark the reason
underlying the dissemination of secret documents via Wikileaks, but we can say
that the overall effect is beneficial. Even though the previously suppressed
information has been released only in minimal amount, it can lessen the shock of
that country's citizenry when evidence shows the extent to which their
government has betrayed them through the workings of its members in the
Illuminati and those who succumbed to that international group's threats or
payoffs.

With so much money donated for the reconstruction of Haiti after the earthquake
a year ago, why is that country still a disaster zone?  Because those funds were
stolen by the Illuminati after their technology caused the quake—that stealth is
why former US presidents Clinton and Bush rushed to Haiti so quickly after the
quake.

Concerns about a shift in Earth's magnetic pole and where this may be leading
are needless.  The shift underway is a corrective measure that began over 60
years ago, when Earth's planetary body was so deeply entrenched in third density
that it was on the brink of flying out of orbit into certain destruction. God
authorized powerful distant sources to beam massive amounts of light to
stabilize the planet's orbit, and that stabilization process will continue until
Earth is within fourth density.

When a clone commits a crime, how does that affect the real person's karma and
lifeprint review?  It doesn't affect karma at all, and in the lifeprint review,
it is simply a factual happening during the physical lifetime. On Earth persons
are cloned to keep their powerful positions intact in case of natural death or
assassination, and since it usually is individuals high in the ranks of the
Illuminati who are cloned, it is done voluntarily.

Since the cloning process "downloads" all the person's character traits,
behavior patterns and knowledge to that point, the clone continues the person's
own ruthlessness and deception that resulted in criminal activities prior to the
clone's production.  It is the same with successive clones; however, mental and
physical deterioration occurs with each downloading into a replacement clone,
and if a person is cloned after a chronic disease has set in or after years of
ingesting drugs or alcohol, even the first clone's condition is compromised and
replacements are frequent. An example is former US President George W. Bush—
that is why the cloned vice president, Cheney, actually was running the
presidency.

Souls may choose to enter clones with the intention of changing negative
character traits and behavior patterns into positive, but rarely is this
successful. Most often souls enter clones of persons who resisted and were
killed, such as Pope John Paul and former US President Jimmy Carter. The souls
that entered their clones succeeded in their intention to not succumb to
Illuminati demands and they became the respected individuals you know of.

No, Barack Obama has not been cloned, nor will he be.

Please do not be dismayed because attempts to manifest strong healthy bodies or
high energy levels haven't produced desired results. Third density powers of
manifestation are not sufficiently developed so that a weak body can be
transformed into glowing health or a low energy level raised to high in the
twinkling of an eye. But by all means, continue to "see" yourselves in those
prime states—positive thoughts about well being attract the energy of similar
thought forms in the universal soup and enhance your chances of success. As
Earth's ascension journey continues, the higher vibrations will improve health
conditions and strengthen your abilities to manifest along with your belief that
you do indeed have that power.

We make soul contracts to evolve spiritually but we can't remember what's in
them, and that doesn't make any sense.  If we knew what our missions are, life
would be a lot easier. No more making big mistakes and wasting lifetimes trying
to get it right.

If you remembered all your contract provisions, what purpose would the physical
lifetime serve?  What advancement could there be in spiritual clarity,
application of universal laws and use of free will if you simply followed
decisions you made before knowing what circumstances you would encounter during
the lifetime?

Forgetfulness of soul contracts, which cover the foundation and major players
that fit the soul's chosen experiencing and let the personage fill in the
details as life keeps unfolding, isn't meant to drown anyone in a lifelong sea
of confusion, and it doesn't if folks pay attention to their soul level guidance
that is as unmistakable as gigantic flashing arrows.  Following those bright
blinkers that are conscience, inspiration, instinct and so forth, aligns
conscious decisions with contract choices.

However, that does not negate your free will to deviate from the contract when
other opportunities for growth arise. Contracts aren't rigid, but rather allow
for flexibility as different kinds of situations can offer the same measure of
learning—actually, it isn't learning, it is remembering what your soul knows.
Spiritual growth is a series of self-discoveries that get passed on from
lifetime to lifetime, and each contract is designed to provide opportunities for
the soul to keep evolving.

Awareness of a "mission"—a term that denotes a soul's primary purpose for
embodying—doesn't pop up as an Aha! moment, it comes as meaningful
accomplishments that impart a sense of fulfillment. And no lifetime ever is
wasted!  What you consider "mistakes" because they lead to situations that are
very difficult to handle are not a waste if you learn from them. Furthermore,
they may be part of your contract—not all lifetimes can be on Easy Street or
there could be no advancement for the soul. Evolvement requires balance, and
attaining balance requires dealing with stressful situations as well as enjoying
ideal circumstances.  Incarnating offers myriad possibilities and probabilities,
but no certainties that would preclude your making the many choices that let
each lifetime become a unique learning adventure.

God explained this more succinctly in His reply to my mother when she asked why
people can't know everything that their souls know:

If all were absolutely known, if nothing required any independent thinking or
decisions or activity, then why would there be any need for multiple
experiencing?  What would there be to learn?  Why would life itself be
necessary?  We could just fast forward to The End, which is The Beginning, and
let all lives of all times reside at that initial point of Being.

Now that holiday observances are over and your thoughts are back into routine
tasks, various misconceptions about the year 2012 also are back. Beliefs that
the major reforms required to usher in Earth's Golden Age cannot be accomplished
in the two short years remaining are paralleling beliefs that darkness will
continue right up until the end of 2012, then abruptly disappear. Beliefs that
three days of darkness or some other dramatic occurrence will herald the
beginning of the Golden Age. Beliefs that profound geographic changes will
precede Earth's entry into fourth density. Beliefs that two Earths will emerge
out of the ascension process.  Beliefs that going along with Earth into the
Golden Age is the pinnacle of spiritual growth. Beliefs that after 2012, your
world will be unchanged henceforth.

Because your beliefs create your reality and collectively those beliefs create
your world, you need to know the universal reality of what is happening and what
is ahead.  To dispel beliefs born of misconceptions, we start by assuring you
that all essential reforms to rid your world of darkness will be completed in
good time and in stages, not in one fell swoop at the end of calendar year 2012.

Nothing profound will happen immediately prior to Earth's entry into her Golden
Age; the last days of 2012 will be similar to the first days of 2013.

While some seacoasts will gradually move a short ways inland and some low lying
islands will slowly become submerged, there will be no drastic changes in land
mass or seas.

Earth is a soul residing in a planetary body and she has no need for a second
such body.

Souls will continue evolving until once again they are within the Cosmic Oneness
of Creator, thus "the immortal soul" and "the eternal life of the soul."

And nothing in this universe is static—changelessness is contrary to the
scientific laws that govern all life in this universe.

Let us speak a bit more about what is ahead.  It is so that relatively little
linear time remains prior to Earth's total exit from third density—that is why
the transitional phase you are entering will be tumultuous, with changes coming
thick and fast. You will be in the midst of people who are fearful because all
the systems familiar to them are in chaos and collapse.  You know that this is
part of world transformation and you are there to assist in the process; by
calmly dealing with forthcoming circumstances, you can ease the grave concerns
of those who don't understand that the turmoil is leading to the "better world"
they want.

As for the onset of the Golden Age, not all of its glories are sitting on its
doorstep, so to say. Yes, everything born of dark intent will have ceased with
the advent of that Age—so no more warring or other violence, no more
impoverishment or disease, no more polluting or mind control or corruption. All
necessary truths will have been revealed and there will be reformed governments
and economic, legal and judicial, energy, educational, communication and
transportation systems. That is but a partial list of great changes underway,
and at the end of 2012, none of them can be considered as perfected. Refinements
will continue in all of those areas and other advancements too, and as you keep
growing spiritually and intellectually, you will greet all forward strides with
rejoicing. [To all who sent questions about specific aspects of life in the
Golden Age, please read "Essay on 2012," dated December 31, 2007, in Matthew's
Messages on www.matthewbooks.com.]

Now we say Farewell in this message only, as never are we away from you in
spirit. We are with you every step along your journey into the Golden Age even
as we see you already joyously living in that magnificent world.

                         ______________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Note from Suzy: Thank you for holiday Ecards, mailed greetings and thoughtful
notes. My time with family in Panama was heartwarming and restorative.



If you received this message as a forward and you would like to receive future
messages directly, please follow the directions posted at the top of Matthew's
Messages page on www.matthewbooks.com.



Messages sent to some email addresses bounce because the size exceeds inbox
capacity or the inbox quota is filled. If you are a subscriber but aren't
receiving the messages regularly, one of those situations may be the reason. 
All messages are posted on my site after they're sent out.



Amusing to Profound—My Conversations with Animals and the Matthew books series
can be ordered in the Book Shop on my site; And Then God Said…Then I Said…Then
He said…has to be ordered at www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm.]

With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. We are
joyous for the triumphant Egyptians, just as we are for the citizens of Tunisia,
and shall be for people in all countries where voices for freedom are raised in
unison and peacefulness. The past weeks' incidents are clear evidence that the
light is permeating the collective consciousness as your world is seeing the
power of people who are unified in purpose. In Earth's field of potential, the
unstoppable momentum of this exhilarating energy is hastening the day when your
world is free from every form of suppression, oppression and deprivation.
Along the way, as everything in the universe keeps speeding up, heads will be
spinning as significant happenings come one after another, or, more likely,
simultaneously. Seeing their tattered remnants of influence coming to an end,
the Illuminati will try to convince the populace that the truths that are
forthcoming are outrageous, and their unwitting allies will be those who will
resist having their firm beliefs upended. For example, the origin of Earth's
civilization. The staunch believers in evolution and the equally adamant
believers in grand design: How easily will they accept the truth that both sides
are partly right, partly wrong? And how much more difficult will it be for the
religiously devout when the truth emerges about the purpose of religions and the
falsehoods that are the foundation of Christianity?
It will be traumatic for many when those revelations and others come forth at
the same time major changes are being introduced. Knowing that all of the
confusion and turmoil is heralding Earth's exit from third density, you
lightworkers are ideally prepared to weather the coming months and to help those
who are foundering.
Let us speak for a moment about lightworkers. Millions of individuals are
participating in international meditations, prayer services and rallies for
peace and freedom.  Many persons and groups are involved in local assistance
programs, and others are actively helping people in distant lands or financially
supporting organizations engaged in those efforts. Multitudes all over the globe
are working toward the betterment of their communities, their countries, their
world.
And relatively few of those many millions think of themselves as the
lightworkers they are.  They are following their hearts without realizing that
the radiant light generated by their unity in spirit, unity in compassion,
aiding with caring and sharing—unity in the light of godly service—is raising
vibrations throughout your world and adding momentum to Earth's ascension
journey. Yet those lightworkers—indeed, the vast majority of the population—have
no idea about ascension or the Golden Age. They diligently work to improve
conditions, but the vastness of need seems overwhelming and many of those dear
souls despair: What kind of world is this for our children and grandchildren to
inherit?
You who know you are lightworkers can let the light-generating masses who don't
realize what they are doing inspire you to reach out beyond your circles of
enlightened persons. You can dispel the negativity of despair in the people who
are uninformed simply by living your light. We don't mean preaching or
proselytizing, we mean living with such glowing spirit that your energy of joy
and confidence touches everyone near you. So let your light shine in all its
glory—it is a most meaningful, fulfilling life mission!
Please don't think, however, that you should keep your knowledge under a bushel,
so to say. You know family members, friends, neighbors and colleagues who are
reluctant to accept whatever doesn't fit into their ideas and beliefs—respect
that, knowing that they will have other opportunities to "see the light." For
soul-searchers, though, having someone with whom to share intuitions and
convictions can be immensely reinforcing, so when open-minded individuals
indicate that they would welcome a discussion, offer as much as they are
comfortable hearing. If they seem somewhat skeptical, still you have planted a
seed that could grow into full blossom. With the light on Earth more intense
than any of you can consciously remember, minds are opening just as hearts are.
Now that changes are apparent in a number of governments, including those that
already have initiated reforms to improve the lives of the countrymen, the next
apparent steps will be in national and international economic systems. Although
the new systems and managers with expertise and integrity are in place, the
turnaround from the old to the new cannot be with blazing speed. The
Illuminati's financial network must be totally dismantled so the transition to a
monetary system based on precious metals can be handled as smoothly as possible.
Regulations to prevent "business as usual" in banking and lending institutions
must be implemented along with equalizing the value of national currencies.
Multinational corporations that have been controlling governments must be
legally restrained, their lobbying tactics ended and tax loopholes closed.
National debts incurred by devious means—takeovers of resources by foreign
capitalists and foreign aid monies going to the elite instead of building or
rebuilding the country's infrastructure—will be nullified when men and women
with spiritual and moral integrity are in power, and an infusion of funds and
other assistance will end bare subsistence living circumstances. A fair basis
for taxing individuals and businesses must be instituted along with returning
refugees to their countries, providing housing for the homeless and remedying
the property foreclosure situation.
Employment opportunities must be created and financed so job-searchers can
return to work in their fields or be trained for other trades or professions,
and remuneration for goods, services, skills and other abilities must be
equitable. All children and adults must have access to schooling, instruction
must reflect universal truths, post-high school education must be affordable,
and instruction in all areas of the arts must be available for motivated
students.
Agriculture must be in accordance with Nature, treatment of food animals humane,
and nutritious food in abundance for every soul on the planet. Free energy
sources must be implemented and the use of fossil fuels ended, and proper health
care must become the right of all peoples. Legal, judicial and penal systems
must be reformed, injustices corrected, all types of slave trade ended, and
women honored instead of relegated to possessions. The control of media must
cease; so must the drug and pornography industries, all types of pollution, and
environmental destruction.
We mention those areas that are begging for action not because any are
surprising, but to assure you that those "must" and "will be" situations and
many others that also will immeasurably enhance life in your world are in
various stages from plans to implementation. This monumental undertaking—no less
than the transformation of a third density world and the spiritual renewal of
its civilization!—is happening with unprecedented speed and assistance, unique
in the universe, not only on Earth. You know the power of your
thoughts—steadfastness in thinking positively brings even gargantuan changes to
fruition swiftly.
Another area of great importance is, Earth has reached energy planes that are
conducive to the opening of telepathic connections. Everyone has the capacity
for this soul-to-soul communion as a birthright—it is an ingredient of the soul.
With the higher frequencies prevailing on Earth, those connections are opening
at a faster pace than previously; however, do not be discouraged if yours has
not.  It will when the time for you is right, but be aware that a sense of
urgency to communicate with a loved one in Nirvana, for instance, can create an
energy barrier and delay connecting.
It is essential that you be mindful that not only light beings—your beloved
souls in spirit or ascended masters or members of spiritually advanced physical
civilizations—want to talk with you.  Dark entities are just as eager to reach
you with their disinformation; to preclude their doing so, ask for protection of
the Christed light and demand that only light beings may contact you.
Although asking for protection and receiving it is just that easy, you must act
responsibly.  If you are feeling tired or ill or beset with worries about anyone
or anything—any type of stressful condition—do NOT attempt a telepathic
connection!  To do so would be an open invitation to low entities because your
energy level is too low to reach the high vibrations of light beings. Novices
may experience self-doubt, which also carries a low vibration, so remember your
innate capability and let that give you confidence.  But feeling egotistical is
a certainty that you will reach low-level beings because egotism carries an
energy attachment that is incompatible with light, whereas humility and
thankfulness have light vibrations.
Be guided by knowing that light emanating from a telepathic source resonates in
the heart; the energy of a low entity acts like a resistor or inhibitor, and
alerts you to end the connection.  As with all other achievements, practice will
increase your discernment as to whether a source's vibrations are light or low
as well as increase your ability to clearly receive the transmissions.
Hand in hand with the growing instances of telepathic communication is the
explosion of your "information age."  You are inundated with information, and
being discerning about what is truthful and what is not is essential not only to
be accurately informed, but because developing discernment is a forward step in
spiritual evolvement.  The Internet has enabled swift global dissemination of
authentic information that previously was known by only a comparative handful,
and while it is the best source of myriad factual reports, it is equally useful
to the dark ones on and off-planet.
Material purported to be a message from a high light being actually may have
been written in government or corporate offices to further their agenda by
sprinkling lies amidst familiar spiritual data. In other instances, some
receivers, or channels, are unaware that they are reaching base entities that
claim to be a well known, respected light source, and they give disinformation
that their receivers pass on. Some messages—such as mammoth changes in seas and
landmasses will require your evacuation by ETs and when you return to the
planet, you'll have to live underground—are pure nonsense.
Be discerning about all information by asking within, connecting consciously
with your soul, wherein the truth lies. If the information flows with ease, it
is aligned with your soul's truth; if you experience a jolting or resistance
sensation, it is not.  More so than at any other moment in the last two
millennia, in this time of ever-intensifying light, intuition is clearer, more
emphatic.  However, if a mind is closed to all information except that which
dovetails with rigid beliefs, the soul's messages cannot penetrate that barrier.
Yes, we know full well that all of that has been mentioned in many messages from
us and other lighted sources.  So why are we repeating it? About the time our
monthly messages are anticipated, my mother hears from numerous individuals who
eagerly are awaiting the message that gives them reason to feel hopeful,
optimistic. We do welcome your trust in our information, but counting on it to
uplift your spirits and reinforce a positive outlook signifies that our messages
are not meeting their purpose.  Always the purpose has been to offer spiritual
guidance and enlightenment about this transitional period as Earth ascends out
of third density and approaches her Golden Age, where you will take your
rightful place as members of our universal family.  Never have our messages been
intended as a substitute for your own abilities!
Far, far beyond the readers who write to my mother, we see those who are lagging
in developing discernment and instead depend on messengers such as we to provide
the answers sought. We see the lapses into fear when a disastrous event of some
kind or another is predicted in Internet articles and the sinking spirits at
mainstream media reports. We have told you the myriad ways our space family has
long been helping Earth—and representatives of some of those civilizations also
have told you—yet there is discouragement because no fleet of ships has landed.
We know the dissatisfaction, even alarm, about what is perceived to be happening
rather than patience while actual happenings are still unfolding out of public
view. And even though we have assured you time and again that you are
magnificent souls with powers that are limited only by your thoughts that they
are limited, you are hesitant to believe in yourselves.
We tell you that without any meanness of spirit, but rather only with love, and
we know that not all of it applies to all of you, but if you recognize
yourselves in what we said, please heed our words. You brothers and sisters who
are so dear to us, it is imperative for spiritual growth that you stop looking
externally for answers and start looking within. Everything you want and need
you already have—please believe in yourselves!  Every one of you is beloved by
all souls in higher spiritual realms, and we fervently wish that you would not
approach life as if it were a complex and mysterious endurance test. Life is as
simple as living from your heart, letting love be your guide, your understanding
and your fulfillment!
Some are questioning various aspects of free will. How can there be free will
when others use their free will to override our personal choices? In response,
we are not speaking about wise, loving parental guidance to children who may
feel rebellious when they don't "get their way," but about reasonable persons
whose free will choices are clashing. That said, keep in mind the basis of all
pre-birth agreements: They are designed for the spiritual growth of all who are
sharing the lifetime; all souls in the agreement entered it with unconditional
love; each chose karmic lessons to attain balance and help the others do the
same, so some roles are necessarily harsher than others; and karma is still
playing itself out. So consider if others' opposition to your choices may be in
your best interests after all—perhaps it is stern guidance to keep you on track
with choices in your soul contract.
As for an amended contract because someone's free will is denying another's, it
is so that this is happening to many millions. They did not choose the extent of
hardships and deprivations that they have encountered due to the decisions of
greedy, oppressive rulers; that is why their soul-level petitions for amended
contracts to leave physical lifetimes early are being honored. However, it would
be rare indeed if a soul requested any amendment because its personage is
discontented with life circumstances that can be changed.
And that brings up the other possibility about exercising free will. Wanting to
use your free will in ways that differ from those who oppose it may be guidance
from your soul. This would apply if you are staying in situations that are
causing considerable uneasiness because making a change seems risky or
difficult. Soul-level messages— intuition, conscience, instinct, inspirations,
aspirations—are stronger than ever before as the soul steps up its drumming to
the consciousness to pay attention. Not just fleeting thoughts about some
greener pasture, but persistent dissatisfaction with the status quo and a strong
sense of what you want instead, is your soul telling you that the change is
needed so you can experience other parts of your soul contract.  Whether it is
relocating, changing relationships, pursuing a different educational direction,
taking a new job in the same line of work or entering a new field of employment,
you can do it enthusiastically if you are following your inner voice.
Then there are the questions about the other side of free will, paraphrased to
include all: How can we know if our decisions that seriously affect someone else
are part of our pre-birth agreement or are preventing that person from
exercising his or her free will? Analyzing and rationalizing will simply keep
you going around in circles. Ask within for enlightenment about the situation,
let your soul's answers flow into your heart, and know that what you receive is
guidance for your own spiritual growth as well as the other person's.
Is the sizable increase in autism related to the shift in consciousness?  Not at
all.  The growing numbers of children who have symptoms that are similar to
autism is due to toxins in inoculations, and the symptoms are exacerbated by
pollutants in air, water and soil, and chemicals in food preservatives and
prescribed drugs.  True autism, which is far rarer, is the soul's choice of
experience, to which all others sharing that lifetime agreed. And neither autism
nor its look-alike condition will prevent those persons from physically
ascending Earth unless a short lifetime is part of the soul contract.
No, the ability to hold or anchor light—or radiate it—has nothing whatsoever to
do with an individual's body mass. It is the energy of light-filled thoughts and
intent that is powerful in generating and spreading light.
Do you know how human cloning will be shown and how people will react?  We don't
know how that information will be divulged, but because human cloning is such an
unsuspected fact in your world, it is realistic to anticipate shock and
disbelief before acceptance. However, since so very few lives will be personally
affected, the cloning revelation won't have nearly the profound impact of the
truths about religions, the Illuminati's long control, Earth's ascension and the
Golden Age.
How important is it to be aware of one's soulmate?  Is ascension possible if one
has no connection to one's soulmate?  Because there are misconceptions about
soulmates, our response is primarily a clarification of what they are, or are
not.  Soulmates are not the only two individuals in this whole universe who
"belong together" and whose lives cannot be "complete" unless they find each
other. Every soul shares many lifetimes with the same group, or soul cluster,
and in those lifetimes each soul plays many different roles—male, female,
heterosexual, homosexual, mother, father, partner, daughter, son, friend,
adversary, teacher, student, and so forth. All of those lifetimes are happening
in the continuum, where each soul's personages are interacting with many, many
others simultaneously, and at soul level all know of their inseparable
connection.
When two of these persons meet on Earth, at soul level they recognize each other
and know that they chose once again to closely share a physical lifetime;
consciously they feel an attraction that is extremely meaningful to both. This
can be two people in any relationship that is especially significant in shaping
their lives, and when they are romantically attracted to each other, they may
think of themselves as soulmates. And they are indeed, but not as the only two
souls who could ever feel that kind of intimate bonding—that would exclude all
the others in the universe with whom they also are closely bonded but don't
consciously remember. As you continue to evolve spiritually, you will know that
all souls are united in unconditional love, a feeling far more sublime than the
romantic love that a couple may be attribute to having found their soulmates.
Keep foremost in your thoughts that never for a moment are you journeying alone;
all lighted beings in this universe are with you, helping you create the world
of your vision, the world you already have created in the continuum.
				 ______________________
LOVE and PEACE
Suzanne Ward

1.  With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. The
earthquake off the coast of Japan, strategically positioned to cause the
tsunami, was not Mother Nature's doing.  Her only involvement was the
unavoidable initial movements of land and water after Illuminati scientists
triggered the quake. Our space family was able to thwart their goal to level
cities, flood the island and kill most of its inhabitants; however, harnessing
the full force of the ocean is beyond the capability of their technology. Mother
Nature isn't causing the suspicious number of aftershocks, either, and it should
be obvious to your seismologists and geologists that something is horribly awry.

2.  The peak members of the Illuminati know that their economic empire is
shattered, and before the last shreds of their once impenetrable global network
are completely gone, they are trying to generate a mass of negativity through
creating chaos, destruction and high death toll wherever they can. For all the
devastation in the ocean's path and the damaged nuclear power facility, compared
to the Illuminati's intent to utterly destroy Japan, it was a shallow win for
them. There was minimal damage in Tokyo; the quake, aftershocks and tsunami
released a large amount of negativity on the planet; off-planet technology is
lessening the effects of radiation from the power station; and other
civilizations are beaming intense light, adding to the outpouring of prayers for
the Japanese people, whose resilience and resourcefulness and the assistance of
other countries will restore that nation.

3.  With the light continuing to intensify, the Illuminati's unconscionable acts
cannot much longer plague Earth. Just as you and we are seeing the undeniable
evidence of massive shifts in the collective consciousness, so are they, and
they know that this will end all darkness on the planet. The light in expanded
consciousness has led long-oppressed peoples to raise their voices for freedom,
and that cry will be echoed over and again until all peoples throughout your
world are free.

4.  Eventually hard-won victories will come in Libya, other countries in the
Middle East and nations in Southeast Asia and Africa. In countries where
political groups with different ideologies oppose each other without violence,
extremist positions will give way to unified administrations that serve the
needs of the masses rather than the greed of the elite. However, it would be
folly to expect swift capitulation by tyrannical rulers or completely smooth
transitions as the settling in of new national leaders will be amidst varying
degrees of unrest and at different paces.

5.  Sorrow and hardships will befall the families whose beloved members pay with
their lives for reformed governance or who were caught in the line of fire.  We
devoutly wish that all could know that every person who leaves this lifetime by
either original or amended soul contract is thriving in Earth's spirit world. 
Please join lighted beings throughout the universe in sending forth prayers for
the highest good of all.

6.  I believe this is an appropriate place to answer a reader's question, Does
the soul vacate the body without fear?  There is not an iota of fear connected
with the soul and the etheric body leaving the physical body, but the psyche is
another matter entirely. While the soul is liberated, so to say, the psyche of
the person—as well as the beliefs, characteristics and memories—arrive in
Nirvana exactly as they are at the moment the body dies.  If someone has
experienced a fearful lifetime or the dying process was in fearful
circumstances, that fear is ingrained in the psyche. Those persons arrive at
special portals where specially trained transition teams boost the etheric
body's strength and take the person to a tranquil place where constant attention
and customized treatment are given.

7.  Mother, please copy the book section where I described this exceptional
healing process using the example of a soldier who died in combat.  The same
tender care would be given to all persons who died in fear of the earthquake or
the tsunami—knowing this could give a measure of comfort to all who love them
and are mourning their loss.

[Excerpt from the chapter "Transitioning Souls" in Matthew, Tell Me about
Heaven.]

      I'll give you an actual example of how we treat a traumatized arrival.  You
are seeing a wounded soldier in combat uniform sitting on a cot, in
heat-of-battle anger, fear and fighting forcefulness, and someone who is gently
trying to soothe him.  Just as in the image I'm sending, the soldier's body
appears here to be solid, like Earth flesh, and the cot also appears to be
solid. That is an illusion we manifest because it is necessary at this stage of
his acclimation to this realm.

      Soldiers in combat have to balance the reality of death with a sense of
their own invincibility so they can focus on survival. This difficult psychic
maneuvering, plus the shock of battle and the horror of being surrounded by dead
comrades and the screams of the wounded, has put this man in an extremely
agitated state.  It's necessary to let him realize that this is a change from
his last Earth surroundings, which we do by easing the battlefield conditions in
which he had been living and dying.  Little by little his last memories are
eliminated by that gradual removal of the scene around him until he is able to
accept that he has left his Earth body and has entered this new life. The
transition must be slow and realistic to him or his psyche will be shocked into
a state where healing is a major repair.  Not that the assistance already needed
and being rendered isn't of major significance, but I am speaking relatively.

      Matthew, it would seem that realism for that soldier would mean having
acres of fighting around him. Can he see his dead comrades if they're receiving
the same kind of treatment nearby?  Well, since you've said every soul arrives
separately, I suppose he's alone with his medical attendant in a battlefield
atmosphere.

      No, Mother, he's not the only soldier there. I just sent you a close-up
image so you could clearly see the solidity of his body and the cot.  Yes, he
can see some of his "dead" comrades nearby, and that is at once helpful and a
hindrance because of possible confusion, as other men he just as recently had
seen are not there.  Grouping these men at this stage is not in conflict with
our treating each arrival individually in accordance with specific healing
needs.  To avoid further psychic damage, it is essential that their dying
environment be portrayed accurately, and their comrades' presence is part of
this realism.

      This group of men who were killed almost simultaneously numbers about ten,
with varying attitudes regarding death and Heaven. They arrived at stations
where their soul level energy permitted and their psychic adjustment can best be
served, the initial stage of which you just were viewing.  Each in the group has
his own energy attunement to follow from this point forward.  Some of these men
may be quite advanced in soul evolution and very soon be aware of their entry
into the spirit realm.  We have seen newly arrived soldiers with such advanced
evolvement that they knew instantly where they were and quickly helped others
nearby accept their transition. Others in this group may have very serious
review ahead.

      As for the image you saw, yes, it was only a small portion of a reenacted
battle environment, minus the deafening sounds and the gore of Earth reality. 
However, "acres of battle" would not have been an accurate image to send you
because we don't see that, either. What we see is more like flash scenes in a
movie, where viewers have a glimpse of one character and his situation, then
another character and his, and so on.  Even though a little time is spent
developing each vignette, viewers are meant to understand that all of the
developments are happening simultaneously.

      We see glimpses of individual souls in varying stages of comprehension and
needs for transition assistance.  We're led to the place where we need to be by
the energy connection that is established. I know you're wondering how the
differentiation can be achieved in that chaos, and I don't know how to explain
this to you, Mother, but I can assure you that it works to perfection.

      As I've mentioned before, our primary healing mechanism is vibrations,
which is why music is so essential.  Healthy individuals here have a vibratory
rate between two definite points, allowing for some variation corresponding to
rising or falling enthusiasm, excitement, or whatever emotion causes a rate
change.  Since we have no fearful or angering circumstances to deal with, a rise
from the normal rate is only for positive reasons.  Arrivals have a much
different set of rates, which are geared to their belief systems throughout life
on Earth and the circumstances of physical life and death.

                    _______________________________________

8.  Thank you, Mother. I wish to add something that isn't in that excerpt, but
is mentioned earlier in the chapter. Every person who makes transition is
greeted by name and receives whatever individualized care may be necessary.  If
they are quickly aware that they have returned to this realm, they're greeted by
family, friends and animals with whom they are bonded in love and are assisted
in finding satisfying housing and settling in.

9.  As I explained to my mother, I used the impersonal word "arrival" only to
differentiate between souls who departed Earth lifetimes and the many others who
come from spiritually advanced physical civilizations. Because Nirvana is well
known for the customized care and healing of damaged psyches, some people come
to rest and be rejuvenated after a series of traumatic lifetimes. Others come to
teach advanced courses in the sciences, but most are here simply to visit. The
higher levels of this world are widely known for their exquisite beauty and
diversity, and it is a popular vacation spot for persons whose energy is
compatible with those high vibrations.

10.  Although I haven't been a resident for a dozen years or more, Nirvana still
is my home, you could say. I return briefly between my calls to service, helping
other civilizations in this part of the universe assess and upgrade their spirit
havens that are their people's equivalent of Earth's Nirvana.

11.  Now then, for some time we and other messengers of the light have been
alerting you to the tumultuous times ahead.  Now we say, they are here. Until
recently Earth's journey out of deep third density wasn't at all apparent to the
uninformed; now that she's nearer to the doorway of fourth density, you are on
the fast track to world transformation. The planet is accelerating its travels
into the energy planes where interaction with other celestial bodies will assist
in the rapid uprooting of negativity, and everything based in dark intent will
be exposed. Through the end of this calendar year and well into the next,
Earth's energy field of potential will be rife with combative activity until the
momentum of the light overcomes the last shred of darkness.

12.  Because of all that commotion, it is not possible to determine exact timing
of events that must and shall come to pass before the dawning of the Golden Age
at the end of 2012. Especially the lightworker community, where the presence of
our universal brothers and sisters is known, is eager to hear when those among
you will introduce themselves and those above you will land. We don't know when
that will be because they themselves do not, and they are as eager as you for
that day to come.  Do not doubt their vigilance and sound judgment as to the
right timing, and until then, be assured that they are serving you in the same
indispensable ways they have been for many decades.

13.  During these final stages of Earth's journey to fourth density, stay
steadfast in the light. You are innately prepared to handle the changes that
will be difficult for those whose closed minds have kept them stuck in third
density's limited mentality and lack of spiritual clarity. Enlighten those who
are searching for answers and are receptive, yet be mindful that it is each
person's choice to "see the light" and respond positively or not.

14.  As we have said in previous messages, many will choose to leave this
lifetime rather than accept the light that would enable physical survival and
many others will leave in accordance with soul contract choices.  Neither they
nor you will consciously know which circumstance pertains. Remembering that
every soul is an inseparable part of the Oneness, rather than sadness because
many will be departing, prayers for their highest good are the most beneficial
for all souls.

15.  With everything in the universe in acceleration mode, it is time to
separate the wheat from the chaff, so to say. Recognize what is worthy of your
thoughts and attention and what is trivial and doesn't deserve it. Embrace the
intrinsic values in life and shed whatever is not serving you spiritually,such
as pornographic "entertainment," killing animals for sport or giving credence to
rumors of dire happenings. Use your time, energy and other resources wisely. If
you can physically or financially assist where help is greatly needed, do so; if
that is not possible, support with positive thoughts the efforts of individuals
and organizations working toward reforms in governments throughout the land and
preservation of the environment.

16.  The culture of acquiring more, bigger, newer certainly is not limited to
people in the United States, but they are pummeled with advertisements and the
implication that it is their responsibility to buy so as to get the economy
moving. That cannot work for them or anyone else any longer. The collective
consciousness is moving away from the illusion that monetary wealth, possessions
and social status are measurements of success.

17.  Just as the Acquisition Culture isn't limited to the United States, neither
are the Illuminati's activities, as so recently proven in Japan. However, the US
has been their base of international operations, which includes creating the
perception that the United States is a kind of utopia—the strongest and richest
country of all, the model of true democracy in accordance with voters' wishes
and with altruistic motives in intervening in the affairs of other nations. This
not to say that the citizenry is complicit or that the government does no good
for them or anyone else in the world; it is that the illusion of utopian life,
rule by the people and for the people, and pure altruism is fading fast, as well
it should.

18.  A few months ago Hatonn spoke with great passion about the powerful
opposition President Obama is dealing with and the need for your supportive
thoughts and prayers for him and his family.  Still, my mother is besieged with
emails asking why the president is taking one action or another that maintains
or worsens the very situations he was elected to remedy. The questioners, who
may be attributing more authority to the office than the constitution does, are
not recognizing that this government has long been the Illuminati's bastion and
their purpose in creating the misconception about the country. Their hold on
many members of Congress still is strong, and only after that control ends will
Obama be able to guide his administration toward national reforms and the
peaceful world he is dedicated to achieving.

19.  Meanwhile in that country, citizens and elected officials in some states
are fighting changes that dilute or eliminate some employment benefits. This
heated opposition exemplifies the duality that polarizes philosophical stances
and those get played out in the political arena. This is not limited to the
United States, of course—the duality affects all countries where there's a
semblance of civil governing and growing dissatisfaction among the governed.
Thus, worldwide many profound changes and challenges are ahead.

20.  We know your minds and hearts, therefore we know that one challenge for
many enlightened individuals is developing discernment about all information,
asking within for answers instead depending on external sources, and recognizing
messages from the soul to consciousness. Always there is the choice to ignore
those messages, but be aware that what comes as intuition, instinct, conscience
and so forth is the soul's method of keeping one on track with the provisions
chosen in the pre-birth agreement.

21.  Discernment is more than a mental exercise to determine information's
validity or lack of. The written word imparts energy, and your sensations much
more than analysis can ascertain what is truth and what is falsehood. If the
energy flows smoothly within you, the information is aligned with your soul's
knowingness; if you feel resistance, the opposite is so. Also, it is not
necessary that messages from light sources be identical in terminology or
details—the importance lies in the sameness of their essence.

22.  Because there is no more time to waste in those respects of development and
heeding, you will welcome knowing that in the higher vibrations Earth has
reached in her ascension course, discernment is easier to master and intuition
is stronger. We mention as well that if you can obtain monatomic gold, it will
help to enhance your clarity.

23.  Another indication of raised consciousness is differentiating between
curiosity about mundane issues and seeking information that is important for
spiritual growth. Furthermore, it is all right if the latter doesn't produce
answers to all your questions. If particular information is essential for your
progress at the moment, it will come; if it is not, you will receive the answers
when you need them.

24.  Some of you are asking how to recognize physical symptoms of cellular
changes and others want to know how to alleviate them. Since several previous
messages have addressed this, I asked my mother to list dates of a few for so
that readers who want to review that information can easily find it. [March 1,
2004; March 23, 2008; March 10, 2009; August 13, 2010.]

25.  As for mental and emotional illness, the cause may indeed be a karmic
choice, but that is not necessarily true of the severity—the toxins that are
polluting every aspect of your world are exacerbating all conditions in areas of
bodies' vulnerability. And yes, those kinds of illnesses, like all other
diseases, will be gradually cured as Earth reaches higher, then higher
vibrations in fourth density; however, journeying with her depends upon both the
longevity clause in persons' soul contracts and how closely their free will
decisions have adhered to the contract.

26.  The questions about "twin souls" show the confusion between "soulmates" and
"twin flames." Mother, please insert the date of the message wherein the
difference is explained. [March 4, 2007]

Thank you.



27.  Would it be true that all accomplishments originate first outside of Earth
and the geniuses and prodigies we credit for their marvels have intuition or
ability to communicate with the souls who originated the advanced ideas?  
That's close, but not exactly the way it happens. Although everything known on
Earth already is in the universal mind, the accomplishments of geniuses and
prodigies don't come automatically by tapping into that information. First, when
those souls are in Nirvana and choose their next lifetimes, they select parents
for genetic inheritance and other reasons such locations where their minds and
talents can be developed, sufficient financial means for education, and
supportiveness in their pursuits. Once embodied, your foremost scientists, for
example, receive ideas as well as knowledge to develop them via a filtering
process from scientists in advanced civilizations.  However, music comes from
the soul, and that powerful inner creating force motivates these uniquely
talented individuals to overcome all obstacles so they can express their art.



28.  If humans didn't kill sick wild animals or thin herds, would Mother Nature
handle illness and overpopulation?  If humans didn't interfere with Mother
Nature in any respect whatsoever, everything in your world would be in harmony
and balance as it once was—and shall be again!



29.  Please tell me how to help make the world a better place for my grandkids
I'm helping to raise. Your very desire to help is helping by generating light,
and you can do much more too. Visualize Earth in golden light as brilliant as
the sun, then "see" your grandchildren in settings suitable for their ages and
interests. It may be a schoolroom where they show their eagerness to learn or a
sports field where they are happily at play with their peers. Or maybe running
through a meadow abloom with wildflowers or swimming in pure waters or
practicing music lessons or caring for a pet. See them glowing with health and
joy wherever they are.



30.  Talk with them about your spiritual beliefs and knowledge at levels
appropriate for their ages. By example, instill in them compassion and honesty,
generosity, kindness and respect for animals and for Earth herself. Encourage
them to think independently, make wise decisions, look at a situation from
others' perspectives, be of good humor and sensitive to others' needs.  Above
all, let them feel secure in your love.



31.  Those suggestions may seem simplistic, no more than any nurturing person
would do for a child, and you may be doing all of that and more.  If so, you are
helping beyond measure to make the world a better place for everyone!



Once again we say farewell in message form only, as eternally we are with you in
love.



                              ___________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[The February 13 message is beneath January's.  So far my webmaster hasn't been
able to find the glitch in the program software that caused that error.



If you discovered this message on my site or received it as a forward and would
like to receive future messages directly, please follow the directions posted at
the top of Matthew's Messages page on www.matthewbooks.com.



Amusing to Profound—My Conversations with Animals and the Matthew books series
can be ordered in the Book Shop on my site. Please order And Then God Said…Then
I Said…Then He said…at www.awakenedhearts.com/books2.htm.]

1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew to
speak about two especially significant situations in your world. Because your
perspective is limited to personal observation and media reports, we want to
give you the encouraging news as seen from our higher vantage point. All
happenings are within the universal acceleration mode that we have been telling
you would cause changes to come thick and fast, and all that seems to be in
turmoil in this moment will lead to the emergence of truths and the
implementation of reforms.

2. To give an example of a long-hidden truth that has come forth to some extent,
not long ago most people on Earth would have found it difficult to believe that
a few scientists have been causing the tremendously destructive earthquakes,
severe storms and flooding. Now your Internet is teeming with information about
what manmade technology can cause and has caused, and while the public at large
may not yet know this, in time they will.

3. Let us first speak about what Japan is dealing with. We know some
lightworkers feel that our off-planet brothers and sisters need to step in and
control the radiation situation that has the potential to create untold numbers
of casualties and environmental damage globally. In our previous message we told
you that our space family is reducing to the extent possible the radiation
levels, and in other messages we have stated that crews cannot land en masse
until safety can be assured for you and them, and at this point, it cannot. So
assistance at the nuclear facility cannot come in a large public way; however,
action has been taken.

4. At the request of various persons, my mother has been in touch with me and
other sources, and I have asked her to share with you what she has been told.
_____________________________

5. [Suzy: This is an excerpt from my March 18 email to Hannah Beaconfield, who
channels the Pleiadian Light.]

Three nights ago I had a call from Gen, the Japanese translator, thanking me for
Matthew's message and asking if he had given me any more recent information.
Matthew told me "they" had heard that some ETs would land and help reduce the
radiation situation, but that information hadn't been verified. The next day was
crazy so it was very late when I asked God if he knew what Matthew had told me. 
He said yes, and he could verify it. A small ship had landed about a mile from
the nuclear facility and the crew was using their technological equipment in
conjunction with more extensive equipment in ships overhead; no one at the
facility would know the crew was on the ground.



I relayed that to Gen and this morning he wrote: Somehow the radiation leakage
from those reactors has been suppressed miraculously under critical level. I
believe ETs' efforts are being manifested. There have also been video reports
showing small UFOs flying at the sites.





6. [The following is from my March 25 email to Jean Hudon, who publishes
EarthRainbowNetwork.]



Jean, I thought you'd be interested in the video I just watched and what Hatonn
gave me to tell Gen, who sent me the link. He and his family went to Okinawa,
where they set up an organization to provide housing for Japanese who lost their
homes, and now they are in Hawaii.

"Hatonn here.  Do not give up hope about your homeland!  Discussions at the
highest levels of the universal council are going on as to dismantling that grid
system, what the counter effects may be with our various technologies.  It's not
a matter of if, but how we shall prevent more destruction to the planet by that
diabolical means."

Hatonn said there's no time line on this, but we'll know because future quakes
or eruptions will be fewer and milder—most of the negativity that Earth had to
release already has been. He said that's the paradox about that particular use
of HAARP—it's intended to create massive amounts of negativity but has been
releasing much more than it creates.





7. [The following excerpt is from my email later in the day to a friend who
asked if I knew anything more about ET assistance.]



Hatonn just told me that the Illuminati know of our space family's interference
because intended destruction hasn't happened.  Apparently they suspected that
but it was conclusive when that hurricane weakened over the ocean, then turned
and went north instead of hitting the US mainland, which wasn't at all what the
Illuminati had designed.



He said that technologies to initiate earthquakes and weather manipulation have
been refined and intensified over the years. Major storms used to be produced by
one system and quakes by another, but because of ET interference, the Illuminati
scientists started using a combination of technologies, like back-ups in case
one system isn't as effective as they want, but also to make it more difficult
for ET technologies to interfere with all of the energy sources simultaneously.



He said that in Japan, one of HAARP's several capacities in various locations
has been used in conjunction with developments from Tesla's inventions and
discoveries to produce destruction from above and below Earth's surface. Even
with ETs' advanced technologies it's not a simple matter to dismantle all of the
Illuminati's equipment without interrupting essential power and communication
sources that serve us, not only the Illuminati. That's why discussions are going
on at the highest levels of the universal council as to the best way to proceed.



                                       ______________________



Thank you, Mother.



8. There are indeed unsafe levels of radiation in plants, water and air near the
facility and lower levels elsewhere in that country; all those levels would be
far higher without our space family's assistance on and off-planet that has
greatly reduced the radioactivity at the facility.

9. We honor the courage of the Japanese workers at the site whose prolonged
proximity to radiation will result in death or severe illness. Those who make
transition to Nirvana will be greeted by throngs shouting Bravo! and given
whatever personalized care is needed, and their bravery will be recognized as
well by leaps in their soul evolvement.  As for the workers who are less
sickened, if their soul contracts call for a lifetime of many years, their
bodies can heal as Earth continues her ascension toward vibratory levels where
no disease exists.

10. In our previous message, we stated that all persons who perished in the
quake and tsunami received exactly the customized care they needed.  It would
give a measure of comfort to their families if they could know that their
beloved souls are joyful in their active lives in spirit and are beaming light
to uplift their countrymen.

11. Now then, your space family's assistance in regard to this nuclear situation
can go only so far because it is not their world, it is yours, and you must take
strong action to assure that nuclear power is eliminated as a principal energy
source. There must be a global demand for no new reactors to be built, for those
in the construction stage to be stopped, and those in active service to be shut
down. Nuclear power at your stage of development has been risky from the
beginning, yet it proliferated because it is very profitable to the few whose
greed far exceeds safety interests.

12. When crews can land in great numbers, they will bring their technology to
dematerialize all nuclear waste and to eliminate all radioactive pollutants in
air, water and soil, and they will work with you to purify and rejuvenate your
planet.

13. The second situation of major significance we wish to address is what is
happening in the Arab world. In what appears to be freedom contagion, if you
will, the peoples who have been long-oppressed by despotic rulers or dynasties
are responding to the intensifying light that is illuminating their lives as
changeable and is emboldening them to wield "people power."  Again, this is part
of the acceleration that is affecting everything in the universe, and those
reactions are keeping pace.  There will be much bloodshed before the peoples in
all countries are free, but triumph they shall!

14. We are aware of the conflicting opinions about the US-led coalition of
military forces in Libya. What we see is a glorious U-turn in the attitude of
national leaders intervening in the affairs of another country: For the first
time in your history, intervention is not for a purely selfish purpose, but a
noble one—to assist people who are fighting for their freedom.  Without this
assistance, many more Libyans would be slaughtered by the dictator whose
conscience along with his mental capacity was destroyed long ago.

15. The day of dictators is over and so is the day of supporting those dictators
for self-serving reasons. The day of exploiting Earth's resources without regard
for environmental destruction is over, as is the day of the wealth of the world
in the hands of a few. Everything based in darkness is swiftly coming to an end.

16. Unfortunately, the time of rumors and dramatic predictions about massive
land, sea and polar shifts is still with you. Yes, do be truthfully informed,
but please do not give any energy to any kind of fear-filled information! Stay
steadfast in your light, knowing that countless souls in body and spirit are
with you, speeding you on your way to Earth's Golden Age.

                                                 ____________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew.  We
begin by calling upon our friend and colleague Hatonn to address the most
pressing concern in many thoughts: Can Japan's nuclear facility's situation be
safely resolved; what long-term environmental damage will result; how dangerous
to life are the radiation levels?

2.     Hatonn here to set your minds at ease. I assure you, the situation can
and will be safely resolved and there will be NO long-term damage!  At the
moment, however, it's a matter of containment. Our scientists are filtering into
the minds of workers at the facility and off-site personnel what actions to take
to prevent meltdown of the damaged reactors—they would call that filtration
process their "ideas" or "inspirations." Our small crew near the facility in
conjunction with off-planet crews are reducing radiation to the extent possible
and the technology on the ships is helping to minimize the reactors' activity.

3.     There is other widespread lack of knowledge about what is going. Your
scientists don't know that Earth is orbiting in frequencies where radiation is
fractured and less potent than registered by your instruments.  Naturally they
aren't calibrated to include factors not known there. Furthermore, differences
in their precision are causing a range of readings and that's creating confusion
about what the radiation levels really are. The lowest readings are more
reliable by our instruments, which do take into account that fracturing I
mentioned. Also, most people who know we are around because our small ships
often are visible do not know that when our technological gear is on the ground,
we can dematerialize the reactors and nuclear waste and purify your polluted
air, soil and water. Earth's own phenomenal healing powers aren't recognized
either, so that isn't in your scientific projections of the possible outcomes of
this nuclear situation.

4.     This collective unawareness is causing a great deal of fear, and that
fear is the only worrisome part to us about this whole matter. Like attracts
like, and the negative make-up of the dark ones is attracting the negative
energy attachments of your fear. They're using that to reinforce their strength
and determination to keep fighting the light forces that you lightworkers are
part of. Do not fall into that fear trap yourselves and dispel fear in others
wherever you can!

5.      Some of you are discouraged or disappointed because we haven't landed to
clean up the nuclear facility for once and for all.  Yes, we could do that if we
were on the ground, and the dark ones among you know this. They also know that
once we land in numbers, all dark activity will come to an abrupt end.  That's
why mercenaries and other troops under their control around the planet are on
alert for "alien attack" and ready to take heavy retaliatory measures.  We can't
risk your safety or our crews' by making public landings until that risk is
over.  We don't know when that will be because it's that fear thing again—as
long as fear keeps refueling the darkness, that risk will remain.

6.     Your continued demands for safer sources of energy will end the reign of
nuclear power. It always has been dangerous in lower density worlds and it isn't
needed in higher densities. Safe, dependable and clean energy technology has
been suppressed by the people who make fortunes from nuclear power and fossil
fuels—demand that those "new" energy sources be put to use.

7.     The combination of your demands, our technologies and Earth's own
abilities will restore her health in months rather than the centuries you
calculate as 'half lives' of radioactive elements. And don't underestimate the
power of your thoughts—or call them prayers— for your world to be in full
radiance, free from all darkness. A great deal must be and WILL be accomplished
before the end of next year. The process will be far easier and pleasanter when
the power of light replaces the energy of fear.

8.     Matthew, I'd like to take this opportunity to speak about something else
that is being questioned—why don't we stop manmade earthquakes by dismantling
HAARP?  Although HAARP does register manmade earthquake activity, it's a
misconception that it is solely responsible for those quakes.  HAARP has several
functions in different locations around the globe, and one of the functions in
combination with other technologies is used to cause quakes, volcanic eruptions,
severe storms and flooding. Those other technologies are derived from Nikola
Tesla's inventions and discoveries and the information given by the Little
Greys. That goes back 70 years or so. All of that technology was taken over by
the Illuminati and has been modified to achieve their negative purposes.

9.     They suspected that we were interfering with their efforts to cause
massive destruction and death, but weren't certain until a few months ago when
we diminished a hurricane's wind force and turned the storm northward along the
east coast of the United States. After that their scientists and engineers
integrated various systems so that your power and communication services would
be interrupted globally if we tried from our ships to dismantle any of their
equipment.  Doing so is an intricate process and can only be done on site to
avoid serious repercussions.  As soon as the Illuminati meet their end, HAARP's
functions and Tesla's technologies will be applied to beneficial purposes
instead of destructive.

10.    Thank you, Matthew, for letting me have this forum to clear the air about
that.

11. Hatonn, we thank you—you spared us from explaining that!

12. Now then, as Hatonn just stated and we often have told you, fear is
powerful, and there is a great deal of fear in your world. Justifiably, the
people of Japan are fearful as earthquakes there continue and they are closest
to the radiation from the reactors. Many living in other quake-prone areas are
fearful, and so are people in countries where warring is going on, those in dire
financial straits and peoples displaced from their homes.  Others fear global
warming, the shaky or shattered economy of their respective countries, loss of
jobs, cost of gasoline, decaying infrastructures, and even a nuclear World War
III.

13. The collective fear that is bolstering the darkness in minds and hearts also
is compromising the benefits of the light even though it keeps intensifying all
along Earth's ascension pathway. While the fear factor cannot slow the planet's
steady pace, it is allowing the dark ones to stymie the progress of individuals
such as freedom fighters in several countries, those working toward economic and
governmental reforms, and many who were on the verge of "seeing the light." Thus
there is a "lull," you could say, in personal forward movement toward Earth's
Golden Age.

14. We hasten to add that this cannot last much longer! Earth is nearing
vibratory levels where the light is so intense that all who have refused the
light—the ones we speak of as dark simply to indicate their lack of light—will
die. That may sound unduly harsh, but it is not a matter of some "divine"
judgment or punishment—it is simply the physics governing life in this universe
that bodies bereft of light cannot survive in those higher vibrations. In short,
all those who have been causing fearful conditions will be disappearing.

15. As a reminder of what we have said in previous messages, many souls also
will be leaving this lifetime in accordance with their soul contracts, and you
will not know whether it is by that choice or the choice to refuse the light
that results in death.  And once again we urge you not to judge any, but to send
light to all souls in your world. Doing so reinforces the light within
yourselves and emanates outward to uplift others. Earth knows where light is
most needed and spreads it to those areas via a universal leveling process.  As
the most powerful force in the cosmos, light-love has wondrous effects wherever
it is received!

16. There is yet another source of fear. It will not deter Earth's ascension
pace, either, but it can have serious ramifications for the affected
individuals. Unlike the sources mentioned above that have a basis in current
circumstances, this source of fear is latent, rooted in people who believe
"entertainment's" representation of aliens as conquest-bound and the people who
believe reports that a civilization claiming to be benevolent will land and
enslave Earth's population. Those people will see the arrival of
strange-appearing beings as the unthinkable actually happening.

17. While we greatly desire that our information reach all who hold such
beliefs, we may have to be "satisfied" with enlightening the people who welcome
craft sightings but have no idea what their passengers and crews are like and
don't know  that for long ages Earth has been receiving their assistance.  We
hope as well to reach the unaware individuals Hatonn mentioned and those who
feel We don't need any help, we can handle everything ourselves.

18. What we offer not only will attest to the peaceful motives and variety of
assistance that has been and is being given by other civilizations, but will
acquaint you with the personable representative of one. Recently my mother was
requested to revise another of the books rather than order reprints, and in
complying she worked with the sources who added updates to their original
material.  Mother, please insert the part we discussed and also include my
introduction of Lazarus.

                    ______________________________

19. MATTHEW: Mother, the next presentation is from a soul representing the
Lazarus energy, which is highly respected universally.  This massive force was
assigned by God to reduce the destructive effects of the negativity that has so
polluted Earth that it almost killed her planetary body.  Lazarus is ready to
begin his presentation.



LAZARUS:  Good morning, Mistress Suzy.  We are a group of souls who are more
powerful than many fine souls who simply have had far fewer lifetimes to evolve
than we.



…….



I'm delighted to be speaking with you again, Suzy!  It's just as Matthew
said—not in these words, though, because he speaks more delicately than I
do—your bad egg scientists are at it again with "their" technology.  I sent an
image of "their" with quotation marks because it's not as if they developed this
themselves.  The Little Greys gave it to them in what was supposed to be a good
exchange with benefits to them and to Earth, but as you know from Matthew, the
Greys got a raw deal and so did you because the Illuminati has used that
technology only to your detriment.



We can't totally thwart their efforts insofar as manipulating your weather and
making the earth quake and or volcanoes erupt—you know the deal with free
will—but we certainly can reduce their expectations of widespread destruction
and death toll.  We lay down an electromagnetic grid that absorbs the kinetic
energy and transmutes it into the ethers.  The effect is somewhat like the
ripples on a pond when you toss a little stone in the middle.  Of course we
don't get still waters to work with—what we do is diminish the effects of what
the pond would do if a boulder had been dropped into it.  And even with our
softening act, Earth still releases the same amount of negativity that she needs
to.



SUZY: I have been counting on your help for many years, Lazarus, and it's good
to know that you're still up there giving it.  Is this a cooperative effort or
are your troops acting alone in this?



It's a revolving door cooperative effort, with each of the crews assigned to
monitor Earth taking action in their particular sector at the moment energy
leveling and dispersal is needed.  When the force is more powerful than just
volcanic rumbling or small underwater quakes, they don't need to get involved,
but when something big is about to blow, the rest of the crews pitch in to
whatever degree additional help is required.  It's not just those geophysical
events where we get involved, we also reduce the power of storms like your
hurricanes and typhoons.  We decrease the effects to the extent we can, but once
those powerful forces above and beneath ground are set in motion, even our most
advanced technology can't prevent all the disaster and deaths.



If Mother Nature were allowed to handle all of the negativity release herself,
she would keep to areas where the least damaging effects would result and she
wouldn't need our help.  It's those maniac manmade efforts directed toward
heavily populated areas where our help comes in handy.  Let me give you an
example, the hurricane that was named Earl.  Mother Nature started that to
release negativity out at sea where it wouldn't have done any damage, but the
mad scientists got into the act—they intensified the winds into a major storm
and directed it toward the mainland.  That's when we all got into it—we
decreased the wind force enough so we could turn the storm north and keep it
from hitting the mainland.  That was one of our more dramatic interferences and
it buggered those folks who thought for sure they had conjured up a grand
disaster.



Lazarus, I felt sure that we had a lot of ET help on that one and Matthew
confirmed it. Thank you and all the others who did that—well, for ALL you've
been doing for us!  What else have you all been up to?



Well, we're keeping our eye on your rogues who try to send their nuclear
warheads somewhere or other and we've vaporized a dozen or so of those—the
warheads, not the rogues!  Then there are the lesser aims in "black ops," as you
call them, that we've stopped cold or seriously reduced the intended results. 
Some of us neutralized viruses in laboratory-made diseases so that the
much-publicized pandemics never happened, and all along we've been reducing as
much as possible the toxins in chemtrails, radioactivity in weaponry and other
harmful pollutants.  Oh yes, we also had a hand in saving the Gulf of Mexico
from dying after the oil rig explosion.



And we're always on the lookout for meteors and other small celestial bodies and
debris heading toward you—I think you'd be amazed at the number we've directed
away from you.  We aren't alone in this work.  Almost all of us who are nearby
have been in on this kind of protection that began eons ago, when Earth started
descending into third density's vulnerable zone. I'll tell you about a
relatively recent incident, a year or so before the turn of the century in your
time. My troops weren't in on that particular save, but except for your
civilization, it's known throughout the universe.  An especially large speedy
meteor was being directed at you by the peak of the dark forces—they had wearied
of their slow-moving conquest of the planet and decided to just annihilate it.
When your space brothers saw that this meteor had been pulled out of its normal
orbit and redirected at Earth, they put out an immediate call to Menta's forces,
who had the power to pulverize the meteor into tiny fragments that burned up
before entering your atmosphere.



And we never suspected a thing—it's just as well!  Well, maybe a few astronomers
picked that up.  If so, they must have been mystified when the meteor vanished.



If you could check with those who saw it, you'd find out that they discovered it
just before it got nearly vaporized and concluded that it was an anomaly.  You
know that very few of your scientists give any credence at all to intelligent
beings in space.



Isn't that changing?



Not significantly, but I can guarantee you that it's going to change in one wild
moment when it's safe enough for some of our crews to land.



Isn't there a master plan for when this will happen?



Absolutely, as soon as it's safe for you and the landing crews.  The
Intergalactic Federation Council has coordinated this with all of us who have
been roaming your skies for at least 60 years. Longer, some of them, and MUCH
longer in some cases—for all its errors, your Bible does have some references to
ET presence.  You know Hatonn well—his Pleiadian-based fleet has been around a
lot longer than most others, especially those in deep space who directed their
powerful light in answer to Earth's cry for help several decades back and all of
us who are nearby, relatively speaking, also got into the act and gave
technological help.  One of Hatonn's fleet's jobs for so many centuries I've
lost count is maintaining the protective shield around Nirvana that extends to
Earth during all visitations, residents there visiting you and vice versa—almost
no one there is aware of these soul travels.



I know about that from Matthew.  What ETs will be landing?



Besides representatives of The Pleiades, those from Lyra, Arcturus, Sirius and
Vega probably will be the first because they are the ones in ships close by and
also, they're your primary ancestors.  I do know of Horiss' message, so you
already know that some of you have reptilian ancestry, and some of their lighted
souls will be coming too.  I say "coming," but you know that many of us are
there already.  They will be ecstatic to reveal their true identities at long
last, and some of them are going to truly shock you!



You mean because we know them so well by positions they hold?



That is exactly it.



I don't suppose you want to tell me who. Or do you?



No, because it's their prerogative to do this when it's time, not mine now.  
Actually, you might not be too shocked at some, Suzy, and we have to let it go
at that!



OK, Lazarus.  I'm so eager for all of this to happen!  Is Earth in stable orbit
or does she still need your assistance?



Our beloved Gaia…let me interject something here. Gaia is the name of your
planet's soul, and ancient names of her planetary body are Terra and Shan, but
we call her Earth just as you do even though it's simply putting a capital E on
the earth that you walk on, which some unimaginative previous civilization did. 
It was the same thing with God, apparently because he is a god, not a goddess. 
Anyway, Suzy, yes, she has regained a great deal of her former strength with the
incoming light, but we still are adding ours along with our technology to assure
her stability.  Not all the upheaval in ridding her of negativity is over, you
know, and there's no point in diminishing our diligence in this respect until
she is fully within fourth density vibrations.  Then we'll all shout
Hallelujah—our work there will be done!  And at that point, you'll all know your
universal brothers and sisters.

                                       _________________________

20. Thank you, Mother.  To what Lazarus said, I add another valuable service on
your behalf, the massive light being beamed to you from souls in Nirvana and
countless others in other spirit worlds.

21. And Mother, I have another request of you.  Lazarus spoke about Menta.  So
that readers can know something about that civilization and their assistance to
you, please select a few appropriate passages from her presentation and add
those here.

                              ____________________________

22. (MENTA): We are a vast and powerful energy field of a billion or so
collective souls. When we embody, we live on a planet called Retorno in a galaxy
beyond the constellation Lyra. Our homeland is one of many inhabited worlds not
yet seen by your telescopes.  I shall explain why I say "I" and "we"
interchangeably.  It is because I speak with you as a soul self, but never am I
separate from our group mind. No soul is considered better than another as all
aspects of our mind are necessary for our world's stability and our ever-growing
awareness.   ……

As collective selves we resemble a tree much more than a human because our
"head" area is an abundance of sensors that look like flowers in a tight
cluster. That is the "housing unit" of the group mind. White is the predominant
color of this head area, but pastel colors also are seen—they are the colors of
specialty areas such as the arts, technology, engineering, child rearing and so
forth. We are an array of the colors most closely identified with the primary
talents and abilities and interests at a particular time, so the colors change
to reflect the frequency in which we are operating. That is, it's the facet of
the prism refracted into the color identified with that frequency.

Connected to the "housing unit" cluster and extending throughout galaxies are a
billion or more fine "threads." Those are our soul selves roaming the heavens in
search of new knowledge, or more accurately, remembering, because at highest
soul awareness level everything is known. All soul-self discoveries
instantaneously and automatically are transmitted to the group mind. ……

We are more powerful than many others who also are helping to their full
intensity, but their wavelength is less than ours, so we volunteered for a
twofold mission. We are beaming in our own energy and also sustaining the light
from those other sources once it is within Earth's atmosphere. This is essential
so that your bodies can absorb the rays at cellular level and adjust to the
higher frequencies Earth will be entering. This gives you the opportunity to
physically survive during her ascension process that some call "the shift" and
others call "the cleansing."

                    ________________________________

Mother, thank you.

23. In addition to emphasizing once again the vital importance of staying out of
fear, it also is for sound reason that we have focused on extraterrestrial
assistance past, current and future. With Earth entering the last stage of
exiting third density, it is time that you stop thinking of yourselves only as
individuals with distinctive personalities, characteristics, talents, hopes,
dreams and accomplishments. That you are indeed, but you are so much more, and
you need to start thinking of yourselves as the powerful, multidimensional
beings you are!  You are members of the universal family of interconnected
souls, eternally bonded as inseparable parts of God, and your brothers and
sisters want you to feel a personal kinship with them so your imminent meetings
will be joyous family reunions!

24. Our love is with you in every moment as you traverse the last short ways to
Earth's Golden Age.

                              ___________________________



LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward



[Notes from Suzy: Huge thanks to all of you who knew Matthew did not give the
disinformation in that recent message falsely ascribed to him by some other
source. Also my thanks to you all who wrote "ludicrous" or similar adjectives
about the posting that claimed Matthew and SaLuSa were ascended masters and had
been censored by some council. Apparently what SaLuSa and Matthew are saying is
really annoying someone!



Being way behind in reading emails has become a permanent situation and I'm
grateful for your understanding that I won't be able to reply to many of them.



Occasionally Hatonn's messages are part of Matthew's, so I'll answer questions
about him.  He's an ancient soul who has lived in The Pleiades for the last few
thousand years, but he and his family are aboard a large ship more often than
they're home. Most of that time he has been commander of an intergalactic fleet
and for the past hundred years or so also has served as director of universal
communications. Hatonn and I have talked frequently ever since my telepathic
connection opened early in 1994, and since he and Matthew were friends long
before that, sometimes he answers questions that are more in his purview than in
Matthew's. The first time Hatonn transmitted material for a book was mid-2003,
and about two years later he started giving me information to include in
Matthew's messages.]

1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. So
long ago as to be incalculable in linear time, humankind's cellular make-up was
crystalline and had as many as 24 DNA strands. Through the ages the dark ones
manipulated that genetic make-up in some populations by reducing the light
within cells until they were carbon and had only two strands of DNA. The dark
ones succeeded in producing civilizations with weakened immune systems
susceptible to all kinds of diseases, a greatly shortened lifespan, total loss
of spiritual clarity, and severely limited brain capacity. That vast
diminishment in health, longevity, spiritual awareness and intelligence has long
been the lot of people in third density worlds.

2. All of this is known to souls living in spirit, so why would any choose to be
born into a third density civilization time and time and time again? They do so
because in other incarnations they succumbed to rather than surmounted the
rampant fear, ignorance, deception and warring that are the cornerstones of dark
control. Each time they choose to complete third density karmic lessons in roles
agreed upon with all others who want to share the lifetime so all can achieve
balanced experiencing and start back up the ladder spiritually and
intellectually. Each time the souls are convinced that this time in personage
they will retain the light with which all infants come.

3. However, time and again their determination to successfully maneuver through
a world where darkness flourishes became mired in the actuality of living in
those low density conditions. Thus for millennia Earth's residents unwittingly
have been captives of the lies perpetrated and perpetuated by on-planet puppets
of the dark forces.  Always a few persons did heed messages from soul level and
spoke the truth, but their voices were cut short or their information was
distorted, and deception and the massive negativity issued from it continued to
reign.

4. About seven decades past in your timing, Earth cried out for help to end that
destructive cycle.  In response, the highest universal council created the
master plan for her transition out of third density and the return to fifth,
where Earth's soul originated and remained even as the accumulating negativity
caused her body to spiral downward. The plan included the joint efforts of
evolved beings from other civilizations with selected persons on Earth and a
timetable for the planet to be out of third density, the end of your year 2012.
Even though time—which in reality is the prevailing energy frequency—is passing
more quickly by the day, Earth's timely arrival at the threshold of what was
named her Golden Age is certain.

5. This is not the case for her residents who still are inured to believing and
acting in accordance with whatever is told them repeatedly by "authorities." The
numbers of those who are light-receptive are increasing; however, through
ignorance of truths, many others are still "in the dark." In her love for all of
her residents, Earth wants every one to accompany her into fourth density, but
to do so, they must accept the light that will enable their physical survival in
the higher frequencies that the planet is fast approaching.

6. On and off-planet members in the vanguard of the light forces, who know that
a great deal must be accomplished rapidly, agreed that it must begin with the
emergence of truths so the peoples will demand the changes that have been
formulated to achieve a transformed and peaceful world. The members agreed that
no time can be wasted in disclosing the truths that the Illuminati have kept
hidden by assassinating knowledgeable persons or ridiculing them into
professional oblivion and labeling anyone who believes them a "conspiracy
theorist."

7. The members also agreed that something dramatic was required to get the
peoples' attention; however, because it is your world, it was up to your leaders
to decide what that would be. Announcing that members of other civilizations are
among you required resolving myriad details before it could be properly
presented, and the suggestion that all truths be told straightforwardly was
vetoed because there was no agreement as to which should be revealed first—in
essence, which finger should be pulled out of the dike. Some felt that would
best be achieved by announcing the death of Osama bin Laden, the officially
accused mastermind of "9/11." They felt that announcement could be veered into
exposing the truth about the horrific events of that day almost ten years ago,
and it would eliminate fear in the people who believe what they so often have
been told: No one is safe as long as bin Laden is alive.

8. Only when that suggestion was raised did some in the group, including US
President Obama, know for certain that the man had been dead for almost a
decade, and those few vehemently denounced the suggestion. But since no one had
any other idea that would get the attention of the world, the majority voted to
"kill bin Laden" and later publicly explain why that story was released.

9. It can be argued that deception to achieve a positive goal is "better" than
deception to embark upon a negative goal. It is not our desire or our purpose to
judge the decision, much less judge those who made it, but only to relate the
information given us by Earth's monitors in Nirvana. They do not know how the
explanation for the decision will come because the responsible parties are still
discussing strategies for the next steps.

10. Regardless of how this plays out, by the end of next year, the light will
have vanquished all darkness on Earth—this has been assured from the beginning
of her ascension. You can best serve in your capacity as lightworkers by neither
condoning nor condemning the bin Laden story, but rather by adding your light to
its intention—to speed disclosure of all truths so reforms also can come
swiftly. And for those leaders who know the greater urgency, the intention is
for all persons to have the opportunity to embrace the light within truth before
it is too late for them to physically go along with Earth if they chose that
journey in their soul contracts.

11. Today is Mother's Day in many countries around your world.  We join you in
honoring these souls who agreed to accept the most demanding of lifelong
responsibilities.

12. The love of all light beings throughout this universe is reinforcing your
light, and many of God's emissaries are walking with you side by side.

                              _____________________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

1. With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew.  Even
the most dedicated lightworkers have occasional moments of doubt that everything
long promised can be successfully accomplished during the months remaining
before Earth reaches the threshold of her Golden Age. This is understandable. 
You have only your history as a frame of reference for a realistic time span
between the onset of major changes and stabilization afterwards.

2. But this is an era of revelations and transformation with speed and scope
unlike any before in universal history, and once again we assure you that all
darkness in your world will be gone by the end of your calendar year 2012. 
Furthermore, with everything in acceleration mode, linear time will pass more
swiftly by the day, and the next eighteen months or so on your calendar will
come and go faster than the past eighteen.

3. What you perceive as time actually is energy in motion, and as Earth
continues her journey toward fourth density, she will enter ever higher, lighter
energy planes as she approaches the continuum, where everything that you deem
past, present and future is a series of events happening simultaneously.  In
this moment you cannot imagine that reality, but you will know it as you gain
spiritual clarity and understanding of the universal laws.  Ah, what wondrous
knowledge and experiences await you!

4. Now then, back down to Earth, where many of you are asking "When?" specific
situations will start—or end.  We know that you are requesting which day or week
or month, so we also know that "Soon" is not a satisfying answer.  In this
moment, however, "Soon!" is all we can tell you—but please notice the
exclamation point! That punctuation mark would have been appropriate all along
because of the unprecedented speed with which your world has been rising out of
deep third density, so why now are we adding that emphasis to indicate that
stunning developments are imminent?

5. The Illuminati have held onto control politically, economically and
technologically several years longer than reasonably anticipated when the Golden
Age master plan was designed.  They know that despite the erosion of their
global network, they still can control the population unless spiritually
advanced civilizations come to Earth. That would completely doom all of the
Illuminati's dark activities, so they are determined to do everything within
their power to prevent the arrival of our benevolent universal family members.

6.  Due to that determination and tenacity, timing adjustments relative to
landings have had to be made over and over again, and contingency plans also
have had to be altered. A recent example is, the globally televised program that
was to include space family members was scrapped because essential aspects had
not been finalized. The dark ones among you strategically initiated turmoil in
the respective countries of your participating leaders so that they had to
divert their time and attention from planning sessions to dealing with the
upheavals in their nations.  And that comprehensive program's replacement, a
straightforward announcement acknowledging the existence of other civilizations,
no longer is considered sufficient.

7. According to Hatonn, serious consideration is being given to a dramatic
display of spacecraft and a simultaneous special bulletin on radio and
television stating that the crews have come in peace and will land to assist us
in ways that will be enumerated. Discussions are ongoing about the risks of
"surprise" vs. the risks of waiting until safety can be absolutely assured for
all involved.

8. On one hand, the peak of the Illuminati has not been yet dislodged, and
except for starting a nuclear war, those individuals' free will choice to take
other steps to prevent extraterrestrials from landing must be honored.  On the
other hand, Earth is in great need of technology that can rid her of toxic
pollution, particularly at Japan's damaged nuclear facility; that technology,
which is aboard the ships surrounding Earth and has been of some assistance ever
since the earthquake damaged the reactors, will be much more effective on site.

9. There is another issue of urgency too.  The nonstop manmade geophysical
events and weather manipulation is having a double negative effect.  The death
toll, property damage, financial loss and other hardships to residents in the
affected areas is obvious, but the other effect is global and not realized
except by the perpetrators.

10. At the same time that you are continuously adjusting to the higher
vibrations Earth keeps traveling into and the influence of the changing
juxtaposition of celestial bodies, you are being bombarded with low vibrations
emitted by the quake and storm-causing technology, and the combination is
producing new or stronger physical, emotional and mental anomalies. This is
affecting persons who otherwise would be in sound health and it is exacerbating
the dis-ease of persons with organic malfunctions and weakened immune systems. 
At the least, low energy and exhaustion are prevalent, and at worst, many
individuals are experiencing severe pain, illness, depression and mental
confusion.

11. Only the elimination of those low frequency emissions can eliminate their
effects, and because the various technologies being misused are integrated with
power and communication systems, dismantling them without interrupting the
services you need must be done at the sites. Security measures preclude
unauthorized persons from entering those areas; however, members of our
universal family have the ability to bypass those measures and successfully
separate the various systems.

12. Those two vitally important situations are the reasons for their imminent
arrival, but please do continue being patient.  Prudent preparations to manage
all potential situations on the ground are imperative, and the locations and
timing of landings are crucial factors of overall readiness.

13. Another consideration is the realistic anticipation that a media blitz of
"alien invaders!" will attempt to evoke fear among the masses.  Although you
will greet landings with jubilation, for most people it is one thing to see
crafts in your skies and quite another to see them on the ground.  By Illuminati
intention, there is an abundance of "entertainment" that reinforces the invasion
idea and a dearth of information about the civilizations that have been helping
Earth ever since the populating programs started in antiquity.

14. Consequently, skepticism about strangers' motives is natural, and persons
who believe that they are to be feared will need understanding and truthful
information. It may be helpful to have relevant books or printouts of pertinent
parts of messages from light sources for family, friends, coworkers and
neighbors who are afraid of the "aliens'" presence.  However, feeling fearful is
a choice, so please share your knowledge with those who are receptive and do not
impose it upon those who are not.

15. Let us return to the effects of the low vibrations previously mentioned—that
is, how you can obtain some relief until the source is eliminated. It is
important to not become fatigued and to avoid abrasive personal encounters and
crowds.  While the planet's movement into a more favorable celestial alignment
will be helpful, the collective energy level at the moment still is unusually
low.

16. Get as much sleep and rest as possible, even if this means foregoing usual
activities except exercising in moderation, which also is helpful in keeping
yourselves in balance.  Walking—not sauntering, but as fast a rhythmic pace as
you can manage without overexertion—is the best exercise during this time. 
Spend as much time as possible in natural settings—the energy of trees is
immensely beneficial—and listening to soothing music promotes smoother energy
flow throughout your bodies.

17. Eat less than usual, and a diet of primarily fresh fruit and vegetables will
be more beneficial because those foods contain more light than cooked foods. 
Especially now those foods are more easily digested than meat, sea food and
starchy foods, and it is advisable to reduce your intake of salt, sugar, sodas,
tobacco and alcohol.

18. Drinking a lot of pure water helps your bodies' electrical systems to
function properly, and monatomic gold will be helpful in ridding confusion and
permitting clear thought, also in restoring temporarily faulty memory. If you
are taking prescription drugs, especially antidepressants, ask your health care
specialist if the dosage can be reduced—the chemicals in all drugs always have
adverse side effects, and these are exacerbating the effects of the conflicting
vibrations.

19. Actually, all of those suggestions are applicable from now on.  As your
cells continue changing from carbon to crystalline, you will need less food and
you will find light-filled foods more satisfying. Some changes from your former
preferences and habits will come naturally in accordance with what your bodies
and minds will tell you and other changes from your routine will require
discipline.

20. Now we move on to another timely issue.  We have been telling you about the
dark minds and hearts that cause death, destruction, suffering and turmoil.  The
purpose is not to "point fingers," but to explain what has been going on in your
world for millennia, what is happening now and why, and what is yet to come. The
truths about those individuals and their activities will be emerging, and it is
vitally important that you regard them from a spiritual perspective.

21. For long ages darkness dominated Earth's civilizations, and when the
planet's very survival depended upon ending the cycle of third density karma
that the darkness perpetuated, certain individuals agreed to create situations
and conditions that would give billions of souls the opportunity to experience
what they needed to complete their third density karma and evolve into fourth
density.  It was a massive collective agreement designed to immeasurably benefit
many, many souls.

22. After those individuals fulfilled their commitments to be the "heavies"—and
they did that extremely well—the agreement was that they would join the light
forces and this part of the galaxy would be rid of all darkly inclined beings. 
Instead, they became so attached to the characteristics and behavior their roles
required—greed, lust for power, brutality, ruthlessness, deception—that they
refused the intense light being beamed to them and they reneged on their
agreement.

23. Regardless of the darkness that became pervasive in those individuals, they
are inseparable parts of the Oneness of All, eternal parts of God and
unconditionally loved by Him. God will not judge them—God judges NO soul!—but
your world will when they are identified and held accountable for what they have
done. Most will deny all accusations; others will admit the truth if it serves
their own interests, such as immunity or reduced sentences for helping to
convict others; and some will escape your legal and justice decisions by dying
prior to the conclusion of their trials and appeals.

24. However, none will escape the consequences of their thoughts, intentions and
actions in the "higher court" of lifeprint review in Nirvana, where they will
experience every moment of the Earth lifetime. That process includes their
feeling the identical feelings of every person whose life they touched in any
way whatsoever, and in many cases, that number is in the millions. Your ideas of
hell cannot begin to encompass the reality of what those individuals will
experience during the lifeprint reviews or the primitive conditions of their
next physical lifetimes.

25. Rather than the harsh punishment that third density mentality will demand
for those individuals who became bereft of light except the spark that is the
life force of every soul, compassion and forgiveness will best serve you and all
others in the eternal Oneness of All. This does not mean condoning or excusing
any of the actions that continued after those individuals reneged on their
soul-level agreements.

26. It means that because all souls in this universe are inextricably related as
independently experiencing parts of God, collectively you are family. Rather
than punishing the weak ones in the family, send them light.  When all members
are supportive of one another, the family is stronger and grows in the love,
wisdom and spirituality that is the goal of every soul.

27. Now we shall return to addressing some issues being questioned.  To parents
who are concerned about how to explain to their children why people will die
during Earth's ascension, we say: The same way you explain death to them now. 
People will continue to die daily from all the causes they do now—it will not be
a simultaneous exodus of billions as some theories purport.

28. As for the care of children whose parents die, that will be no different
from now, when other family members or closest friends step in. Children will
accept forthcoming changes more easily than adults, whose beliefs and customs
that have been molded by authorities and superficial societal standards will
require a great deal of adjustment.

29. Although we hope that none of you is apprehensive about the recent
predictions of cataclysms, we shall tell you that there will be no 1000-foot
tsunami; no celestial bodies will collide with Earth; radiation from Japan's
Fukushima nuclear plant will not cause population extinction; no plague will
annihilate most of the world's peoples; living underground will not be
necessary; the fight for freedom in Arab countries will not ignite WWIII.  Your
desires that none of those will occur are added to Earth's intention that they
will not, and the energy produced in the collective consciousness assures that
none of those devastating events can be manifested.

30. The godliness of generously sharing with those in need does not extend to
forcing your beliefs upon those whose own beliefs are different.  Third density
peoples embrace spiritual and universal enlightenment at the right time for each
of them, and your ultimate responsibility is your own evolution in those
respects.

31. Many are asking how they can best counter damage being done by a number of
disparate sources or can help those who are enduring severe hardships.  Rather
than inserting all the questions, we shall mention only the specific areas
mentioned: financial institutions, military actions, radiation, local and
national governing bodies, homelessness, pollution, unjust laws, unfair
taxation, poor health care, gasoline prices, deforestation, renewable energy
sources, food production and education.

32. We rejoice at the outpouring of caring about others and the eagerness to
participate in transforming your world!  Follow your heart, do what you feel
inspired to do. On a practical basis that could be sharing with needy
individuals and local charitable groups whatever resources you have—time,
talents and skills, knowledge, money, tools and equipment, transportation,
shelter—or supporting national and international organizations engaged in
environmental preservation or legal, political and economic reforms.

33. On a higher plane, visualize the world you want for yourselves, your
children and their children: a world of love, peace, mutual respect and life in
harmony with all of Nature.  Never underestimate your power to turn visions and
thoughts into actuality!

34. Our overall guidance in every area where betterment is needed is, Know your
godself and live your light!  Knowing that love-light, the most powerful energy
in the cosmos, is the "ingredient" of souls and the basis on which soul
contracts are made is part of spiritual clarity, and expanding that clarity is
the purpose of all physical lifetimes of every soul.  The speed at which
awareness is available and the scope of enlightenment being offered to your
civilization at this time is unique in this universe.

35. All light beings are beaming love to you, and some are walking beside you,
unseen but ever present.

                                      
­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_____________________

LOVE and PEACE

Suzanne Ward

www.matthewbooks.com